Quantum AtlasTM10K II 9.2/18.4/36.7/73.4 GB
Ultra 160/m S
Product Manual
June 8, 2000
81-122517-04
Quantum reserves the right to make changes and improvements to products without incurring any
obligation to incorporate such changes or improvements in units previously sold or shipped. Quantum
reserves the right to make changes to this product manual without incurring any obligation to notify
recipients of earlier versions of the product manual.
You can request Quantum publications from your Quantum Sales Representative, or order them directly
from Quantum.
Publication Number: 81-122517-04 June 8, 2000
UL / CSA / VDE / TÜV / FCC
UL standard 1954 recognition granted under File No. E78016
CSA standard C22.2-950 certification granted under File No. LR49896
TÜV Rheinland EN 60 950
Tested to FCC Rules for Radiated and Conducted Emissions, Part 15, Sub Part J, for Class-B Equipment.
SERVICE CENTERS
Quantum Service Center
715 Sycamore Avenue
Milpitas, California 95035
Phone: (800) 894-4000
Fax: (408) 894-3218
http://www.quantum..com
Quantum Asia-Pacific Pte. Ltd.
50 Tagore Lane #b1-04
Singapore, 2678
Phone: (65) 450-9333
Fax: (65) 452-2544
Quantum Customer Service
Quantum Ireland Ltd.
Finnabair Industrial Park
Dundalk
County Louth, Ireland
Phone: (353) 42-55350
Fax: (353) 45-55355
PATENTS
These products are covered by or licensed under one or more of the following U.S. Patents:
4,419,701; 4,538,193; 4,625,109; 4,639,798; 4,647,769; 4,647,997; 4,661,696; 4,669,004; 4,675,652;
4,703,176; 4,730,321; 4,772,974; 4,783,705; 4,819,153; 4,882,671; 4,920,442; 4,920,434; 4,982,296;
5,005,089, 5,027,241; 5,031,061; 5,084,791; 5,119,254; 5,160,865; 5,170,229; 5,177,771; Other U.S. and
Foreign Patents Pending.
 2000 Quantum Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.
The Quantum logo is a registered trademark of Quantum Corporation. Quantum and AIRLOCK are
trademarks of Quantum Corporation, registered in the U.S.A. and other countries. Capacity for the
Extraordinary, Quantum Atlas, DisCache, WriteCache are trademarks of Quantum Corporation. All other
brand names or trademarks are the property of their manufacturers.
This product or document is protected by copyright and distributed under licences restricting its use,
copying, distributing, and decompilation. No part of this product or document may be reproduced in any
form by any means without prior written authorization of Quantum and its licensors, if any.
RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to
restrictions as set forth in subparagraphs (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer
Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and FAR 52.227-19.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.
CONTENTS
REVISION RECORD .............................................................................................................. xvii
Chapter 1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL
1.1 AUDIENCE.................................................................................................................................................................1-1
1.2 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION.................................................................................................................................1-1
1.3 TERMINOLOGY AND CONVENTIONS....................................................................................................................1-1
1.4 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................................................................1-3
Chapter 2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................................2-1
2.2 KEY FEATURES .........................................................................................................................................................2-1
2.3 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS..........................................................................................................................2-2
2.4 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................................2-2
Chapter 3 INSTALLATION
3.1 SAFETY, HANDLING, & ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE PROTECTION.................................................................3-1
3.1.1 Safety Precautions.........................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.2 Handling.........................................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.3 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection....................................................................................................3-2
3.2 SPACE REQUIREMENTS..........................................................................................................................................3-3
3.3 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS..................................................................................................................................3-5
3.4 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS AND CONNECTIONS...............................................................................................3-6
3.4.1 Jumper Configurations and Connections – Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector ..........................3-6
3.4.1.1 TERMPWR (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector) ......................................................................3-8
3.4.1.2 SCSI ID (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector) .............................................................................3-8
3.4.1.3 Write Protection (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)...........................................................3-10
3.4.1.4 Spin Up (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)..........................................................................3-10
3.4.1.5 Enable Narrow Mode (Force 8) (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)..................................3-11
3.4.1.6 Remote Busy and Fault Displays (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)................................3-11
3.4.2 Jumper Configurations and Connections for SCA-2 Connector Versions ...........................................3-12
3.4.2.1 Termination for SCA-2 Connector Versions.....................................................................................3-12
3.4.2.2 SCSI ID for SCA-2 Connector Versions..............................................................................................3-12
3.4.2.3 Spin Up for SCA-2 Connector Versions ............................................................................................3-13
3.4.2.4 Activity LED for SCA-2 Connector Versions....................................................................................3-14
3.4.2.5 Force Single-Ended Operation for SCA-2 Connector Versions.....................................................3-15
3.5 CONNECTOR PINOUTS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS ............................................................................................3-16
3.5.1 Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Disk Drive with 68-Pin SCSI Connector..................................................3-16
3.5.2 Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Disk Drive with 80-Pin, SCA-2 SCSI Connector.....................................3-18
3.6 DRIVE MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION............................................................................................................3-20
3.6.1 Orientation...................................................................................................................................................3-20
3.6.2 Mounting Screw Clearance........................................................................................................................3-21
3.6.3 Shock Clip.....................................................................................................................................................3-23
3.6.4 Mounting .....................................................................................................................................................3-23
3.6.5 Ventilation....................................................................................................................................................3-23
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
iii
Contents
3.6.6 Installation in a 3.5-inch Bay ....................................................................................................................3-24
3.6.7 Installation in a 5.25-inch Bay ..................................................................................................................3-25
3.6.8 Backplane Installation (SCA Drive)............................................................................................................3-25
3.6.9 Drive Connections.......................................................................................................................................3-26
3.6.9.1 SCSI Bus Connection...........................................................................................................................3-26
3.6.9.2 Power Connection...............................................................................................................................3-26
3.6.9.3 Cables....................................................................................................................................................3-27
Chapter 4 SPECIFICATIONS
4.1 SPECIFICATION SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................4-1
4.2 FORMATTED CAPACITY.........................................................................................................................................4-3
4.3 DATA TRANSFER RATES.........................................................................................................................................4-4
4.4 TIMING SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................................4-5
4.5 POWER.....................................................................................................................................................................4-6
4.5.1 Power Sequencing .......................................................................................................................................4-6
4.5.2 Power Reset Limits.......................................................................................................................................4-6
4.5.3 Power Requirements....................................................................................................................................4-7
4.5.3.1 Power Consumption............................................................................................................................4-7
4.5.3.2 DC Voltage Tolerances.........................................................................................................................4-7
4.5.3.3 Current Requirements..........................................................................................................................4-8
4.5.3.4 Current Transients ................................................................................................................................4-9
4.5.3.5 Supply Ripple Voltage and Noise.......................................................................................................4-9
4.5.3.6 DC Voltage Monitoring .......................................................................................................................4-9
4.6 ACOUSTICS............................................................................................................................................................4-10
4.7 MECHANICAL........................................................................................................................................................4-10
4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.........................................................................................................................4-11
4.9 SHOCK AND VIBRATION......................................................................................................................................4-11
4.10 RELIABILITY.........................................................................................................................................................4-12
Chapter 5 SCSI DESCRIPTION
5.1 Overview of the SCSI Command Descriptions...................................................................................................5-3
5.2 Command Descriptor Block .................................................................................................................................5-5
5.3 Status/Error Reporting ...........................................................................................................................................5-9
5.4 Auto Contingent Allegiance Condition and Contingent Allegiance Condition...........................................5-11
5.5 Extended Contingent Allegiance Condition.....................................................................................................5-13
5.6 Linked Commands...............................................................................................................................................5-15
5.7 DATA Transfer Command Components ...........................................................................................................5-17
5.8 SCSI Command Descriptions..............................................................................................................................5-21
5.9 CHANGE DEFINITION Command (40h).............................................................................................................5-23
5.10 FORMAT UNIT Command (04h)......................................................................................................................5-25
5.10.1 Five Forms of FORMAT UNIT Commands.............................................................................................5-27
5.10.2 FORMAT UNIT Parameter List ..................................................................................................................5-27
5.10.2.1 FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header........................................................................................................5-28
5.10.2.2 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor – Block Format..............................................................................5-29
5.10.2.3 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor – Physical Sector and Byte From Index Format ........................5-30
5.10.2.4 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor..................................................................................5-31
5.11 INQUIRY Command (12h)................................................................................................................................5-33
5.11.1 Standard Inquiry Data Page.....................................................................................................................5-35
iv
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
5.11.2 Vital Product Data Pages .........................................................................................................................5-37
5.11.2.1 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page (00h)...............................................................................5-37
5.11.2.2 Unit Serial Number Page (80h)............................................................................................................5-38
5.11.2.3 Implemented Operating Definition Page (81h)................................................................................5-39
5.11.2.4 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page (82h)......................................................................5-40
5.11.2.5 Device Identification Page (83h).........................................................................................................5-41
5.11.2.6 Firmware Revision Page (C0h) ............................................................................................................5-43
5.11.2.7 Quantum Manufacturing Information Page (C1h) ..........................................................................5-44
5.11.2.8 Negotiated Rate Page (C4h).................................................................................................................5-45
5.11.2.9 Command Support Data Pages...........................................................................................................5-47
5.12 LOG SELECT Command (4Ch)..........................................................................................................................5-51
5.13 LOG SENSE Command (4Dh)...........................................................................................................................5-53
5.13.1 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block...............................................................................................5-55
5.13.2 LOG SENSE Log Pages..............................................................................................................................5-56
5.14 MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) ................................................................................................................5-59
5.14.1 Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages..........................................................................................................5-60
5.14.2 Mode Page Types .....................................................................................................................................5-61
5.14.3 Mode Parameter List................................................................................................................................5-61
5.14.3.1 Categories of Changeable Pages.........................................................................................................5-63
5.14.3.2 Unit Attention Condition Page (00h) .................................................................................................5-64
5.14.3.3 Read-Write Error Recovery Page (01h)...............................................................................................5-65
5.14.3.4 Disconnect-Reconnect Page (02h).....................................................................................................5-68
5.14.3.5 Verify Error Recovery Page (07h)........................................................................................................5-71
5.14.3.6 Caching Page (08h) ..............................................................................................................................5-73
5.14.3.7 Control Mode Page (0Ah)....................................................................................................................5-76
5.14.3.8 Notch and Partition Page (0Ch)...........................................................................................................5-79
5.14.3.9 XOR Control Mode Page (10h) ...........................................................................................................5-82
5.14.3.10 Power Condition Page (1Ah).............................................................................................................5-84
5.14.3.11 Information Exceptions Control Page (1Ch) ...................................................................................5-87
5.14.3.12 Quantum-Unique Page (39h) ...........................................................................................................5-91
5.15 MODE SELECT (10) Command (55h)..............................................................................................................5-99
5.16 MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah)............................................................................................................... 5-103
5.16.1 Read-Only Mode Pages ........................................................................................................................ 5-104
5.16.2 Format Device Page (03h).................................................................................................................... 5-105
5.16.3 Rigid Disk Geometry Page (04h)......................................................................................................... 5-107
5.16.4 Vendor-Unique Caching Page (38h)................................................................................................... 5-110
5.17 MODE SENSE (10) Command (5Ah) ............................................................................................................. 5-111
5.18 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh).......................................................................................... 5-113
5.19 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh)...................................................................................... 5-123
5.20 READ (6) Command (08h) ............................................................................................................................ 5-135
5.21 READ (10) Command (28h).......................................................................................................................... 5-137
5.22 READ BUFFER Command (3Ch).................................................................................................................... 5-139
5.23 READ CAPACITY Command (25h)................................................................................................................ 5-140
5.24 READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command (37h)................................................................................................. 5-143
5.25 READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command (B7h)................................................................................................. 5-147
5.26 READ LONG Command (3Eh)....................................................................................................................... 5-151
5.27 READ SKIP MASK Command (E8h)............................................................................................................... 5-153
5.28 REASSIGN BLOCKS Command (07h) ........................................................................................................... 5-155
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
v
Contents
5.29 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command(1Ch) ....................................................................................... 5-157
5.29.1 Supported Diagnostics Pages Page (00h) .......................................................................................... 5-159
5.29.2 Translate Address Page (40h) .............................................................................................................. 5-160
5.30 RELEASE (6) Command (17h)....................................................................................................................... 5-163
5.31 RELEASE (10) Command (57h)..................................................................................................................... 5-165
5.32 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command........................................................................................................ 5-167
5.33 REPORT LUNS Command (0Ah).................................................................................................................... 5-169
5.34 REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) ................................................................................................................ 5-171
5.34.1 Sense Data Availability.......................................................................................................................... 5-171
5.34.2 Clearing Sense Data............................................................................................................................... 5-172
5.34.3 Status Reporting................................................................................................................................... 5-172
5.34.4 Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h and Error Code 71h........................................................... 5-172
5.35 RESERVE (6) Command (16h)....................................................................................................................... 5-191
5.36 RESERVE (10) Command (56h) .................................................................................................................... 5-193
5.37 REZERO UNIT Command (01h)..................................................................................................................... 5-197
5.38 SEEK (6) Command (0Bh).............................................................................................................................. 5-199
5.39 SEEK (10) Command (2Bh) ........................................................................................................................... 5-201
5.40 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh)........................................................................................................... 5-203
5.40.1 Supported Diagnostic Page List........................................................................................................... 5-204
5.40.2 Translate Address Page......................................................................................................................... 5-204
5.41 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command ............................................................................................................... 5-205
5.42 START STOP UNIT Command (1Bh).............................................................................................................. 5-207
5.43 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command (35h)...................................................................................................... 5-209
5.44 TEST UNIT READY Command (00h).............................................................................................................. 5-211
5.45 VERIFY Command (2Fh)................................................................................................................................ 5-213
5.46 WRITE (6) Command (0Ah)........................................................................................................................... 5-213
5.47 WRITE (10) Command (2Ah) ........................................................................................................................ 5-217
5.48 WRITE AND VERIFY Command (2Eh)........................................................................................................... 5-219
5.49 WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh)................................................................................................................... 5-221
5.50 WRITE LONG Command (3Fh)...................................................................................................................... 5-223
5.51 WRITE SAME Command (41h)...................................................................................................................... 5-225
5.52 WRITE SKIP MASK Command (EAh)............................................................................................................. 5-227
5.53 XDREAD (10) Command (52h)..................................................................................................................... 5-229
5.54 XDWRITE (10) Command (50h) ................................................................................................................... 5-231
5.55 XPWRITE (10) Command (51h).................................................................................................................... 5-233
Chapter 6 FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS
6.1 Key Features............................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.2 Prefetch ...................................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.3 Write-Back Caching ...............................................................................................................................................6-2
6.4 Zero Latency READ/WRITE.....................................................................................................................................6-3
6.5 Disconnect-Reconnect..........................................................................................................................................6-3
6.6 Track and Cylinder Skewing .................................................................................................................................6-3
6.7 Average Access Time.............................................................................................................................................6-3
6.8 Embedded Servo System ......................................................................................................................................6-4
6.9 Data Integrity and Security ...................................................................................................................................6-4
6.9.1 Media Error Protection...................................................................................................................................6-4
6.9.2 Transfer Error Protection................................................................................................................................6-4
vi
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
6.9.3 Addressing Error Protection ..........................................................................................................................6-4
6.9.4 Data Sector Reallocation Error Protection ...................................................................................................6-5
6.9.5 Data Verification.............................................................................................................................................6-5
6.10 Tagged Command Queuing ..............................................................................................................................6-5
6.11 Command Reordering ........................................................................................................................................6-6
6.12 Banded Recording...............................................................................................................................................6-6
6.13 Special Functions.................................................................................................................................................6-6
6.14 Power Management............................................................................................................................................6-6
6.15 Diagnostics...........................................................................................................................................................6-7
6.15.1 Power Up Self Test (POST).........................................................................................................................6-7
6.15.2 Periodic Self-Adjustments.........................................................................................................................6-7
6.15.3 Host Diagnostics.........................................................................................................................................6-8
6.15.4 Log Sense ....................................................................................................................................................6-8
6.16 Error Recovery ......................................................................................................................................................6-8
6.16.1 Seek Error Recovery....................................................................................................................................6-8
6.16.2 Data Read Errors .........................................................................................................................................6-8
6.16.3 Reallocation of Bad Blocks........................................................................................................................6-9
6.17 The Ultra 160/m Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI Interface....................................................................6-9
6.17.1 Diffsens .....................................................................................................................................................6-10
6.17.2 Diffsens Switching ...................................................................................................................................6-11
6.17.3 DT and ST Clocking ..................................................................................................................................6-11
6.17.4 Cyclic Redundancy Checking .................................................................................................................6-12
6.17.5 Domain Validation...................................................................................................................................6-12
6.18 Hot Plugging/Removal Insertion of SCSI Devices ..........................................................................................6-12
Appendix A QUICK REFERENCE
Appendix B SCSI REFERENCE INFORMATION
B.1 SCSI-2 Bus Timing..................................................................................................................................................B-1
B.2 SCSI-3 Bus Timing..................................................................................................................................................B-4
B.3 Signal States............................................................................................................................................................B-9
B.3.1 Signal Values ................................................................................................................................................B-9
B.3.2 SCSI ID Bits & Priorities ..............................................................................................................................B-10
B.4 SCSI Signals...........................................................................................................................................................B-11
B.5 SCSI Bus Phases ....................................................................................................................................................B-12
B.5.1 BUS FREE Phase ..........................................................................................................................................B-12
B.5.2 ARBITRATION Phase ..................................................................................................................................B-13
B.5.3 SELECTION Phase .......................................................................................................................................B-14
B.5.4 RESELECTION Phase ...................................................................................................................................B-15
B.5.5 Information Transfer Phases .....................................................................................................................B-17
B.5.5.1 Asynchronous Data Transfer .........................................................................................................B-18
B.5.5.2 Synchronous Data Transfer ...........................................................................................................B-19
B.5.5.3 Wide Data Transfer .........................................................................................................................B-21
B.5.5.4 Signal Restrictions Between Phases .............................................................................................B-21
B.5.5.5 Message Out – Attention Conditions ..........................................................................................B-21
B.6 SCSI Bus Conditions.............................................................................................................................................B-23
B.6.1 Attention Condition ..................................................................................................................................B-23
B.6.2 Reset Condition ..........................................................................................................................................B-24
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
vii
Contents
B.7 SCSI Message Format ..........................................................................................................................................B-26
viii
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
B.8 Supported SCSI Messages...................................................................................................................................B-29
B.8.1 ABORT TASK Message (0Dh) (ABORT TAG) ...........................................................................................B-29
B.8.2 ABORT TASK SET Message (06h) (ABORT) .............................................................................................B-29
B.8.3 CLEAR ACA Message (16h) ......................................................................................................................B-29
B.9.4 CLEAR TASK SET Message (0Eh) ...............................................................................................................B-29
B.8.5 CONTINUE TASK SET Message (12h) (CONTINUE I/O PROCESS)...........................................................B-30
B.8.6 DISCONNECT Message (04h)) ..................................................................................................................B-30
B.8.7 IDENTIFY Message (80h - FFh)..................................................................................................................B-30
B.8.8 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message (23h) ...................................................................................................B-31
B.8.9 INITIATE RECOVERY Message (0Fh) .........................................................................................................B-31
B.8.10 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message (05h)........................................................................................B-31
B.8.11 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message (0Ah) ..................................................................................B-33
B.8.12 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) Message (0Bh)...........................................................B-33
B.8.13 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message (09h) .............................................................................................B-33
B.8.14 MESSAGE REJECT Message (07h)...........................................................................................................B-33
B.8.15 NO OPERATION Message (08h)..............................................................................................................B-34
B.8.16 Queue Tag Messages (20h, 21h, or 22h) .............................................................................................B-34
B.8.16.1 HEAD OF QUEUE TAG Message (21h) ...................................................................................B-35
B.8.16.2 ORDERED QUEUE TAG Message (21h) ..................................................................................B-35
B.8.16.3 SIMPLE Message (20h) (SIMPLE QUEUE TAG) .....................................................................B-35
B.8.17 RELEASE RECOVERY Message (10h)......................................................................................................B-35
B.8.18 SAVE DATA POINTER Message (02h).....................................................................................................B-36
B.8.19 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (01h) ..............................................................B-37
B.8.20 TARGET RESET Message (0Ch) (BUS DEVICE RESET)............................................................................B-37
B.8.21 TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE Message (13h) ........................................................................................B-37
B.8.22 TASK COMPLETE Message (00h) (COMMAND COMPLETE) ...............................................................B-38
B.8.23 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (03h).................................................................................B-38
B.8.24 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message (04h)..................................................................................B-40
Appendix C NEGOTIATED RATE INFORMATION PAGE REFERENCE
C.1 TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR FIELD..................................................................................................................C-1
C.2 SETTINGS FOR THE QAS, DT, AND IU FIELDS ................................................................................................C-2
INDEX.................................................................................................................................. I-1
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
ix
Contents
Figures
3-1 Mechanical Dimensions for the 68-pin Wide SCSI Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m Hard Disk Drive
(9.1/18.2 GB Models)........................................................................................................................................3-3
3-2 Mechanical Dimensions for the 80-pin SCA-2 Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m Hard Disk Drive
(9.1/18.2 GB Models)........................................................................................................................................3-4
3-3 Drive Packing Assembly....................................................................................................................................3-5
3-4 Jumper and Connector Locations, 68-Pin SCSI Connector Version............................................................3-7
3-5 Pin Locations on SCA-2 Connector ...............................................................................................................3-13
3-6 Force Single-Ended Operation Jumper Locations.......................................................................................3-15
3-7 Connectors on 68-Pin SCSI Connector Versions of Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m Hard Disk Drives.............3-16
3-8 SCA-2 Connector on Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drive.......................................3-18
3-9 Mounting Dimensions for the 68-pin Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drive..........3-20
3-10 Mounting Dimensions for the 80-pin SCA-2 Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drive3-21
3-11 Mounting Screw Clearance for the Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultras 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drive..........3-22
3-12 Lengthwise Airflow Cooling........................................................................................................................3-23
3-13 Widthwise Airflow Cooling..........................................................................................................................3-24
3-14 Brackets for 5.25-inch Bay ...........................................................................................................................3-25
3-15 Drive Power Connector J2............................................................................................................................3-26
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
Typical (6-Byte) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...................................................................5-6
Command Descriptor Block Control Field — Data Format........................................................................5-8
CHANGE DEFINITION Command Descriptor Block — Data Format........................................................5-23
FORMAT UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ...................................................................5-26
FORMAT UNIT Parameter List — Data Format...........................................................................................5-27
FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header — Data Format....................................................................................5-28
FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Block Format....................................................................................5-29
FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Physical Sector and Bytes From Index
Format.......................................................................................................................................................5-30
5-9
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor — Data Format..............................................................5-30
5-10 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format .............................................................................5-33
5-11 Standard Inquiry Data Page — Data Format ..............................................................................................5-35
5-12 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page — Data Format ......................................................................5-37
5-13 Unit Serial Number Page — Data Format ...................................................................................................5-38
5-14 Implemented Operating Definition Page — Data Format........................................................................5-39
5-15 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page — Data Format..............................................................5-40
5-16 Device Identification Page — Data Format ................................................................................................5-41
5-17 Firmware Revision Page — Data Format....................................................................................................5-42
5-18 Quantum Manufacturing Information Page — Data Format..................................................................5-44
5-18A Negotiated Rate Information Page — Data Format ..................................................................................5-45
5-19 Command Support Data Page — Data Format..........................................................................................5-47
5-20 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.......................................................................5-51
5-21 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.........................................................................5-53
5-22 LOG SENSE Log Page Format − Data Format.............................................................................................5-56
5-23 Generic Log Parameter − Data Format .......................................................................................................5-57
5-24 MODE SELECT (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format..............................................................5-59
5-25 Mode Parameter List — Data Format..........................................................................................................5-61
5-26 Mode Parameter Header (6-Byte) — Data Format ....................................................................................5-62
5-27 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Data Format...................................................................................5-62
5-28 Unit Attention Condition Page — Data Format.........................................................................................5-64
5-29 Read-Write Error Recovery Page — Data Format.......................................................................................5-65
5-30 Disconnect-Reconnect Page — Data Format.............................................................................................5-68
5-31 Verify Error Recovery Page — Data Format................................................................................................5-71
5-32 Caching Page — Data Format......................................................................................................................5-73
5-33 Control Mode Page — Data Format............................................................................................................5-76
5-34 Notch and Partition Page — Data Format ..................................................................................................5-79
x
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
5-35 XOR Control Mode Page — Data Format...................................................................................................5-82
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
xi
Contents
Figures (continued)
5-36
5-37
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
5-55
5-56
5-57
5-58
5-59
5-60
5-61
5-62
5-63
5-64
5-65
5-66
5-67
5-68
5-69
5-70
5-71
5-72
5-73
5-74
5-75
5-76
5-77
5-78
5-79
5-80
5-81
5-82
5-83
5-84
5-85
5-86
5-87
5-88
xii
Power Condition Page — Data Format.........................................................................................5-85
Information Exceptions Control Page — Data Format ...............................................................5-87
Quantum-Unique Page — Data Format .......................................................................................5-91
MODE SELECT (10) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format................................................5-99
Mode Parameter Header (10-Byte) — Data Format....................................................................5-99
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Data Format.................................................................... 5-100
MODE SENSE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format .............................................. 5-103
Mode Parameter Header (6 Byte) — Data Format.................................................................... 5-104
Format Device Page — Data Format.......................................................................................... 5-105
Rigid Disk Geometry Page — Data Format ............................................................................... 5-107
Vendor-Unique Caching Page — Data Format......................................................................... 5-110
MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format............................................... 5-111
Mode Parameter Header (10 Byte) — Data Format ................................................................. 5-111
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Data Format.................................................................... 5-112
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command - Data Format ......................................................... 5-113
Read Keys Parameters - Data Format ......................................................................................... 5-115
Read Reservations Parameters - Data Format ........................................................................... 5-116
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor - Data Format ......................... 5-117
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command - Data Format ..................................................... 5-123
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List - Data Format ............................................... 5-132
READ (6) Command - Data Format............................................................................................ 5-135
READ (10) Command — Data Format....................................................................................... 5-137
READ BUFFER Command — Data Format................................................................................. 5-139
READ CAPACITY Command — Data Format............................................................................. 5-141
READ CAPACITY Returned Data — Data Format....................................................................... 5-142
READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command — Data Format.............................................................. 5-143
Defect Descriptor — Block Format............................................................................................. 5-144
Defect Descriptor — Bytes From Index Format or Physical Sector Format........................... 5-144
Defect List Header — Data Format............................................................................................. 5-145
READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command — Data Format.............................................................. 5-147
Defect Descriptor — Block Format............................................................................................. 5-148
Defect Descriptor — Bytes From Index Format or Physical Sector Format........................... 5-148
Defect List Header — Data Format............................................................................................. 5-149
READ LONG Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...................................................... 5-151
READ LONG Command — Returned Data ................................................................................ 5-152
READ SKIP MASK Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.............................................. 5-153
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format........................................... 5-155
REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header — Data Format ........................................................... 5-155
REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect Descriptor — Data Format............................................................. 5-156
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...................... 5-157
Supported Diagnostic Pages Page — Data Format .................................................................. 5-159
Translate Address Page — Data Format..................................................................................... 5-161
RELEASE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ...................................................... 5-163
RELEASE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................................... 5-165
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ............................ 5-167
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List — Data Format.................................................... 5-168
REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ................................................... 5-169
LUN Reporting Parameter List — Data Format ......................................................................... 5-170
REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format................................................ 5-171
Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h — Data Format........................................................... 5-173
ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes — Data Format.......................................... 5-189
NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes — Data Format....................................... 5-189
MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count —
Data Format................................................................................................................................... 5-190
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
Figures (continued)
5-89
5-90
5-91
5-92
5-93
5-94
5-95
5-96
5-97
5-98
5-99
5-100
5-101
5-102
5-103
5-104
5-105
5-106
5-107
5-108
5-109
5-110
5-111
5-112
5-113
5-114
5-115
RESERVE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...................................................... 5-191
RESERVE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................................... 5-193
Extent Descriptors – Data Format............................................................................................... 5-195
Parameter List When LongID and Extent Bits = 1 – Data Format .......................................... 5-195
RESERVE (10) ID Only Parameter List – Data Format ............................................................... 5-196
REZERO UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format .................................................... 5-197
SEEK (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format............................................................. 5-199
SEEK (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format........................................................... 5-201
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block — Data Format........................................... 5-203
Supported Diagnostic Page List — Data Format ...................................................................... 5-204
Translate Address Page — Data Format..................................................................................... 5-204
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................... 5-205
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List — Data Format............................................................ 5-206
START STOP UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format............................................. 5-207
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ..................................... 5-209
TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format............................................. 5-211
VERIFY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format............................................................... 5-213
WRITE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format .......................................................... 5-215
WRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format........................................................ 5-217
WRITE AND VERIFY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.......................................... 5-219
WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................................. 5-221
WRITE LONG Command Descriptor Block — Data Format..................................................... 5-223
WRITE SAME Command Descriptor Block — Data Format..................................................... 5-225
WRITE SKIP MASK Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ............................................ 5-227
XDREAD (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................................... 5-229
XDWRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format................................................... 5-231
XPWRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ................................................... 5-233
6-1
ST Clocking and DT Clocking .........................................................................................................6-11
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
Extended Message – Data Format.................................................................................................B-28
IDENTIFY Message – Data Format..................................................................................................B-31
Queue Tag Message – Data Format ..............................................................................................B-34
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER – Data Format........................................................................B-36
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message – Data Format.........................................................B-38
PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message – Data Format..........................................................B-40
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
xiii
Contents
Tables
xiv
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
SCSI ID Selection on Option Connector (68-Pin SCSI Connector Drives)....................................3-9
Jumper Settings for SCSI ID, 28-Pin Secondary Option Connector...........................................3-10
SCSI-ID Pin Assignments (SCA-2 Connector Versions of the Disk Drive)..................................3-13
Spin Up on Power On Options.......................................................................................................3-14
68-Pin Wide (LVD) SCSI Connector Pin Assignments .................................................................3-17
80-Pin SCA-2 SCSI Connector Pin Assignments...........................................................................3-19
Connectors and Jumpers................................................................................................................3-27
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
Specifications.....................................................................................................................................4-1
Formatted Capacity ...........................................................................................................................4-3
Transfer Rates.....................................................................................................................................4-4
Timing Specifications........................................................................................................................4-5
Power Reset Limits ............................................................................................................................4-6
Acoustical Characteristics...............................................................................................................4-10
Environmental Specifications ........................................................................................................4-11
Shock and Vibration Specifications ..............................................................................................4-12
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-17A
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-32
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-36
Supported SCSI Messages.................................................................................................................5-3
Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions........................................................................5-6
Command Descriptor Block Control Field — Field Descriptions.................................................5-8
Status Codes.....................................................................................................................................5-10
DATA-Phase Command Contents..................................................................................................5-18
CHANGE DEFINITION — Field Descriptions..................................................................................5-24
FORMAT UNIT Command – Field Descriptions............................................................................5-26
FORMAT UNIT Command Supported Options ............................................................................5-27
FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header — Field Descriptions.............................................................5-28
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor — Field Descriptions ......................................5-31
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Type.....................................................................................5-31
INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions......................................................5-33
Standard Inquiry Data Page — Field Descriptions.......................................................................5-36
Vital Product Data — Page Codes..................................................................................................5-37
Unit Serial Number Page — Field Descriptions............................................................................5-38
Implemented Operating Definition Page — Field Descriptions ................................................5-39
Device Identification Page — Field Descriptions.........................................................................5-42
Negotiated Rate Information Page — Field Descriptions...........................................................5-46
Command Support Data Page — Field Descriptions ..................................................................5-48
Command Support Data Page Command or Operation Codes.................................................5-49
LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions................................................5-51
Disk Drive Log Pages .......................................................................................................................5-54
LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions .................................................5-55
LOG SENSE Log Page Format − Field Descriptions......................................................................5-56
Generic Log Parameter − Field Descriptions................................................................................5-57
MODE SELECT (6) Command — Field Descriptions....................................................................5-59
Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages .................................................................................................5-60
Mode Page Types.............................................................................................................................5-61
Mode Parameter List — Field Descriptions ..................................................................................5-62
Mode Parameter Header — Field Descriptions............................................................................5-62
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Field Descriptions............................................................5-63
Categories Of Changeable Pages...................................................................................................5-63
Unit Attention Condition Page — Field Descriptions..................................................................5-64
Read-Write Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions ...............................................................5-66
Disconnect-Reconnect Page — Field Descriptions .....................................................................5-69
Verify Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions ........................................................................5-72
Caching Page — Field Descriptions...............................................................................................5-74
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
xv
Contents
Tables (continued)
5-37
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
5-55
5-56
5-57
5-58
5-59
5-60
5-61
5-62
5-63
5-64
5-65
5-66
5-67
5-68
5-69
5-70
5-71
5-72
5-73
5-74
xvi
Control Mode Page — Field Descriptions.....................................................................................5-77
Notch and Partition Page — Field Descriptions...........................................................................5-80
XOR Control Page - Field Descriptions..........................................................................................5-83
Power Condition Page — Field Descriptions................................................................................5-86
Information Exceptions Control Page — Field Descriptions......................................................5-87
Codes Used by the MRIE Field........................................................................................................5-90
Quantum Unique Page — Field Descriptions ..............................................................................5-92
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Field Descriptions........................................................... 5-100
MODE SENSE Command — Field Descriptions......................................................................... 5-103
Mode Parameter Header — Field Descriptions......................................................................... 5-104
Read-Only Mode Pages................................................................................................................ 5-104
Format Device Page — Field Descriptions................................................................................. 5-106
Rigid Disk Geometry Page — Field Description........................................................................ 5-108
Vendor-Unique Caching — Field Description........................................................................... 5-110
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Field Descriptions........................................................... 5-112
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command — Field Descriptions ............................................. 5-113
Read Keys Parameters — Field Descriptions ............................................................................. 5-115
Read Reservations Parameters — Field Descriptions ............................................................... 5-116
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor
— Field Descriptions ................................................................................................................... 5-117
Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings.......................................................... 5-119
When Do Conflicts Between Existing Reservations and New
Reservations Exist? ....................................................................................................................... 5-122
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command — Field Descriptions ......................................... 5-124
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service Action Descriptors............................. 5-126
Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings.......................................................... 5-130
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List – Field Descriptors ....................................... 5-133
Device Server Interpretation of Service and Scope Value........................................................ 5-134
READ (6) Command — Field Descriptions................................................................................ 5-135
READ (10) Command — Field Descriptions.............................................................................. 5-137
READ BUFFER Command — Field Descriptions........................................................................ 5-140
READ CAPACITY Command — Field Descriptions.................................................................... 5-141
READ DEFECT DATA (10)Command — Field Descriptions...................................................... 5-143
Defect List Header — Field Descriptions.................................................................................... 5-145
READ DEFECT DATA (12)Command — Field Descriptions...................................................... 5-147
Defect List Header — Field Descriptions.................................................................................... 5-149
READ LONG Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions............................................. 5-151
READ SKIP MASK — Field Description ....................................................................................... 5-153
REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header — Field Descriptions.................................................. 5-155
Diagnostic Pages Supported by the Drives................................................................................ 5-157
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
Tables (continued)
5-75
5-76
5-77
5-78
5-79
5-80
5-81
5-82
5-83
5-84
5-85
5-86
5-87
5-88
5-91
5-92
5-93
5-94
5-95
5-96
5-97
5-98
5-99
5-100
5-101
5-102
5-103
5-104
5-105
5-106
5-107
5-108
5-109
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions ............ 5-158
Source Descriptor — Field Descriptions .................................................................................... 5-162
RELEASE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions............................................. 5-163
RELEASE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions........................................... 5-166
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions .................. 5-167
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List — Field Descriptions........................................... 5-168
REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.......................................... 5-169
REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions ...................................... 5-171
Sense Data Fields (Error Code 70h) — Field Descriptions ....................................................... 5-172
Supported Sense Keys.................................................................................................................. 5-175
Sense Key Information Field Contents....................................................................................... 5-177
Supported Additional Sense Codes and Qualifiers (in Hex).................................................... 5-179
Sense-Key Specific Field Contents.............................................................................................. 5-188
ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes —
Field Descriptions ......................................................................................................................... 5-189
NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes —
Field Descriptions ......................................................................................................................... 5-190
MEDIUM ERROR OR RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count —
Field Descriptions ......................................................................................................................... 5-190
RESERVE (6) Command — Field Descriptions .......................................................................... 5-191
RESERVE (10) Command — Field Descriptions........................................................................ 5-194
Reservation Types......................................................................................................................... 5-195
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command — Field Descriptions............................................................... 5-203
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions........................... 5-205
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List ....................................................................................... 5-206
START STOP UNIT Command — Field Descriptions ................................................................. 5-207
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command — Field Descriptions.......................................................... 5-209
VERIFY Command — Field Descriptions ................................................................................... 5-213
WRITE (6) Command — Field Descriptions............................................................................... 5-215
WRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions ............................................................................ 5-217
WRITE AND VERIFY Command — Field Descriptions .............................................................. 5-219
WRITE BUFFER Command — Field Descriptions ...................................................................... 5-222
WRITE LONG Command — Field Descriptions......................................................................... 5-223
WRITE SAME Command — Field Descriptions ......................................................................... 5-225
WRITE SKIP MASK Command — Field Descriptions................................................................. 5-227
XDREAD (10) Command — Field Descriptions ........................................................................ 5-229
XDWRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions....................................................................... 5-231
XPWRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions........................................................................ 5-233
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
SCSI-2/SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology............................................................................................A-1
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Commands and Messages...................................................................A-2
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Pages.......................................................................................................A-4
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Sense Keys..............................................................................................A-5
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Status Codes ..........................................................................................A-5
5-89
5-90
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
xvii
Contents
Tables (continued)
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-11
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
B-16
B-17
B-18
C-1
C-2
C-3
xviii
SCSI Bus Timing Values – ANSI SCSI-2 Standard............................................................................B-1
SCSI-3 Bus Control Timing................................................................................................................B-4
Single Transition (ST) SCSI Bus Data and Information Phase Timing..........................................B-5
Double Transition (DT) SCSI Bus Data and Information Phase Timing .......................................B-6
Signal Sources....................................................................................................................................B-9
SCSI ID Bits & Arbitration Priorities ................................................................................................B-10
SCSI-3 Bus Signal Definitions .........................................................................................................B-11
Information Transfer Phases...........................................................................................................B-18
Drive MESSAGE OUT Phase Response...........................................................................................B-23
SCSI Message Format......................................................................................................................B-26
Supported SCSI Messages...............................................................................................................B-27
Extended Message – Field Descriptions........................................................................................B-28
Drive’s Response to DISCONNECT Message .................................................................................B-30
IDENTIFY Message – Field Descriptions ........................................................................................B-31
Drive’s Response to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR.......................................................................B-32
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message – Field Descriptions .............................B-37
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message – Field Descriptions................................................B-39
PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message – Field Descriptions.................................................B-41
Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 1 ....................................................................C-1
Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 0 ....................................................................C-2
Settings for the QAS, DT, and IU Fields of the Negotiated Rate Information Page (INQUIRY
Command) .........................................................................................................................................C-2
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Contents
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
xix
REVISION RECORD
This Revision Record provides a publication history of this manual. It lists all major
revisions and their effective dates. The publication number (part number) is listed in
the Revision Level column.
REVISIONS
Revision Level
Date
Summary of Changes
81-122517-01
October 8, 1999
81-122517-01
December 17, 1999
81-122517-01
March 3, 2000
81-122517-01
April 19, 2000
81-122517-02
April 20, 2000
81-122517-03
May 3, 2000
Initial Release Preliminary version of
manual.
2nd release of preliminary manual.
Addition of product specifications,
changes to INQUIRY command.
3nd release of preliminary manual.
Removal of references to Fibre
Channel. Addition of REPORT
DEVICE IDENTIFIER and SET DEVICE
IDENTIFIER commands. Changes to
specifications and SCSI chapter.
Added Index.
1st release of final version of manual.
Changes to specifications chapter,
SCSI Chapter.
2nd release of final version of
manual. Changes to bit count in
explanation of Byte Transfer Length
for READ LONG and WRITE LONG
commands.
3rd release of final version of
manual.
Chapter 4: Changes to specs for
number of R/W heads (18.4 GB),
numbers supplied for User Track
Data Pitch, Servo Sample Interval,
Linear Density, Grown Defects from
Environmental Change, User Data
Blocks/Surface, Interface Transfer
Rate, User Data Rate, Average Access
to Data, Command Overhead, ECMA
seek rate statements.
Chapter 5: INQUIRY section, added
information for the Negotiated Rate
Information Page. Added Appendix
C.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
xvii
Revision Record
Revision Level
81-122517-04
xviii
Date
June 8, 2000
Summary of Changes
4rd release of final version of
manual.
Cover: Capacities corrected for 36.7
and 73.4 GB drives.
Chapter 4: Changes to specs for
formatted capacities (Section 4.2),
data transfer rates (Section 4.3),
timing specifications (Section 4.4),
power consumption (Section
4.5.3.1), current requirements
(Section 4.5.3.3), supply ripple
voltage and noise (Section 4.5.3.5),
acoustics (Section 4.6), and Table 48.
Chapter 5: Change to ARRE
definition (Table 5-33),
Reall.Uncorr.Errors definition (Table
5-43). Addition of information for
starting AIP following Table 5-43.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Chapter 1
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This chapter outlines the scope and contents of this manual. It contains information
about the intended audience, purpose of the manual, document organization, and
document conventions.
1.1
AUDIENCE
This manual was written for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) that are
integrating a Quantum AtlasTM 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI disk drive into a system or
subsystem. Its primary audience is the OEM technical staff that makes disk drive
purchase and configuration decisions, and system integrators that are responsible
for the SCSI interface. This manual is not intended for end-users and is not a users
manual or an installation guide.
1.2
DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
This product manual is organized into the following chapters:
1.3
•
Chapter 1 – About this Manual
•
Chapter 2 – General Description
•
Chapter 3 – Installation
•
Chapter 4 – Specifications
•
Chapter 5 – SCSI Descriptions
•
Chapter 6 – Feature Descriptions
TERMINOLOGY AND CONVENTIONS
In the Glossary at the back of this manual, you can find definitions for many of the
terms used in this manual. In addition, the following abbreviations may be used in
this manual:
•
ASIC
application-specific integrated circuit
•
bpi
bits per inch
•
dB
decibels
•
dBA
decibels, A weighted
•
ECC
error correcting code
•
fci
flux changes per inch
•
Gbit
gigabit
•
GB
gigabyte
•
Hz
hertz
•
KB
kilobytes
•
LSB
least significant bit
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
1-1
About This Manual
•
LVDS low voltage differential SCSI
•
mA
milliamperes
•
MB
megabytes (1 MB = 1,000,000 bytes when referring to disk storage and
1,048,576 bytes in all other cases)
•
Mbit/S megabits per second
•
MB/s
megabytes per second
•
ms
milliseconds
•
MSB
most significant bit
•
mv
millivolts
•
ns
nanoseconds
•
SCSI
Small Computer System Interface
•
tpi
tracks per inch
•
µs
microseconds
•
V
volts
The typographical and naming conventions used in this manual are listed below.
Conventions that are unique to a specific table appear in the notes that follow that
table.
Typographical Conventions:
•
Names of Bits: Bit names are presented in initial capitals. An example is the
Host Software Reset Bit.
•
Commands: Firmware commands are listed as all capitals. An example is
MODE SELECT.
•
Parameters: Parameters are given as initial capitals when spelled out, and are
given as all capitals when abbreviated. Examples are Prefetch Enable (PE) and
Cache Enable (CE).
•
Hexadecimal Notation: The hexadecimal notation is given as in the example
30h, with the “h” indicating hexadecimal.
•
Signal Negation: A signal that is non-active or is in its non-asserted state.
•
Messages: A message that is sent from the drive to the host is listed in all
capitals. An example is BUS DEVICE RESET.
Naming Conventions:
1-2
•
Host: In general, the system in which the drive resides is referred to as the host.
•
Computer Voice: This refers to any items that the user types at a computer
keyboard. These items appear in this manual, if applicable, in 10-point, all
capitals, Courier New font. An example is FORMAT.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
About This Manual
1.4
REFERENCES
For additional information about the SCSI Interface, refer to:
•
ANSI Small Computer System Interface-2 (SCSI-2) Specification, ANSI
X3T9.2/86-109, Revision 10K II.
•
ANSI Small Computer System Interface-3 (SCSI-3) Specification, ANSI
X3T10/August, 1994.
•
SPI-2 Specification Revision 18.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
1-3
About This Manual
1-4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Chapter 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This chapter summarizes the general functions and key features of the Quantum
10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI family of hard disk drives, and lists applicable standards
and regulations.
2.1
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drives are part of a family of
high performance, 1-inch high (low profile) and 1.6-inch high (half-height) hard
disk drives manufactured to meet the highest product quality standards. The disk
drives are designed for high-end PC-based workstations, RAID storage systems,
digital video applications, database servers, file servers, and other storage systems
where high capacity, extraordinary performance, and reliability are critical. These
hard disk drives use nonremovable 3.5-inch hard disks and are available with the
following SCSI configurations:
•
Ultra 160/m, Ultra2, Ultra SCSI 68-pin Wide (16-bit)
•
Ultra 160/m, Ultra2, Ultra SCSI 80-pin SCA-2 (16-bit)
There are currently four models in the Atlas 10K II series with capacities of 9.2,
18.4, 36.7, and 73.4 gigabytes (GB).
2.2
KEY FEATURES
Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI disk drives include the following features:
•
Formatted storage capacity of 9.2 GB (2 disks, 3 heads), 18.4 GB (3 disks, 5
heads), 36.7 GB (5 disks, 10 heads), and 73.4 GB (10 disks, 20 heads). The 9.2,
18.4, and 36.7 GB drives are in the 1.0-inch, low profile form factor; the 73.4
GB drive is in the 1.6-inch, half-height form factor.
•
MR heads and banded recording for higher overall bit-densities
•
Hardware XOR to automatically detect and correct errors and defects in the data
stream for array applications (RAID)
•
Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) Revision 2
support
•
ORCA (Optimized Reordering Command Algorithm) and tagged command
queuing for greater throughput
•
8 MB Track-oriented segmented cache buffer with prefetch
•
Automatic Power Management System with power-saving sub-states
•
10,000 rpm rotational speed yielding 3.0 ms average latency
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
2-1
General Description and Specifications
•
4.7 ms second average random seek time (read) and 7.9 ms average access-todata time for the 1.0-inch drives; 5.2 ms second average random seek time (read)
and 8.4 ms average access-to-data time for the 1.6-inch versions of the drive.
•
Embedded servo system for exceptional head positioning accuracy and long life
•
2.3
“Zero latency” reads and writes reduce data access time
•
Full SCSI–3 compliance 1 (compatible with SCSI-2 and SCSI–1)
•
Advanced Ultra 160/m-LVD, Ultra2-LVD and Ultra SE Multimode SCSI with
68-pin wide connector or 80-pin SCA-2 connector
•
Superior data integrity:
›
352-bit Reed-Solomon quad-burst ECC provides fast on-the-fly correction for
small errors and robust software-based correction for larger errors
›
EDC internal protection from SCSI bus to media
STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drives satisfy the following
standards and regulations:
2.4
•
Underwriters Laboratory (U.L.): Standard 1950. Information technology
equipment including business equipment.
•
Canadian Standards Assocation (CSA): Standard C.22.2 No. 950-M89.
Information technology equipment including business equipment
•
European Standards (TÜV): Standard EN 60 950. Information technology
equipment including business equipment
•
Federal Communications Commission (FCC): FCC Rules for Radiated and
Conducted Emissions, Part 15, Sub Part J, For Class B equipment
•
CISPR: CISPR 22 Rules for Radiated and Conducted Emissions, for Class B
equipment
•
Tested to comply with Australian requirements to carry C-Tick logo
HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drives are completely
compatible with host computers and controllers that provide a 68-pin Wide or 80-pin
SCA-2 interface. A 50-pin to 68-pin adapter is required to use the 68-pin Wide drive
in a 50-pin cabling configuration.
1
2-2
The drives are in compliance with the SCSI-3 draft proposed ANSI standards as
they exist at the time of product release; SCSI-3 features may not be enabled on
drives when shipped.
Quantum Atlas 10K II 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Chapter 3
INSTALLATION
This chapter explains how to unpack, configure, mount, and connect the Quantum
Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drive prior to operation.
3.1
SAFETY, HANDLING, & ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE PROTECTION
3.1.1 Safety Precautions
For your safety, follow all safety procedures described here and in other sections of
the manual.
•
Remove power from the computer system (or expansion unit) before installing or
removing the drive to prevent the possibility of electrical shock or damage to the
drive. Unplug the unit containing the drive to provide an added measure of
safety.
•
Read, understand, and observe all label warnings.
3.1.2 Handling
Damage to the drive can occur as the result of careless handling, vibration, shock,
or electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always handle the drive with care to avoid damage
to the precision internal components.
CAUTION
A 1/4-inch drop onto a hard surface can damage the drive
Follow these guidelines to avoid damage to the drive:
•
Always observe prescribed ESD precautions.
•
Keep the drive in its anti-static bag until ready to install.
•
Always use a properly fitted wrist strap or other suitable ESD protection when
handling the drive.
•
Hold drive only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the PCBA.
•
Always handle the drive carefully and gently. A drop of 1/4 inch onto a bench or
desktop can damage a drive.
•
Do not bump, jar, or drop the drive. Use care when transporting the drive.
•
Always gently place the drive flat, PCB side down, on an appropriate ESDprotected work surface to avoid the drive being accidentally knocked over.
•
Do not pack other materials with the drive in its shielded bag.
•
Place the drive in the anti-static bag before placing in shipping container.
•
Do not stack objects on the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−1
Installation
•
Never force the drive or the mounting brackets into the drive bay.
•
Do not expose the drive to moisture.
•
Do not damage any seals on the drive; doing so may void the warranty.
3.1.3 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection
Various electrical components within the disk drive are sensitive to static electricity
and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Even a static buildup or discharge that is too
slight to feel can be sufficient to destroy or degrade a component's operation.
To minimize the possibility of ESD-related damage to the drive, we strongly
recommend using both a properly installed workstation anti-static mat and a
properly installed ESD wrist strap. When correctly installed, these devices reduce the
buildup of static electricity which might harm the drive.
Observe the following precautions to avoid ESD-related problems:
3−2
•
Use a properly installed anti-static pad on your work surface.
•
Always use a properly fitted and grounded wrist strap or other suitable ESD
protection when handling the drive and observe proper ESD grounding
techniques.
•
Hold the drive only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the PCBA.
•
Leave the drive in its anti-static bag until you are ready to install it in the
system.
•
Place the drive on a properly grounded anti-static work surface pad when it is
out of its protective anti-static bag.
•
Do not use the bag as a substitute for the work surface anti-static pad. The
outside of the bag may not have the same anti-static properties as the inside. It
could actually increase the possibility of ESD problems.
•
Do not use any test equipment to check components on the electronics module.
There are no user-serviceable components on the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.2
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI disk drive is shipped without a
faceplate (or bezel) and comes in the following SCSI interface configurations:
•
68-pin Wide SCSI
•
80-pin SCA-2 SCSI
Figures 3-1 and 3-2 show the mechanical dimensions of disk drives of these two
interface types.
26.1 mm
(1.02 in.)
147.0 mm
(5.78 in.)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in.)
Figure 3-1 Mechanical Dimensions for the 68-pin Wide SCSI Quantum Atlas 10K II
Ultra 160/m Hard Disk Drive (Low Profile Form Factor)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−3
Installation
26.1 mm
(1.02 in.)
147.0 mm
(5.78 in.)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in.)
Figure 3-2 Mechanical Dimensions for the 80-pin SCA-2 Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra
160/m SCSI 9.1/18.2 Disk Drives (Low Profile Form Factor)
Shock Feet
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI disk drives are outfitted with plastic shock
feet on the bottom edge of the base casting, near the corners, beneath the side
mounting holes (translucent), and near the corners of the top cover next to the
screws (black). The shock feet give an additional level of isolation to prevent the
head and disk damage that occasionally may occur during unpacking, staging, and
installation. The shock feet attenuate the short-pulse shocks that occur when
placing the drive on a hard work surface. If the drive is tested on a hard surface, it
should be supported so that its shock feet are not in contact with the hard surface;
the disk drive should be supported in the middle, between the shock feet.
NOTE
To provide optimal protection, the shock feet are designed to exceed the form
factor when uncompressed.
3−4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.3
UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION
The maximum limits for physical shock can be exceeded if the disk drive is
not handled properly. Special care must be taken not to bump or drop the
disk drive.
1. Open the shipping container and remove the packing assembly that contains the
disk drive.
2. Remove the disk drive from the packing assembly.
CAUTION
During shipment and handling, the antistatic electrostatic discharge (ESD)
bag prevents damage to electronic components due to electrostatic
discharge. To avoid accidental damage to the disk drive, do not use a sharp
instrument to open the ESD bag. Save the packing materials for possible
future use.
3. When you are ready to install the disk drive, remove it from the ESD bag
Figure 3.3 shows the packing assembly for a single Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra
160/m SCSI hard disk drive. A 12-pack shipping container is available for
multiple drive shipments.
Figure 3-3 Drive Packing Assembly
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−5
Installation
3.4 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS AND CONNECTIONS
This section includes setup and configuration information for Atlas II Ultra 160/m
SCSI disk drives. These disk drives include
•
The 16-bit multimode Ultra 160/m SCSI-3 wide version with 68-pin SCSI
connector,
•
The 16-bit multimode Ultra 160/m SCSI-3 version with SCA-2 80-pin connector.
Specific individual settings for each drive type are described in sections 3.4.1
through 3.4.2.
WARNING
Before you begin, review the Safety, ESD, and Handling precautions described at the
beginning of this manual to avoid personal injury or damage to equipment.
3.4.1 Jumper Configurations and Connections – Disk Drives with 68-Pin
SCSI Connector
This section describes how to configure the jumpers on Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m
disks with 68-pin SCSI interface connectors. The following features are jumperselectable:
•
TERMPWR
•
SCSI ID
•
Write Protection
•
Spin Up
•
Remote LED displays (BUSY and FAULT. Note that the FAULT LED
illuminates when any diagnostic or functional failure occurs that prevents the
drive from performing logical I/O.)
Note that the disk drive does not support on-board SCSI termination.
Figure 3-4 presents an overview of the jumper and connector locations for the wide,
68-pin connector version of the drive.
3−6
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
DRIVES WITH 68-PIN SCSI
CONNECTOR
12-Pin Option Connector
Pin
§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§
§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§
¡¡¡¡¡¡
¡¡¡¡¡¡
¡¡¡¡
Back: Connectors
and Jumpers
12/11
10/9
8/7
6/5
4/3
2/1
No Connect / +5V
GND / Reserved
Busy LED / SCSI ID bit 3
GND / SCSI ID, bit 2
GND / SCSI ID, bit 1
Fault LED / SCSI ID bit 0
Pin 12
SCSI
Power
28/27 Term Pwr / TermPwr
26/25 Customize / GND
24/23 Enable Narrow / GND
22/21 Stagger Spin / GND
20/19 Write Protect / GND
18/17 Busy LED / +5V
16/15 No Connect / No
Connect
14/13 DiffSense / GND
12/11 Spin Delay / GND
10/9 Key / Fault LED
8/7 SCSI ID, bit 0 / GND
6/5 SCSI ID, bit 1 / GND
4/3 SCSI ID, bit 2 / GND
Pin 28
¡¡
Pin 1
28-Pin Secondary Option Connector
Figure 3-4 Jumper and Connector Locations, 68-Pin SCSI Connector Version
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−7
Installation
3.4.1.1 TERMPWR (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)
To ensure that there is a sufficient level of power along the entire SCSI bus,
Quantum Corporation recommends that all devices on the SCSI bus supply
TERMPWR (if they are capable). SCSI devices are protected by a diode or similar
semiconductor to prevent back flow of the terminator power when more than one
device supplies this power.
Configure the drive to provide TERMPWR by installing a jumper across pin pair 27 /
28 (Figure 3-4) on the Secondary Option Connector located on the front of the drive.
3.4.1.2 SCSI ID (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)
Each SCSI device on the bus must have a unique SCSI ID number assigned to it.
The drive can be configured for SCSI ID numbers that range from 0 through 15.
Set the SCSI ID for the drive at the 12-pin Option connector or the 28-pin Secondary
Option connector. Jumper locations are shown in Figure 3-4. Use Tables 3-1 and 3-2
to assign SCSI IDs using the Option connector or Secondary Option connector pins
NOTE
Refer to your system or SCSI controller documentation for recommendations
about assigning SCSI ID numbers for your specific system.
3−8
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
Table 3-1 SCSI ID Selection on Option Connector (68-Pin SCSI Connector Drives)
SCSI ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Jumper Location – Option Connector
Pin Pair 7 / 8
Pin Pair 5 / 6
Pin Pair 3 / 4
Pin Pair 1 / 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0 = Jumper Not Installed
1 = Jumper Installed
Configure the drive for remote (external) SCSI ID selection by removing the SCSI
ID jumpers (if present) from the referenced SCSI ID pins. Then connect the leads
from the external selection switch to the referenced pins. Observe the following
guidelines while doing so:
• ID bit 0, at Pin 1, is the Least Significant Bit.
• SCSI ID bits 0, 1, 2, and 3 (pins 1, 3, 5, and 7, respectively) are active LOW
signals. That is, the bit is a 1 if the corresponding remote switch is closed to
ground.
• Use pins 2, 4, 6 and 8 as the associated ground returns for ID bits 0, 1, 2, and 3,
respectively. The ground returns can be used individually, or the ground returns
of all four ID bits can be combined at pin 10.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−9
Installation
Table 3-2 Jumper Settings for SCSI ID, 28-Pin Secondary Option Connector
SCSI ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Jumper Location – Secondary Option Connector
Pin Pair 7 / 8
Pin Pair 5 / 6
Pin Pair 3 / 4
Pin Pair 1 / 2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0 = Jumper Not Installed
1 = Jumper Installed
3.4.1.3 Write Protection (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)
To configure Write Protection for the drive, install a jumper across pin pair 19 / 20
on the Secondary Option Connector (Figure 3-4). To disable Write Protection on the
drive, remove the jumper.
3.4.1.4 Spin Up (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector)
Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI drives have three Spin Up modes:
3−10
•
Option 1:
Spin up immediately when power is applied: Verify that no jumper
is installed across pin pair 11 / 12 (GND / Spin Delay) of the
Secondary Option connector (Figure 3-4).
•
Option 2:
Spin up after a predetermined delay following power on: Install
jumpers across pin pair 11 / 12 (GND / Spin Delay) and across pin
pair 21 / 22 (GND / Stagger Spin) on the Secondary Option
connector (Figure 3-4). Set the delay parameters with the MODE
SELECT command, Quantum-Unique Page (39h). The delay is equal
to a user-specified multiplier, multiplied by the numerical SCSI ID of
the drive. This will give a staggered spin-up in multiple-drive
installations.
•
Option 3:
Spin up on START STOP UNIT command: Install a jumper across
pin pair 11 / 12 (GND / Spin Delay) and remove any jumper from
pin pair 21 / 22 (GND / Stagger Spin), if a jumper is installed there,
on the Secondary Option connector (Figure 3-4).
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.4.1.5 Enable Narrow Mode (Force 8) (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI
Connector)
Wide Data Transfer (WDTR) negotiations can be limited to 8-bit responses either by
setting the Force 8 bit of the Quantum-Unique Page (39h) of the MODE SELECT
command (15h) to 1, or by installing a jumper on pin pair 23 / 24 of the Secondary
Option Connector (Figure 3-4).
3.4.1.6 Remote Busy and Fault Displays (Disk Drives with 68-Pin SCSI
Connector)
Busy and Fault status of the drive can be monitored remotely by connecting a remote
(external) Busy and/or remote Fault display LEDs to the appropriate pins on the 12pin Option Connector or the 28-pin Secondary Option Connector.
Remote Busy LED
On the Option Connector, connect the cathode side of the remote Busy LED to pin
8, Busy LED (Figure 3-4). Connect the anode side of the LED to pin 11, +5V.
On the Secondary Option Connector, connect the cathode side of the remote Busy
LED to pin 18, Busy LED (Figure 3-4). Connect the anode side of the LED to pin
17, +5V.
Remote Fault
On the Option Connector, connect the cathode side of the remote Fault LED to pin
2, Fault LED (Figure 3-4). Connect the anode side of the LED to pin 11, +5V.
On the Secondary Option Connector, connect the cathode side of the remote Fault
LED to pin 9, Fault LED (Figure 3-4). Connect the anode side of the LED to pin 17,
+5V.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−11
Installation
3.4.2 Jumper Configurations and Connections for SCA-2 Connector
Versions
This section describes jumper settings and connections for Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m
SCSI drives with 80-pin SCA-2 (Single Connector Attachment) connector for the
following features:
•
SCSI ID
•
Spin Up
•
Activity LED displays
Use Figure 3-5 to locate the appropriate pins for configuring the drive. Note that
Figure 3-5 does not call out each of the 80 pins on the connector, but rather
illustrates the layout of the pins.
NOTE
The SCA-2 Connector version of the disk drives do not provide TERMPWR,
Active Termination, or Write Protection.
3.4.2.1 Termination for SCA-2 Connector Versions
These versions of Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI disk drives cannot be configured to
provide bus termination. Therefore, be sure to properly terminate the SCSI bus on
which this drive is installed.
NOTE
Refer to your system or SCSI controller documentation regarding any
additional recommendations regarding drive placement on the SCSI bus and
SCSI bus termination.
3.4.2.2 SCSI ID for SCA-2 Connector Versions
Each SCSI device on the bus must have a unique SCSI ID number assigned to it.
The drive can be configured for SCSI ID numbers that range from 0 through 15.
Configure the SCSI ID by providing the proper open or ground signal inputs to the
referenced pins of the drive’s 80-pin new version SCA-2 connector (Figure 3-5). Refer
to Table 3-3 for SCSI ID pin assignments.
NOTE
Refer to your system or SCSI controller documentation for specific
recommendations about assigning SCSI ID numbers for your specific system.
3−12
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
Pin 40 Pin 39
Pin 2 Pin 1
Pin 80 Pin 79
HDA
Pin 42 Pin 41
Figure 3–5 Pin Locations on SCA-2 Connector
Table 3–3 SCSI ID Pin Assignments (SCA-2 Connector Versions of the Disk Drive)
SCSI ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ID3 - Pin 80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Location on SCA Connector
ID2 - Pin 40
ID1 - Pin 79
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
ID0 - Pin 39
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0 = Open Circuit, +2.4 V to Vcc +0.5 V
1 = Ground, -0.5 V to +0.4 V
3.4.2.3 Spin Up for SCA-2 Connector Versions
Atlas 10K II drives with SCA-2 SCSI connectors have three Spin Up modes:
• Option 1
Spin up occurs immediately when power is applied.
• Option 2
Drive spin up occurs after a predetermined delay following power on.
Set the delay parameters with the MODE SELECT Command,
Quantum-Unique Page (39h).The delay is equal to a user-specified
multiplier multiplied by the numerical SCSI ID of the drive. This
will give a staggered spin-up in multiple-drive installations.
• Option 3
Drive spin up is controlled by the START STOP UNIT command.
Configure the desired spin up option (Table 3-4) by setting the state of the
DELAY_SPIN (Pin 38) and STAGGER_SPIN (Pin 78) inputs on the 80-pin SCA-2
connector (Figure 3-5). The states of these signals are set by using either hard-wired
connections at the backplane or backplane logic.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−13
Installation
Table 3–4 Spin Up on Power On Options
STAGGER_SPIN
(Pin 78)
DELAY_SPIN
(Pin 38)
Option 1 – Spin Up When
Power is
Applied
Open
Open
Option 2 – Spin Up After
Delay
Ground
Open
Open
Ground
Ground
Ground
Option
Option 3 – Spin Up on
START
Command
Reserved
3.4.2.4 Activity LED for SCA-2 Connector Versions
The drive provides the output BUSY_OUT signal to power a user-supplied activity
LED.
The output indicates the drive is performing a SCSI operation. To use this output,
connect a user-supplied LED cathode to the BUSY_OUT connection, pin 77 on the
SCA Connector (Figure 3-5). The LED anode must be attached to the proper +5
VDC supply through an appropriate current-limiting resistor.
3−14
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.4.2.5 Force Single-Ended Operation for SCA-2 Connector Versions
A jumper is provided to force the disk drive to operate as a single-ended device. See
the explanation of the LVD SCSI interface in Chapter 7 for details.
To force the disk drive to operate as a single-ended device, install the low profile
jumper across pin pair 1 / 3 (Figure 3-6). For LVD operation and monitoring of
DIFFSENS signal, place the jumper across pin pair 2 / 4.
Figure 3-6 Force Single-Ended Operation Jumper Locations
Force single-ended jumper shown
installed across Pin Pair 1 / 3. This forces
the disk to operate as a single-ended
device and disables its ability to monitor
DIFFSENS.
Remove the jumper or park it across Pin
Pair 2 / 4 to enable the disk drive’s
DIFFSENS monitoring feature, required for
LVD SCSI.
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−15
Installation
3.5
CONNECTOR PINOUTS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS
Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI disk drive interfaces include a 16-bit wide SCSI
version and a SCA-2 connector version. Connector pinout information for the drive
and signal connection diagrams are found in this section.
3.5.1 Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Disk Drive with 68-Pin SCSI Connector
Figure 3-7 shows the locations of the Power, SCSI, Option, and Secondary Option
Connectors on the68-pin SCSI connector version of the drive. Figure 3-7 also
provides the locations and names of the signals connected to the pins at the Option
and Secondary Option Connectors on the drive. Table 3-5 provides signal names/pin
locations for the 68-pin wide SCSI connector.
68
35
1
1
Power Connector
12
SCSI Connector
1
34
Option Connector
Secondary Option Connector
Pin 1
Pin 28
HDA
Option Connector Signals
Pin - Signal
Pin - Signal
Secondary Option Connector Signals
Pin - Signal
Pin - Signal
1 - SCSI ID, bit 0
2 - Fault LED
1 - GND
2 - SCSI ID, bit 3
3 - SCSI ID, bit 1
4 - GND
3 - GND
4 - SCSI ID, bit 2
5 - SCSI ID, bit 2
6 - GND
5 - GND
6 - SCSI ID, bit 1
7 - SCSI ID, bit 3
8 - Busy LED
7 - GND
9 - Reserved
11 - +5 V
10 - GND
12 - No Connect
9 - Fault LED
8 - SCSI ID, bit 0
10 - key
11 - GND
12 - Spin Delay
13 - GND
14 - DiffSense
15 - No Connect
16 - No Connect
17 - +5V
18 - Busy LED
19 - GND
20 - Write Protect
21 - GND
22 - Stagger Spin
23 - GND
24 - Enable Narrow
25 - GND
26 - Customize
27 - TermPwr
28 - TermPwr
Figure 3-7 Connectors on 68-Pin SCSI Connector Versions of Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m Hard
Disk Drives
3−16
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
Table 3-5 68-Pin Wide (LVD) SCSI Connector Pin Assignments
Signal Name
Pin Number
Pin Number
Signal Name
+DB(12)
+DB(13)
+DB(14)
+DB(15)
+DB(P1)
+DB(0)
+DB(1)
+DB(2)
+DB(3)
+DB(4)
+DB(5)
+DB(6)
+DB(7)
+DB(P)
GROUND
DIFFSENS
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
RESERVED
GROUND
+ATN
GROUND
+BSY
+ACK
+RST
+MSG
+SEL
+C/D
+REQ
+I/O
+DB(8)
+DB(9)
+DB(10)
+DB(11)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
-DB(12)
-DB(13)
-DB(14)
-DB(15)
-DB(P1)
-DB(0)
-DB(1)
-DB(2)
-DB(3)
-DB(4)
-DB(5)
-DB(6)
-DB(7)
-DB(P)
GROUND
GROUND
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
RESERVED
GROUND
-ATN
GROUND
-BSY
-ACK
-RST
-MSG
-SEL
-C/D
-REQ
-I/O
-DB(8)
-DB(9)
-DB(10)
-DB(11)
NOTE
A negative sign (-) before a signal indicates an active-low signal.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−17
Installation
3.5.2
Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Disk Drive With 80-Pin, SCA-2 SCSI
Connector
Figure 3-8 shows the location of the SCSI Connector on this version of the drive.
Table 3-6 provides signal names/pin locations for the 80-pin SCA-2 SCSI connector.
Pin 40
39
Pin 2 Pin 1
Pin
SCSI SCA-2 Connector
Pin 80
Pin 79
HDA
Pin 42
41
Pin
Figure 3-8 SCA-2 Connector on Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drive
3−18
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
Table 3-6 80-Pin SCA-2 SCSI Connector Pin Assignments
Signal Name
Pin Number
Pin Number
Signal Name
+12 V
+12 V
+12 V
+12 V
NO CONNECT
NO CONNECT
-DATA_M(11)
-DATA_M (10)
-DATA_M B(9)
-DATA_M(8)
-SCSI_I/O
-SCSI_REQ
-SCSI_C/D
-SCSI_SEL
-SCSI_MSG
-SCSI_RST
-SCSI_ACK
-SCSI_BSY
-SCSI_ATN
-SCSI_PARITY_M(0)
-DATA_M(7)
-DATA_M(6)
-DATA_M(5)
-DATA_M(4)
-DATA_M(3)
-DATA_M(2)
-DATA_M(1)
-DATA_M(0)
-SCSI_PARITY_M(1)
-DATA_M(15)
-DATA_M(14)
-DATA_M(13)
-DATA_M(12)
+5V
+5V
+5V
RESERVED
-DELAY_SPIN
-SCSI ID (0)
-SCSI ID (2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
12V GROUND
12V GROUND
12V GROUND
MATED 1
NO CONNECT
SCSI_DIFFSENS
DATA_P(11)
DATA_P(10)
DATA_P(9)
DATA_P(8)
SCSI_I/O_P
SCSI_REQ_P
SCSI_C/D_P
SCSI_SEL_P
SCSI_MSG_P
SCSI_RST_P
SCSI_ACK_P
SCSI_BSY_P
SCSI_ATN_P
SCSI_PARITY_P(0)
DATA_P(7)
DATA_P(6)
DATA_P(5)
DATA_P(4)
DATA_P(3)
DATA_P(2)
DATA_P(1)
DATA_P(0)
SCSI_PARITY_P(1)
DATA_P(15)
DATA_P(14)
DATA_P(13)
DATA_P(12)
GROUND (MATED 2)
5V GROUND
5V GROUND
ACTIVE LED OUT
-STAGGER_SPIN
-SCSI ID (1)
-SCSI ID (3)
NOTE
A negative sign (-) before a signal indicates an active-low signal.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−19
Installation
3.6
DRIVE MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION
This section provides information for installing the disk drive and for connecting the
SCSI and power cables as applicable.
WARNING
Before you begin, review the Safety, ESD, and Handling precautions described in
the beginning of this manual to avoid personal injury or damage to the drive.
3.6.1 Orientation
The drive can be mounted in any position. Figures 3–9 and 3-10 show the drive base
assembly, with mounting locations and dimensions indicated.
Figure 3-9 Mounting Dimensions for the 68-pin Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m
SCSI Hard Disk Drive
3−20
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
Figure 3-10 Mounting Dimensions for the 80-pin SCA-2 Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra
160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drive
3.6.2 Mounting Screw Clearance
CAUTION
The printed circuit board assembly (PCBA) is very close to the mounting holes.
Do not exceed the specified length for the mounting screws. The specified
screw length allows full use of the mounting hole threads while avoiding
damaging or placing unwanted stress on the PCBA.
Figure 3-11 specifies the minimum clearance between the PCBA and the screws
in the mounting holes. The maximum torque applied to the screws must not
exceed 14 inch-pounds (1.57 N-m). A maximum screw length of 0.22 inches
(5.59 mm) may be used in the side mounting locations when a bracket of 0.04
inches (1.016 mm) minimum thickness is used.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−21
Installation
The PCBA is very close to the mounting holes. Figure 3-11 specifies the clearance
between the screws in the mounting holes and the PCBA. Do not use mounting
screws longer than the maximum lengths specified in Figure 3-11. The specified
screw length allows full use of the mounting hold threads while avoiding damage or
stress on the PCBA. Clearance from the disk drive to any other surface (except
mounting surfaces) must be a minimum of 0.05 inches (1.25 mm).
Leave this mounting hole unused when
installing the drive with less than 4 bottom
mounting screws.
Figure 3-11 Mounting Screw Clearance for the Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m
SCSI Hard Disk Drive
3−22
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.6.3 Shock Clip
The shock clip provides an extra level of isolation from the occurrence of a short
duration, non-operational shock, particularly when the disk drive is mounted on a
rigid platform.
CAUTION
To prevent the possibility of a cross-threaded screw, it is recommended that
the screws associated with the fixed side mounting locations be started before
the screw associated with the shock clip. Install all of the applicable screws
before the final torquing process.
Shock performance is optimal when either four bottom mount locations or
four outer side screw locations are used.
3.6.4 Mounting
For the best results during performance benchmark testing, it is recommended that
the disk drive be mounted firmly within a system or a fixture, rather than sitting
unconstrained on a tabletop or work surface. If it is necessary to perform testing on
an unconstrained disk drive, place the disk drive on a flat, smooth, semi-cushioned
surface (similar to a mousepad). This avoids any performance degradations due to
possibly higher incidence of recovered errors. The disk drive should not be operated
on a hard surface.
3.6.5 Ventilation
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drive operates without a
cooling fan, provided the ambient air temperature does not exceed 131ºF (55ºC).
Figures 3-12 and 3-13 show possible configurations for airflow required for adequate
cooling. Clearance from the drive to any other surface above and below the disk drive
must be a minimum of 1/16-inch (1.25 mm).
Figure 3–12 Lengthwise Airflow Cooling
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−23
Installation
Figure 3–13 Widthwise Airflow Cooling
3.6.6 Installation in a 3.5-inch Bay
CAUTION
Screw-length must not exceed 0.25-inch (6.25 millimeters) or the drive may
be damaged.
The drive base contains threaded holes on its sides and bottom to mount the drive
(see Figure 3-9 or Figure 3-10). The holes accept #6-32 screws.
NOTE
Mounting brackets may used when installing the drive in a 5.25-inch form
factor bay. Brackets supplied by Quantum Corporation to mount the drive are
recommended, otherwise, the drive’s isolation characteristics may be
affected. A Bracket kit (part no. 70-30695-01) is available from the Quantum
Corp.
To mount the drive:
3−24
1.
Position the completed drive in the drive bay and choose the drive base
mounting holes that match the bay mounting locations.
2.
Insert and secure the screws at the selected locations.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.6.7 Installation in a 5.25-inch Bay
CAUTION
Screws used to mount the drive must not exceed 0.25-inch
(6.25 millimeters) in length, or the drive may be damaged.
Figure 3-14 shows the brackets representative of those used to mount the drive in a
5.25-inch bay. A bracket kit including four screws is available from Quantum
Corporation. The part number of the kit is 70-30695-01.
SIDE
BRACKET
SIDE
BRACKET
Figure 3-14 Brackets for 5.25-inch Bay
Attach the brackets to the drive using four #6-32 screws (see Figure 3-11).
Mount the drive in the bay by performing the following steps:
1.
Position the completed unit (drive and brackets) in the bay.
2.
Secure the unit with screws at the selected mounting hole locations.
3.6.8 Backplane Installation (SCA Drive)
CAUTION
Screws used to mount the drive must not exceed 0.25-inch
(6.25 millimeters) in length, or the drive may be damaged.
Because of the variety of mounting possibilities, these instructions are general in
nature. They should be used only as a guide for mounting the drive in your
particular system.
Mount the drive as follows:
1.
Position the drive in the bay.
2.
Align the RAID connector on the drive to the backplane connector in the
system.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−25
Installation
3.
Insert the RAID connector of the drive into the system backplane
connector, being careful not to damage any connector pins.
4.
Secure the drive in the RAID system with #6-32x1/4 UNC screws. Use
the side mount or bottom mount holes, depending upon enclosure
mounting hole requirements.
NOTE
To ensure proper operation of the drive, run any required software after the
installation is completed.
3.6.9 Drive Connections
The drive connects to both the SCSI and power buses.
3.6.9.1 SCSI Bus Connection
Align the system SCSI bus cable connector to J1 on the drive. Connect the cable
to J1 carefully to avoid bending or damaging the connector pins. Drives with
SCA connector may plug directly into a backplane connector
The connectors used on the drive vary with the drive type:
•
Wide Ultra3 SCSI-3 drives with 68-pin SCSI Connector – Combination
Connector containing 68-pin SCSI connector, 4-pin Power Connector,
and 12-pin Option Connector (Figure 3-7).
•
Wide Ultra3 SCSI-3 drives with 80-pin SCA-2 connector providing SCSI,
Power, and configuration/option inputs (Figure 3-8).
3.6.9.2 Power Connection
Align the system power cable connector to the drive power connector J2 (Figure
3-15). Connect the system power cable to J2 carefully to avoid bending or
damaging the connector pins. Note that drives with SCA-2 connector do not
have this separate J2 Power Connector.
Figure 3-15 Drive Power Connector J2
3−26
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Installation
3.6.9.3 Cables
Furnish the appropriate cables and connectors to match the drive connectors listed
in Table 3–7.
Table 3–7 Connectors and Jumpers
Connector/Jumper
Quantum (or Vendor)
Part Number
16-bit Wide SCSI (68-Pin)
68-pin SCSI connector
(includes a 68-pin SCSI connector,
a 4-pin power connector, and a 2 mmpitch, 12-pin (2x6) option connector)
Quantum
Molex
23-409326-01
87360-0009
23-pin secondary option connector
[2 mm-pitch 2X14 keyed connector
Quantum
JAE
TBD
TBD
Single Connector Attachment SCSI (80-Pin, SCA-2)
RAID connector (Champ 0.050 inch
Series I 80-position plug)
Quantum
AMP
23-416824-80
1123283-9
Shunt Jumper (All drives)
2 mm-pitch shunt for configuration
of drive characteristics
Quantum
Augat
Berg
23-400479-01
CN-AX027C5A02
86730-001
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
3−27
Installation
3−28
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Chapter 4
SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter provides a detailed description of the physical, electrical, and
environmental characteristics of the Quantum Atlas 10K II 160/m SCSI hard disk
drives.
4.1
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Table 4-1 Specifications
QUANTUM
QUANTUM
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
9.1 GB
ATLAS 10K II
18.4 GB
ATLAS 10K II
36.7 GB
Formatted Capacity
9.10 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
Nominal Rotational Speed (rpm)
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
Number of Disks
2
3
5
10
Number of R/W Heads
3
5
10
20
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
17337
17337
17337
17337
24
24
24
24
22500
22500
22500
22500
301 – 528
(ID – OD)
301 – 528
(ID – OD)
301 – 528
(ID – OD)
301 – 528
(ID – OD)
17337
17337
17337
17337
132 (all tracks)
132 (all tracks)
132 (all tracks)
132 (all tracks)
45.45 µsec
45.45 µsec
45.45 µsec
45.45 µsec
512 to 524
512 to 524
512 to 524
512 to 524
Recording Technology
ID-less Split
Sector
ID-less Split
Sector
ID-less Split
Sector
ID-less Split
Sector
Linear Density (Kfci)
ID = 341.6
OD = 306.1
ID = 341.6
OD = 306.1
ID = 341.6
OD = 306.1
ID = 341.6
OD = 306.1
50/52 RLL
PRML
50/52 RLL
PRML
50/52 RLL
PRML
50/52 RLL
PRML
DESCRIPTION
Maximum Areal Density
(Gb/square inch)
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
73.4 GB
Data Organization:
User Data Tracks per Surface
Data Bands per Surface
User Data Track Pitch
(at 14,200 tpi)
Data Blocks/Track
Data Cylinders
Servo Sectors:
Servo Spokes/Track
Servo Sample Interval
Bytes Per Sector
Recording:
Encoding Method
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
4-1
Specifications
Table 4-1 Specifications (continued)
QUANTUM
QUANTUM
QUANTUM
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
ATLAS 10K II
ATLAS 10K II
ATLAS 10K II
9.1 GB
18.2 GB
36.4 GB
72.8 GB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
No greater than
1.5%
No greater than
1.5%
No greater than
1.5%
No greater than
1.5%
Seek Error Rate
10 in 106
10 in 106
10 in 106
10 in 106
Recoverable Error Rate
10 in 1012
10 in 1012
10 in 1012
10 in 1012
Unrecoverable Error Rate
10 in 1014
10 in 1014
10 in 1014
10 in 1014
18
36
72
144
40,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
AirLock® – with
magnetic bias
AirLock® – with
magnetic bias
AirLock® – with
magnetic bias
AirLock® – with
magnetic bias
DESCRIPTION
Buffer Size
RELIABILITY:
Annualized Failure Rate (AFR)1
Grown Defects from
Environmental Change
(Maximum)2
Minimum Contact Start/Stop
Cycles @ 25°C (77°F)
Auto Head-Park Method
NOTES
4-2
1
Projected AFR is from a predicted theoretical AFR for the Atlas 10K IIfamily of
products that is based on design (i.e., Bellcore) and historical data and does not
include process variance, returns with no trouble found, or handling and excessive
shock failures. Historically, the field AFR, which returns all returns regardless of cause,
has been 50 – 60% of the projected AFR. The development of an operational AFR
methodology and derating curve, in line with the IDEMA AFR standardization effort,
is underway. For more information, see the HDD Reliability White Paper on Quantum
Corporation’s World Wide Web site at www.quantum.com.
2
With AWRE and ARRE set to 1, the drive will add detected bad blocks to the Grown
Defect List and reallocate the data. A small number of grown defects can occur,
typically during the first 48 hours of I/O activity, as a result of significant
environmental change. This change includes specification extremes (altitude,
voltage, temperature, shock, vibration, etc.) not encountered during the
manufacturing test process. Environmental extremes and shocks encountered during
shipping and handling may also lead to grown defects.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Specifications
4.2
FORMATTED CAPACITY
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drives receive a low-level
format at the manufacturing facility. This formatting creates the actual tracks and
sectors on the disk drive. Table 4-2 shows the storage capacities of the three different
disk drives that result from this process. Formatting done at the user level, for
operation with DOS, UNIX, or other operating systems, will result in less capacity
than the physical capacity shown.
Table 4-2 Formatted Capacity
DESCRIPTION
Formatted Capacity
User Data Blocks/Surface
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
9.2 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
18.4 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
36.7 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
73.4 GB
9.2 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
17,938,986
35,860,910
71,721,820
143,443,640
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
4-3
Specifications
4.3
DATA TRANSFER RATES
Table 4-3 shows the data transfer rates for the Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m
SCSI disk drives. Specifications are for both the 68-pin Wide and SCA-2 connector
versions of the disk drive.
Table 4-3 Transfer Rates
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
9.1 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
18.2 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
36.7 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
73.4 GB
160
160
160
160
Channel Rate
38.2 – 26.09
MB/second
38.2 – 26.09
MB/second
38.2 – 26.09
MB/second
38.2 – 26.09
MB/second
User Data Rate
42.0 – 31.0
MB/second
42.0 – 26.0
MB/second
42.0 – 19.5
MB/second
42.0 – 19.5
MB/second
Data Streaming Rate
(min/max, MB per sec.)
29/40
24/40
24/40
24/40
Weighed Ave. Streaming
Rate (MB per sec.)
22.77
22.77
22.77
22.77
DESCRIPTION
Interface Transfer Rate
(MB/second)
Media Transfer Rate
4-4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Specifications
4.4
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-4 illustrates the timing specifications of the Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra
160/m SCSI disk drives.
Table 4-4 Timing Specifications
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
9.2 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
18.4 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
36.7 GB
QUANTUM
ATLAS 10K II
73.4 GB
Single Track Seek
.6 ms
.6 ms
.6 ms
.6 ms
Average Seek (READ)
4.7 ms
4.7 ms
4.7 ms
5.2 ms
Average Seek (WRITE)
4.7 ms
4.7 ms
4.7 ms
5.2 ms
Average Access to Data
7.9 ms
7.9 ms
7.9 ms
8.4 ms
Average Head Switch Time
0.6 ms
0.6 ms
0.6 ms
0.6 ms
Full Stroke Seek (Max. Seek)
12 ms
12 ms
12 ms
13 ms
Average Rotational Latency
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
Command Overhead, Seek
200 us
200 us
200 us
200 us
Time to Data Available1 (from SCSI
START command)
Nominal: 15
seconds
Nominal: 15
seconds.
Nominal: 15
seconds
Nominal: 17
seconds
Time to Data Available2 (from
power up)
Nominal: 25
seconds
Nominal: 25
seconds
Nominal: 25
seconds
Nominal: 27
seconds
12 seconds
12 seconds
12 seconds
14 seconds
DESCRIPTION
Seek Times (All Nominal):
Start/Stop Times:
Spin Down Time
NOTES FOR TABLE 4-4
1
Time to Data Available from SCSI start command assumes that the SPIN DELAY
jumper is installed and power has been supplied to the disk drive with the PCBA
ready. Measurement is from the issue of a SCSI START command until a good test
unit status is received from the disk drive.
2
Time to Data Available from power up assumes that no SPIN DELAY jumper is
installed. Measurement is from the time power is applied until a good test unit status
is received from the disk drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
4-5
Specifications
4.5
POWER
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drive operates from two
supply voltages:
+12V ±5%
+5V ±5%
The allowable ripple and noise (60Hz – 100MHz) is 150 mV peak-to-peak, for the
+12V supply and 75 mV peak-to-peak, for the +5V supply.
4.5.1 Power Sequencing
Power may be applied in any order or manner, or open either the power or power
return line with no loss of data or damage to the disk drive. However, data may be
lost in the sector being written at the time of a power loss. The disk drive can
withstand transient voltages of +10% to –100% from nominal while powering up or
down.
4.5.2 Power Reset Limits
When powering up, the disk drive remains reset until both VHT reset limits in Table
4-5 are exceeded. When powering down, the drive becomes reset when either supply
voltage drops below the VLT threshold.
Table 4-5 Power Reset Limits*
DC VOLTAGE
+5V
THRESHOLD
V LT = 4.25V minimum
V HT = 4.365V maximum
+12V
V LT = 10.16V minimum
V HT = 10.48V maximum
* Includes a 75 mV peak-to-peak ripple on +5V or 150 mV
peak-to-peak ripple on +12V to maximize or minimize values.
4-6
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Specifications
4.5.3 Power Requirements
This section lists the various power specifications for the Quantum Atlas 10K II
Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drives.
4.5.3.1 Power Consumption
Maximum Watts
*
9.2 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
Startup (Peak)
38.8 W*
38.8 W*
38.8 W*
47.6 W*
40% Seek (ECMA)
15.0 W
15.0 W
16.7 W
20.7 W
Idle
8.6 W
8.6 W
9.9 W
14.7 W
Quantum Corporation’s startup peak current measurements are based on a
2.5 ms sampling rate. The industry typical sampling rate is 20ms and,
therefore, the Quantum stated startup peak power data appear to be higher
than the industry typical numbers.
NOTE
ECMA Seek Rate is defined in ECMA standard 74. It corresponds to 52
random seeks per second.
4.5.3.2 DC Voltage Tolerances
Nominal Voltage
Voltage Tolerance
Absolute Limits
5 Vdc Supply
± 5%
4.75 - 5.25 Vdc
12 Vdc Supply
± 5% (±6% transient during spin-up)
11.4 - 12.6 Vdc
CAUTION
Polarity must not be reversed at any time. Reversing polarity at any time on
either power line may damage components. Voltage is measured at the drive
power connector.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
4-7
Specifications
4.5.3.3 Current Requirements
Typical currents are at nominal supply voltages.
Spin-Up Mode
Typical / Maximum Current
9.2 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
5 Vdc Supply, Avg.
740.2 / 810* mA
686.0 / 820* mA
731.8 / 820* mA
719.5 / 820* mA
12 Vdc Supply, Avg.
2524.5 / 2850 mA,
peak
2475.1 / 2860 mA,
peak
2507.4 / 2860 mA,
peak
3221.5 / 3740 mA,
peak
* This value achieved during calibration.
Idle Mode
Maximum
9.2 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
5 Vdc Supply, Avg.
570 mA
580 mA
580 mA
570 mA
12 Vdc Supply, Avg.
490 mA
610 mA
610 mA
1030 mA
ECMA Seek Mode
Maximum
(ECMA Seeking)
9.2 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
5 Vdc Supply, Avg.
600 mA
610 mA
610 mA
590 mA
12 Vdc Supply, Avg.
960 mA
1080 mA
1080 mA
1450 mA
NOTE
ECMA Seek Rate is defined in ECMA standard 74. It corresponds to 52
random seeks per second.
4-8
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Specifications
4.5.3.4 Current Transients
Spin-Up Mode
Max. Positive Rate of Change
+2.0 A in 200 µs
Max. Negative Rate of Change
-2.0 A in 50 µs
12 Vdc Supply Regulations
± 5%
Active Mode (ECMA Seeking)
Max. Positive Rate of Change
+1.0 A in 200 µs
Max. Negative Rate of Change
-1.0 A in 200 µs
12 Vdc Supply Regulations
± 5%
NOTE
ECMA Seek Rate is defined in ECMA standard 74. It corresponds to 52
random seeks per second.
NOTE
Instantaneous Peak Current transients of <3A for <50 µs may occur during
spin-up.
4.5.3.5 Supply Ripple Voltage and Noise
Supply Noise Voltage is the AC component from 100 KHz to 50 MHz measured with
the supply operating the drive.
5 Vdc Supply Noise
150 mV p - p maximum
12 Vdc Supply Noise
250 mV p - p maximum
4.5.3.6 DC Voltage Monitoring
Unsafe Voltage Detection Level
5 Vdc Supply Too Low
4.50 V nominal trip point
12 Vdc Supply Too Low
10.1 V nominal trip point
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
4-9
Specifications
4.6
ACOUSTICS
Table 4-6 specifies the acoustical characteristics of the Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra
160/m SCSI hard disk drive. Acoustic measurements are taken in an anechoic
chamber with background noise <25 dBA.
Table 4-6 Acoustical Characteristics
Acoustic Emissions (Typ / Max)
9.2 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
73.4 GB
Active (ECMA Seeking)
4.4 / 4.7 dB
4.4 / 4.7 dB
4.4 / 4.7 dB
4.9 / 5.2 dB
Idle
3.9 / 4.2 dB
3.9 / 4.2 dB
3.9 / 4.2 dB
4.3 / 4.6 dB
Typical
NOTE
ECMA Seek Rate is defined in ECMA standard 74. It corresponds to 52
random seeks per second.
4.7
MECHANICAL
Dimensions
9.1 GB
18.4 GB
36.7 GB
Height (in / mm) (3-sigma)
1.0 inch /
25.72 mm ± 0.24
1.0 inch /
25.72 mm ± 0.24
1.0 inch /
25.72 mm ± 0.24
1.64 inch /
41.6 mm ± 0.24
Width (in / mm)
4.0 inch /
101.6 mm ± 0.25
4.0 inch /
101.6 mm ± 0.25
4.0 inch /
101.6 mm ± 0.25
4.0 inch /
101.6 mm ± 0.25
Length (in / mm)
5.75 inch /
146.5 mm ± 0.25
5.75 inch /
146.5 mm ± 0.25
5.75 inch /
146.5 mm ± 0.25
5.75 inch /
146.5 mm ± 0.25
1.4 / 0.64
1.4 / 0.64
1.5 / 0.68
2.4 / 1.1
Weight (lbs / kg, nominal)
NOTE
All dimensions are exclusive of any optional faceplate (bezel).
4-10
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
73.4 GB
Specifications
4.8
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Table 4-7 summarizs the environmental specifications of the Quantum Atlas 10K II
Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drive.
Table 4-7 Environmental Specifications
PARAMETER
OPERATING
NON-OPERATING
Temperature
(Non-condensing)
5° to 55°C
(41° to 131°F)
-40° to 70°C
(-40° to 158°F)
Temperature Gradient
(Non-condensing)
20°C (68°F) per hour, max.
30°C (86°F) per hour, max.
Humidity 1 (non-condensing)
Maxmimum Wet Bulb
Temperature
5% to 85%, RH
5% to 95%, RH
37°C (98.6°F)
40°C (104°F)
Humidity Gradient
30% per hour
30% per hour
-198 to +3049 m (-650 to 10,000
feet)
-198 to +12,195 m (-650 to
40,000 feet)
2
Altitude
NOTES:
4.9
1
No condensation.
2
Altitude is relative to sea level.
SHOCK AND VIBRATION
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drive can withstand levels
of shock and vibration applied to any of its three mutually perpendicular axes, or
principal base axis, as specified in Table 4-8. A functioning drive can be subjected to
specified operating levels of shock and vibration. When a disk drive has been
subjected to specified non-operating levels of shock and vibration, with power to the
disk drive off, there will be no change in performance at power on.
When packed in its single-pack shipping container, the disk drive can withstand a
drop of 36 inches onto a concrete surface on any of its six faces, three edges, or one
corner. The 12-pack shipping container can withstand a drop from 30 inches onto a
concrete surface on any of its six faces, three edges, or one corner.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
4-11
Specifications
Table 4-8 Shock and Vibration Specifications
PARAMETER
Shock
OPERATING
NON-OPERATING
15 G peak linear half-sine, 11 ms duration
(3 axes) (READ only)
Maximum Linear Shock (unpackaged):
1”: Maximum 70 G, 11 ms duration,
half-sine; 130 G 1 ms duration, halfsine; 220 G 2 ms duration, half-sine
1.6”:Maximum 70 G, 11 ms duration,
half-sine; 110 G 1 ms duration, halfsine; 150 G 2 ms duration, half-sine
Maximum Linear Shock (packaged):
Drop: from 91.4 cm (36.0 inches)
for packages up to 20 lbs.; 76.2 cm
(30.0 inches) for packages between
21 and 40 lbs. Drop on 6 faces, 3
edges, 1 corner.
63/10 G peak linear half-sine, 2 ms
duration (3 axes) (READ/WRITE)
Vibration
Sine/Swept, G, Peak to Peak:
Frequency (Hz)
1.0”
1.6”
5 – 300
2.0
2.0
300 – 500
0.5
0.5
Swept Sine (G, Peak to Peak, 5 to 500Hz):
2.0
Vibration, Random
G 2/Hz:
Frequency (Hz)
10 – 300
300 – 500
G 2/Hz:
Frequency (Hz)
10 – 300
300 – 500
1.0”
1.6”
0.008 0.004
0.0012 0.0006
0.05
0.01
4.10 RELIABILITY
Component Life:
5 years
Preventive Maintenance:
Not required
Start/Stop:
40,000 cycles (minimum, @ 25°C [77°F])
Drive reliability is closely related to the temperatures to which the disk drive is
exposed. The operational design termperature ambient is 30°C (86°F). Temperature
ambient above 50°C (122°F) or below 5°C (41°F) may decrease drive reliability.
4-12
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Chapter 5
SCSI DESCRIPTION
This chapter contains an overview of SCSI command and status processing and a
detailed description of the commands supported by the disk drives. The SCSI
command system enables the initiator to instruct the drive to perform specific
functions.
NOTE
In this manual, unless otherwise stated, numerical values are given in decimal.
Hexadecimal numbers, such as opcodes, are always given with an “h” following,
as in 5Ah except when entire data tables are in hexadecimal.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–1
SCSI Description
5–2
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.1
OVERVIEW OF THE SCSI COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
The disk drives support the SCSI-3 commands listed in Table 5-1. The command
categories are sequential, normal, and immediate.
Immediate commands are processed when received by the drive. In most cases, these
commands do not require drive resources, do not change the state of the drive, and
bypass the command queue (unless the command is tagged).
Sequential commands execute in the order that they arrive (unless accompanied by
a HEAD OF QUEUE tag) and execute to completion before a subsequent command
is activated.
Normal commands are allowed to execute concurrently (with the restriction that the
drive executes overlapping writes in the order received). Normal commands are
usually I/O commands.
Table 5–1 Supported SCSI Commands
Command
Operation Code
CHANGE DEFINITION
FORMAT UNIT
INQUIRY
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
MODE SELECT (6)
MODE SELECT (10)
MODE SENSE (6)
MODE SENSE (10)
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
READ (6)
READ (10)
READ BUFFER
READ CAPACITY
READ DEFECT DATA (10)
READ DEFECT DATA (12)
READ LONG
READ SKIP MASK
REASSIGN BLOCKS
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
40h
04h
12h
4Ch
4Dh
15h
55h
1Ah
5Ah
5Eh
5Fh
08h
28h
3Ch
25h
37h
B7h
3Eh
E8h
07h
1Ch
Category
Sequential
Sequential
Immediate
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Normal
Normal
Sequential
Immediate
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Normal
Sequential
Sequential
(continued…)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–3
SCSI Description
Table 5–1 Supported SCSI Commands (continued)
Command
Operation Code
RELEASE
RELEASE (10)
REPORT LUNS
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER
REQUEST SENSE
RESERVE
RESERVE (10)
REZERO UNIT
SEEK (6)
SEEK (10)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
START STOP UNIT
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
WRITE (6)
WRITE (10)
WRITE AND VERIFY
WRITE BUFFER
WRITE LONG
WRITE SAME
WRITE SKIP MASK
XDREAD
XDWRITE
XPWRITE
NOTES:
17h
57h
A0h
A3h
03h
16h
56h
01h
0Bh
2Bh
1Dh
A4h
1Bh
35h
00h
2Fh
0Ah
2Ah
2Eh
3Bh
3Fh
41h
EAh
52h
50h
51h
Category
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Immediate
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Immediate
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
1. Relative Addressing is not supported by the drive. Therefore, in all I/O
commands, the RelAdr bit must be 0.
2. RESERVE and RELEASE are supported, as are third-party reservations. Extent
reservations are not supported.
3.
5–4
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS and SEND DIAGNOSTIC DATA
commands implement vendor-unique pages to test the drive during
the manufacturing process. It is recommended that initiators specify
only the non-page format variants of these commands (PF=0), except
for page 0x40.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.2
Command Descriptor Block
An initiator communicates with the drive by sending a 6-, 10-, or 12-byte Command
Descriptor Block (CDB) that contains the parameters for the specific command. The
SCSI command's operation code is always the first byte in the CDB and a control
field is the last byte. For some commands, the CDB is accompanied by a list of
parameters sent during the data-out buffer transfer. Figure 5-1 shows the format of a
typical 6-byte CDB.
Table 5-2 contains a description of the CDB fields.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–5
SCSI Description
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code
(MSB)
1
Reserved
2-3
Logical Block Address
(LBA)
Logical Block Address
(LBA)
4
Transfer Length, Parameter List Length, or Allocation Length
5
Control
(LSB))
NOTE: Reserved fields in CDBs and Parameters have a value of 0; Reserved fields in
states and other parameters sent to an initiator are set to 0.
Figure 5–1 Typical (6-Byte) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–2 Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Operation Code
The first byte of a SCSI CDB contains an operation code. The operation
code of the CDB has a Group Code field (bits 7-5) and a Command Code
field (bits 4-0). The 3-bit Group Code field provides for eight groups of
command codes. The 5-bit Command Code field provides for 32
command codes in each group. A total, therefore, of 256 possible
operation codes exist. Operation codes are defined in the SCSI command
standards. The group code for CDBs specified therein correspond to the
length of the command descriptor as below:
Group Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Meaning
6-byte commands
10-byte commands
10-byte commands
Reserved
16-byte commands
12-byte commands
Vendor specific
Vendor specific
The operation code specifies the command being requested. The list of
supported SCSI commands and their operation codes are contained in
Table 5-1.
(continued)
5–6
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
Table 5–2 Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
The 6-byte READ, SEEK, and WRITE Command Descriptor Blocks contain
a 21-bit Logical Block Address. The 10-, 12-, and 16- Command
Descriptor Blocks contain a 32-bit Logical Block Address.
Commands that require additional parameter data specify the length of
the Logical Block Address that is needed. See the specific command
descriptions for more detailed information.
Relative Addressing indicates a technique used to determine the next
Logical Block Address to be operated on. The drive does not support
Relative Addressing, it defaults to a value of 0, which specifies that the
Logical Block Address specifies the first logical block of a range of logical
blocks to be operated on by the command.
Transfer Length
The transfer length field normally specifies the number of sectors to be
transferred between the initiator and the drive. For several commands,
the transfer length indicates the number of bytes (not sectors) to be sent.
For these commands, this field may be identified by a different name
Commands that use one byte for the transfer length value allow up to
256 sectors of data to be transferred by one command. A transfer length
value of 0 indicates that 256 sectors are to be sent. Transfer length
values of 1 through 255 indicate the number of sectors to be transferred.
Commands that use multiple bytes for the transfer length value function
differently. A transfer length value of 0 indicates that no data transfer is
to occur. Transfer length values of 1 or greater indicate the number of
sectors to be transferred.
Parameter List Length
The Parameter List Length is used to specify the number of bytes sent
during the data-out buffer transfer. This field is typically used for
parameters that are sent to a drive (for example, mode, diagnostic, and
log parameters). A parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data is to
be transferred.
Allocation Length
The Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that
the initiator has allocated for returned data. The Allocation Length is
used to limit the amount of data returned to the initiator.
An Allocation Length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred from
the drive to the initiator. The drive terminates the data-in buffer transfer
when the specified number of bytes have been transferred to the
initiator or when all available data has been transferred, whichever is
less.
Control Field
The Control Field is the last byte of every Command Descriptor Block; its
format is shown in Figure 5-2 and described in Table 5-3.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–7
SCSI Description
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Flag
Link
Byte
5
Vendor Specific
Reserved
NACA
Figure 5–2 Command Descriptor Block Control Field — Data Format
Table 5–3 Command Descriptor Block Control Field — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Vendor Specific Bits
NACA
These bits must be 0.
Normal Auto-Contingent Allegiance - This bit must be zero to indicate
that SCSI-2 Contingent Allegiance rules apply.
A Link bit set to one signals that the initiator requests continuation of a
task (I/O Process) across two or more SCSI commands. If the Link bit is
one and the flag bit is zero, and the command completes successfully,
the drive will continue the task and return a status of INTERMEDIATE and
a service response of Linked Command Complete.
If the Link bit and the Flag bit of the Control word are both set to one,
and the drive completes a command with a status of INTERMEDIATE, the
drive shall return a service response of Linked Command Complete (with
Flag). Refer to Section 5.6 for Linked Commands description.
The Flag bit is used in conjunction with the Link Bit to notify the initiator
in an expedient manner that a command has been completed. Aflag bit
set to 1 is valid only when the Link Bit is set to 1.
Link Bit
Flag Bit
5–8
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.3
Status/Error Reporting
SCSI message-level errors are communicated by messages that are defined
specifically for that purpose. SCSI command-level errors are communicated by a
status that is returned by the drive during the STATUS phase. This phase occurs at
the end of each command, unless the command is terminated by one of the following
events:
•
•
•
•
•
ABORT TASK SET message
ABORT TASK message
TARGET RESET message
CLEAR QUEUE message
Unexpected disconnect
The status code is contained in bits 1 through 5 of the status byte. Bits 0, 6, and 7
are reserved. Table 5-4 describes the status codes returned by the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–9
SCSI Description
Table 5–4 Status Codes
Status Code
Definition
Meaning
00h
GOOD
The drive successfully completed the command.
02h
CHECK CONDITION
An Auto Contingent Allegiance (ACA) condition
occurred.
08h
BUSY
The drive cannot service the command at the
moment, and its Command Descriptor Block has been
discarded. The initiator can retry the command at a
later time. This status is returned when:
• A non-tagged command is received and the logical
unit's command queue is full (all internal command
buffers are in use).
• A disconnect privilege was not granted in the
IDENTIFY message of a queue-tagged I/O process
(Parallel SCSI).
• A disconnect privilege was not granted in the
IDENTIFY message of a non-tagged I/O process and
a command from another initiator is currently active
(Parallel SCSI).
• A command is received while aan auto-contingent
allegiance condition exists for another initiator.
5–10
10h
INTERMEDIATE
This status is returned for every command (except the
last) in a series of linked commands that was
successfully completed. However, if the command is
terminated with other that GOOD status (such as
CHECK CONDITION, RESERVATION CONFLICT, OR
BUSY), the INTERMEDIATE status is not returned and
the series of linked commands and the task is ended.
18h
RESERVATION CONFLICT
Another initiator has reserved the drive. (This status is
never returned for INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE
commands.)
28h
TASK SET FULL
The drive cannot service the command at the
moment, and its Command Descriptor Block has been
discarded. (Returned for a tagged command when all
of the drive's internal command buffers are in use, or
when a host sends a tagged command while an Auto
Contingent Allegiance condition is pending for that
initiator)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.4
Auto Contingent Allegiance Condition and Contingent Allegiance
Condition
Auto Contingent Allegiance condition (ACA) is the SCSI-3 term for the condition of
the drive immediately after it returns a CHECK CONDITION status code. While it
is in this condition, the drive:
•
Keeps the status information (sense data) that characterizes the nature of, and
the reason for, the command's failure.
•
Suspends execution of all commands that were queued behind the command
that failed (includes commands from all initiators, tagged or untagged).
•
Discards and returns BUSY status for both tagged and untagged drive access
commands from other initiators.
The Auto Contingent Allegiance condition remains in effect until cleared by one
of the following:
•
TARGET RESET message received from any initiator
•
ABORT TASK SET message received from the allegianced initiator
•
Subsequent command received from the allegianced initiator
After receipt of an ABORT TASK SET message from the “allegianced” initiator, the
drive clears any queued command sourced by that initiator and processes the
remaining queued commands.
For Parallel SCSI, as its first action following receipt of the CHECK CONDITION
status code, the initiator sends a REQUEST SENSE command to retrieve the sense
data. Any other command from the initiator causes the drive to set the sense key to
NO SENSE and the additional sense code to NO ADDITIONAL SENSE
INFORMATION. These actions happen prior to resuming execution of queued
commands, or, if there are no commands queued, before processing a new command.
Also for Parallel SCSI, after receipt of the REQUEST SENSE command or any other
command from the “allegianced” initiator, the drive resumes processing of the
queued commands in the normal manner if the QErr bit in the MODE SELECT
Control Mode page is set to 0, its default value. If the value of QErr is 1, the drive
aborts all queued commands and generates a Unit Attention condition for initiators
with commands in the queue. A Unit Attention condition is not generated for the
“allegianced” initiator if commands belonging to it are flushed from the queue.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–11
SCSI Description
5–12
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.5
Extended Contingent Allegiance Condition
Under SCSI-2 processing, the Extended Contingent Allegiance condition extends
Contingent Allegiance handling so the initiator has explicit control over the point at
which suspended (queued) commands are resumed. It allows the initiator to send a
REQUEST SENSE command and then send the non-tagged commands to access the
drive’s medium.
This action is provided to fix damage left by the failed command before permitting
the drive to continue with processing the queued commands.
The Extended Contingent Allegiance condition is enabled and disabled by the EECA
bit in the MODE SELECT Control Mode page. The Extended Allegiance Condition
differs from the Contingent Allegiance in that, under the Extended Contingent
Allegiance condition:
•
The drive sends an INITIATE RECOVERY message to the allegiance initiator
prior to returning the failed command’s COMMAND COMPLETE message. If
the initiator rejects the INITIATE RECOVERY message, the drive drops back to
contingent allegiance level of operation for the current error.
•
An ABORT message does not terminate the extended contingent allegiance
condition.
•
Non-tagged drive access commands from the “allegianced” initiator are accepted
by the drive and take priority over all queued commands. QUEUE FULL status
is returned if the host sends a tagged command.
•
The drive delays resuming or aborting the queued commands until a RELEASE
RECOVERY message is received from the initiator.
The extended contingent allegiance condition remains in effect until cleared by one
of the following:
•
Hard reset
•
BUS DEVICE RESET message from any initiator
•
RELEASE RECOVERY message from the “allegianced” initiator
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–13
SCSI Description
5–14
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.6
Linked Commands
An I/O Process (task) may contain multiple commands that are linked together. The
initiator communicates this condition of linked (or unlinked) commands by setting
(or clearing) the Link bit of the Command Descriptor Block’s control word. A linked
command is one in which the Link bit in the Command Descriptor Block is set.
After successful completion of a linked command the drive sends an
INTERMEDIATE status, followed by a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message.
If the Flag bit was set in the Command Descriptor Block, the drive sends an
INTERMEDIATE status, followed by a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH
FLAG) message. The drive then switches the bus to the command phase in order to
receive the next command in the linked chain.
All commands in a linked chain are addressed to the same nexus and are part of a
single task (I/O process). The drive defers any commands that are not part of the
linked chain until the chain is complete. The last command in the chain has the
Link bit cleared.
NOTE: Relative addressing is not supported by the Atlas 10K II disk drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–15
SCSI Description
5–16
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.7
DATA Transfer Command Components
Many of the SCSI commands cause data to be transferred between the initiator and
the drive. The content and characteristics of this data are command-dependent.
Table 5-5 lists the information transmitted for all of the commands.
The “Length in CDB” column of Table 5-5 identifies the Command Descriptor Block
field used by the drive to determine how much command-related data are to be
transferred. The units (bytes or logical blocks) for the different Length fields are
implied by the Length Field Name as follows:
Field Name
Units Implied
Allocation Length
Bytes of data the drive is allowed to send to the initiator
Parameter List Length Bytes of data the initiator has available for the drive
Transfer Length
verified
Logical data sectors the initiator wants transferred or
Byte Transfer Length
Bytes of data the initiator wants transferred
The DATA OUT column in Table 5-5 lists the information passed to the drive by the
initiator as part of the command. The DATA IN column lists the information sent
to the initiator by the drive.
Numbers in parentheses after an item indicate the item’s length in bytes. In some
cases, additional length information is communicated during the DATA phase. For
example, a FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header contains a Defect List Length field
that contains the total length of the Defect Descriptors that follow the Defect List
Header. Table 5-5 does not include these cases.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–17
SCSI Description
Table 5–5 DATA-Phase Command Contents
Length
in CDB
Command
Data Out
(To Drive)
Data In
(To Initiator)
CHANGE DEFINITION
FORMAT UNIT
0
0
--Defect List Header (4)
Initialization Pattern (6-8)
Defect Descriptors
-----
INQUIRY
Allocation
---
LOG SELECT
Parameter List
(must be 0)
---
Standard Inquiry or a
Vital Product Data page
---
LOG SENSE
Allocation
---
Log Page
MODE SELECT
Parameter List
MODE SENSE
Allocation
---
Block Descriptor (8)
READ (6) (10)
READ BUFFER
Transfer
Allocation
-----
Data
READ BUFFER Header (4)
Mode-zero Buffer (512) or
Section of Drive’s DRAM or
READ BUFFER Desc. (4)
READ CAPACITY
READ DEFECT DATA
Allocation
Allocation
-----
Byte Transfer
(Must be 560)
---
READ CAPACITY data (8)
• Defect List (Hdr) (4)
• Defect Descriptors
• Data (512)
• LBA Tag (2)
• EDC (2)
• ECC (44)
Mode Parameter Header (4)
Block Descriptor (8)
Page(s)
---
PERSIST. RES. IN
PERSIST. RES. OUT
READ LONG
READ SKIP MASK
REASSIGN BLOCKS
0
Defect List Header(4)
Defect Descriptors
RECEIVE
DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Allocation
---
Diagnostic Page
• ECC (25)
RELEASE
0
---
REQUEST SENSE
Allocation
---
RESERVE
0
(Extent List
Option not
supported)
0
---
---
---
---
---
REPORT DEVICE
IDENTIFIER
REZERO UNIT
Sense Data (18)
(continued)
5–18
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
Table 5–5 DATA-Phase Command Contents (continued)
Length
in CDB
Command
SEEK (6)(10)
0
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
Parameter List
Data Out
(To Drive)
Data In
(To Initiator)
--Diagnostic Page
-----
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
START STOP UNIT
0
---
---
SYNCHRONIZE
CACHE
0
---
---
TEST UNIT READY
0
---
---
VERIFY
Transfer
Data
---
WRITE (6)(10)
Transfer
Data
---
WRITE AND VERIFY
WRITE BUFFER
Transfer
Parameter List
-----
WRITE LONG
Byte Transfer
(must be 560)
WRITE SAME
0
Data
Zeros (4)
Mode-zero buffer (512)
or Data to put into DRAM
or Microcode image (262,144)
or Microcode image
(successive 16 KB pieces)
• Data (512)
• LBA Tag (2)
• EDC (2)
• ECC (44)
Data (1 logical sector)
---
---
WRITE SKIP MASK
XDREAD
XDWRITE
XPWRITE
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–19
SCSI Description
5–20
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.8
SCSI COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
The SCSI command descriptions that follow this page contain detailed information
about the SCSI commands that are supported by the drive. Each description provides
a Data Format and Field Descriptions for the Command Descriptor Block for the
described command.
The commands are presented in alphabetic order, and each command starts on a
new, odd-numbered page.
Common Fields
Several fields that are common to many commands are described here, rather than
being repeated throughout the descriptions. These fields include:
Reserved – Reserved bits, fields, bytes, and code values are set aside for future
standardization and must be set to 0. If the drive receives a command that contains
non-0 bits in a reserved field or a reserved code value, the command is terminated
with a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
However, there are some fields that are not checked for compatibility with older
SCSI initiators.
Control – The Link Bit and Flag Bit are supported.
RelAdr – Not supported; must be 0.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–21
SCSI Description
5–22
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.9
CHANGE DEFINITION Command (40h)
The CHANGE DEFINITION command sets the SCSI compliance for disk drives
with parallel SCSI interfaces to one of four different levels: SCSI-1, SCSI-1/CCS,
SCSI-2 or SCSI-3.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (40h)
1
Reserved
2
3
Reserved
Rsv’d
Save
New Operating Definition
(0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 are legal values for Parallel SCSI Disk Drives)
4-7
Reserved
8
Parameter Data Length
9
Control
Figure 5–3 CHANGE DEFINITION Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–23
SCSI Description
Table 5–6 CHANGE DEFINITION — Field Descriptions
Field
5–24
Description
Save
Save Parameters. When this field is set to 1, the new operating
definition is saved in the drive's non-volatile memory.
New Operating Definition
The values that can be supplied in the field are listed below:
0 Current Definition
1 SCSI-1
2 SCSI-1/CCS (Common Command Set)
3 SCSI-2
4 SCSI-3
Parameter Data Length
Length, in bytes, of the parameter data. Must be 0.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.10
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h)
The FORMAT UNIT command formats the disk's storage media into initiatoraddressable logical blocks according to initiator-defined options. This command
ensures that the disk storage media is formatted so that all data sectors are
accessible. Any data residing on the disk before this command is invoked is lost.
This command repairs damage left by previous WRITE LONG commands. The
WRITE LONG command allows the initiator to deliberately corrupt a sector's ECC
or EDC.
The FORMAT UNIT command updates the defective sector list, referred to as the
Grown Defect List, that is maintained by the drive. As described below, the drive
gives the initiator considerable control over this list. If certification is enabled, all
initiator-addressable logical blocks are verified, and bad sectors are reassigned and
added to the Grown Defect List.
NOTE
During FORMAT UNIT command processing, the drive ignores the
Read/Write AWRE and ARRE bits (from Error Recovery Mode page) and
does auto-revectoring as needed.
The drive is physically formatted when it leaves the manufacturing facility.
Therefore, it is not necessary to reformat the drive before using it. If the logical
sector size of the drive is changed using the Block Descriptor of the MODE SELECT
Command, it is recommended (but not necessary) to reformat the drive.
The Immed bit that can be included in the FORMAT UNIT command parameter list
allows the initiator to control whether the drive returns completion status either
after fetching and validating the Command Descriptor Block and parameter list or
after the FORMAT UNIT command completes.
The time required for the FORMAT UNIT command to format the disk primarily
depends on the capacity of the drive. The number of defects detected and the number
of defects already in the Primary and Grown Defect Lists also influence the time
required to format the drive. If the Disable Certification bit is set to 1, formatting
time is reduced.
Defective sectors on the drive are managed through two lists: the Primary Defect
List and the Grown Defect List. The Primary Defect List is created when the drive is
manufactured and is the drive's initial defect list. The Primary Defect List is not
affected by the FORMAT UNIT command. Sectors listed in it are revectored by the
drive. The Grown Defect List contains a list of the sectors that have gone bad since
the drive's primary list was generated.
Defects are communicated in a data structure referred to as a Defect Descriptor. The
SCSI specification defines several Defect Descriptor formats. The FORMAT UNIT
command recognizes defect descriptors in Block format, Bytes From Index format,
and Physical Sector format. (There is one exception: a value of FFFFFFFFh in either
the defect Bytes From Index field or the Defective Sector Number fields is ignored).
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–25
SCSI Description
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (04h)
1
Reserved
2
Fmt
Data
Cmp
List
Defect List Format
Vendor-Specific
3-4
Interleave
5
Control
Figure 5–4 FORMAT UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–7 FORMAT UNIT Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
FmtData
Format Data. When the Format Data value is 1, it indicates that a data-out
buffer transfer occurs as part of the command execution. The FORMAT UNIT
Parameter List (consisting of a Defect List Header and, optionally, a number
of Block Format Defect Descriptors) is passed to the device during this phase.
When the Format Data value is 0, the data-out buffer transfer does not occur.
CmpLst
Complete List. When the Complete List value is 1, the drive deletes its current
Grown Defect List and starts a new one, containing the Logical Block
Numbers listed in the defect list supplied by the initiator with this command.
Defective Logical Block Numbers identified during this format operation are
added to the list, creating a new Grown Defect List.
When the Complete List value is 0, the drive adds initiator-supplied and
newly found defective Logical Block Numbers to the existing Grown
Defective List.
5–26
Defect List Format
The Defect List Format value specifies the defect descriptor passed by the
initiator to the drive when the Format Data value is 1. Acceptable values are:
000b (Block [or Sector] Format)
100b (Index Format)
101b (Physical Sector Format).
Vendor-Specific
Not supported. Must be 0.
Interleave
Not supported. Ignored by the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h) (continued)
5.10.1 Five Forms of FORMAT UNIT Commands
Five different forms of the FORMAT UNIT command are supported through different
combinations of the Format Data bit, Complete List bit, and the information in the
Defect List Length field. (Refer to FORMAT UNIT Defect Header List for a
description of the Defect List Length field.) The different command forms give the
initiator control over the contents of the Grown Defect List. Table 5-8 describes the
contents of the Grown Defect List after FORMAT UNIT command execution.
Table 5–8 FORMAT UNIT Command Supported Options
FmtData CmpLst
Defect List
Length
Contents of Grown Defect List after
FORMAT UNIT Command Execution
0
0
N/A
All sectors found to be bad, but not listed in the Primary
Defect List or Grown Defect List, are added to the Grown
Defect List.
1
0
0
Same as above.
1
1
0
The existing Grown Defect List is discarded. A new Grown
Defect List is generated, containing all sectors found to be
bad but not listed in the Primary Defect List.
1
0
>0
The Grown Defect List contains:
• Original Grown Defect List.
• All sectors found to be bad, but not listed in the
Primary Defect List.
• A list of sectors supplied by the initiator. These sectors
are passed in defect descriptors in the data-out buffer
transfer that occurs as part of the FORMAT UNIT
command.
1
1
>0
Same as the case above, except that the current Grown
Defect List is discarded before formatting begins.
5.10.2 FORMAT UNIT Parameter List
The FORMAT UNIT Parameter List (Figure 5-5) consists of a Defect List Header
(Figure 5-6) followed by one or more Defect Descriptors. Descriptors are either four
bytes or eight bytes in length.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-3
Defect List Header
Initialization Pattern Descriptor (if any)
Defect Descriptors (if any)
Figure 5–5 FORMAT UNIT Parameter List — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–27
SCSI Description
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h) (continued)
5.10.2.1 FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header
The FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header (Figure 5-6) provides several optional
format control bits to give the initiator more control over the defect lists. Table 5-9
provides descriptions of the data fields in the Defect List Header.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IP
DSP
Immed
VS
Byte
0
1
Reserved
FOV
DPRY
2-3
DCRT
STPF
Defect List Length
Figure 5–6 FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header — Data Format
Table 5–9 FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header — Field Descriptions
Name
Description
FOV
The Format Options Valid bit indicates that the remaining option bits in this
byte are valid. If this bit is not set, the remaining bits, except Immed, are
ignored.
DPRY
The Disable Primary bit specifies whether the drive should ignore the Primary
Defect List during the format to identify defective areas on the media. The
drive's default is 0, indicating that the drive should replace sectors found in
the Primary Defect List during the format.
DCRT
The Disable Certification bit specifies whether the drive should certify the
media during the format. The drive’s default is 0, indicating that the drive
should certify the media.
STPF
The Stop Format bit specifies the error conditions under which the drive is to
terminate the format. The state of the bit is ignored and the drive acts as if
this bit is set. If either the Grown Defect List or the Primary Defect List is not
found, the format operation terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status and
a sense key of MEDIUM ERROR.
IP
The Initialization Pattern bit signals the drive that the FORMAT UNIT
Parameter List contains initialization pattern information.
An Initialization Pattern bit of 1 indicates that an initialization pattern
descriptor (Figure 5-7) is included in the FORMAT UNIT parameter list
immediately following the Defect List Header.
An Initialization Pattern bit of 0 indicates that an initialization pattern
descriptor (Figure 5-7) is not included in the FORMAT UNIT parameter list,
and the drive will use its default initialization pattern of all zeros.
(continued)
5–28
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h) (continued)
Table 5–9 FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header — Field Descriptions (continued)
Name
Description
DSP
The Disable Saving Parameter prohibits the drive from preserving MODE
SELECT parameters received while the Format is in progress. This bit is
ignored, and the drive acts as if it were set.
Immed
When the Immediate bit is 0, the drive returns a status after the format
operation completes. If the disconnect privilege is granted in the
accompanying IDENTIFY message, the drive disconnects from the bus after
fetching and validating the Command Descriptor Block and the FORMAT
UNIT Parameter List. If the disconnect privilege is not granted, the drive stays
connected to the bus during the entire FORMAT UNIT command.
When the Immediate bit is set to 1, the drive returns a status after the
Command Descriptor Block and FORMAT UNIT Parameter List have been
fetched and validated. In this case, the drive ignores the IDENTIFY message's
disconnect privilege bit and remains connected to the bus while it validates
the Command Descriptor Block and Parameter List. It returns the completion
status before it disconnects. The drive then proceeds with the format.
VS
Vendor-specific. Must be 0.
Defect List Length
Gives the length in bytes of the Defect Descriptors that follow. A value of 0 is
valid and means that no Defect Descriptors follow. A CHECK CONDITION
status is returned if this value is not a multiple of the defect descriptor size.
The Defect List Length is equal to four times the number of defect descriptors
if Block format is used, or eight times if Bytes From Index format or Physical
Sector format is used.
5.10.2.2 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Block Format
Each descriptor specifies a 4-byte defective sector address of the sector that contains
the defect.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-3
Defective Block Address
Figure 5–7 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Block Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–29
SCSI Description
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h) (continued)
5.10.2.3 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Physical Sector and Bytes From
Index Format
The Physical Sector defect descriptor specifies the location of a defect that is the
length of a sector. The Bytes From Index defect descriptor specifies the location of a
defect that is no more than eight bytes long.
Each descriptor is comprised of the bytes shown in Figure 5-8. The Cylinder Number
of Defect is the most significant part of the address, and the Defective Sector
Number or Defect Bytes From Index is the least significant part of the address. A
value of FFFFFFFFh in bytes 4 to 7 is ignored.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-2
Cylinder Number of Defect
3
Head Number of Defect
4-7
Defective Sector Number
or
Defect Bytes from Index
Figure 5–8 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Physical Sector and Bytes
From Index Format
5.10.2.4 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor
The Initialization Pattern option specifies that the logical blocks on the drive
medium shall contain a specified initialization pattern. The Initialization Pattern
descriptor is sent to the drive as part of the FORMAT UNIT parameter list. The
contents of the descriptor fields are described in Table 5-10.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0
IP Modifier = 0
1
Reserved
IP Type
2-3
IP Length
4-n
IP
Figure 5–9 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor — Data Format
5–30
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h) (continued)
Table 5–10 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor — Field Descriptions
Name
Description
IP Modifier
The Initialization Pattern Modifier must be 0.
IP Type
The Initialization Pattern Type field (Table 5-11) indicates the type of pattern the
drive uses to initialize each logical sector within the initiator-accessible portion of
the medium. All bytes within a logical sector are written with the initialization
pattern.
IP Length
The Initialization Pattern Length field indicates the number of bytes contained in
the Initialization Pattern. The valid lengths (when IP Type = 1) are two or four
bytes.
IP
Initialization Pattern.
Table 5–11 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Type
Initialization
Pattern Type
Description
00h
Use default pattern.1
01h
Repeat the initialization pattern as required to fill the
logical sector.2
02h – FFh3
Reserved.
NOTES:
1
If the Initialization Pattern Length is not 0, the drive terminates the command with
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and the
additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
2
If the Initialization Pattern Length is 0, the drive terminates the command with
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and the
additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
3
If the Initialization Pattern Type is not 0 or 1, the drive terminates the command
with a CHECK CONDITION status. The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and the
Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–31
SCSI Description
5–32
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.11 INQUIRY Command (12h)
The INQUIRY command allows the initiator to determine the kind of SCSI devices
attached to its SCSI bus. It causes a device that is attached to a SCSI bus to return
information about itself. The drive identifies itself as a Direct Access Storage Device
that implements the applicable interfacing protocol. The drive does not need to
access its storage medium to respond to the inquiry.
The drive can provide two categories of data in response to an INQUIRY command:
Standard Inquiry Data and Vital Product Data. Standard Inquiry Data contains
basic data about the drive, and Vital Product Data comprises several pages of
additional data. Each Vital Product Data page requires a separate INQUIRY
command from the initiator.
An INQUIRY command is not affected by, nor does it clear, a Unit Attention
condition.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CmdDt
EVPD
Byte
0
Operation Code (12h)
1
Reserved
2
Page Code or Operation Code
3
Reserved
4
Allocation Length
5
Control
Figure 5–10 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–12 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
CmdDt
Command Support Data. If CmdDt = 0 and EVPD (see below) = 0, the drive
returns the Standard Inquiry Data. If CmdDt = 1 with EVPD = 0, the drive
returns the Command Data specified by Page Code/Operation.
EVPD
Enable Vital Product Data. If EVPD = 0 and CmdDt (see above) = 0, the drive
returns the Standard Inquiry Data. If EVPD = 1and CmdDt = 0, the drive returns
the Vital Product Data Page specified by Page Code/Operation Code.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–33
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–12 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Page Code or
Operation Code
Specifies the Vital Product Data Page or Command Support Data which is to
be returned by the drive when EVPD is set. Specifies the SCSI Operation Code for
command support data to be returned by the drive when CmdDt is set. A
CHECK CONDITION status is returned if this field specifies an unsupported Page
or Operation Code or if both EVPD and CmdDt are set. Table 5-14 lists the Page
Codes for the Vital Product Pages supported by the drive. Table 5-18 lists the
operation codes for the CmdDt information supported by the drive.
Specifies the number of bytes of inquiry information the drive is allowed to
return to the initiator during the command's data-in buffer transfer. Error status
is not returned if the value in this field truncates the requested information.
Allocation Length
5–34
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.1 Standard Inquiry Data Page
The Standard Inquiry Data Page is returned by the drive in response to the
INQUIRY command if EVPD = 0.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
3
Peripheral Qualifier = 0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
RMB =
0
Device Type Modifier = 0
ISO Version = 0
AERC =
0
TrmTsk
=0
ECMA Version = 0
Norm
ACA
=0
Rsv’d
ANSI Version = 3
(SCSI-3)
Response Data Format = 2
4
Additional Length = 5Bh
5
Reserved
6
Rsv’d
Rsv’d
Port
=0
MultiP
=0
Mchngr
=0
ACKQREQQ=
0
Addr32
Addr16
7
RelAdr
=0
Wbus32
Wbus16
Sync
=1
Linked
=1
TransDis
=1
CmdQue
=1
SftRe
=0
QAS
IUS
=0
8 - 15
Vendor Identification “QUANTUM”
16 - 31
Product Identification
32 - 35
Product Revision Level
36 - 47
Drive Serial Number
48 - 51
Reserved
52 - 53
SCSI Hardware Revision Number
54
Disk Controller Hardware Revision Number
55
Electronics Pass Number
56
57 - 95
Reserved
Clocking
Reserved
Figure 5–11 Standard Inquiry Data Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–35
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–13 Standard Inquiry Data Page — Field Descriptions
Field Name
Value
Description
Peripheral Qualifier
0
Non-zero if initiator selects an invalid logical unit.
Peripheral Device Type
0
0 indicates that this is a Direct Access Device.
ANSI Version
3
ANSI SCSI Level 3 (SCSI-3) is supported.
AERC
0
Asynchronous Event Reporting is not supported.
NormACA
0
Does not support setting NACA in CDB Control word.
Port
0
Only used when MultiP = 1.
MultiP
0
This field set to 1 if it is a multiport device.
Mchngr
0
Not embedded in or attached to a medium changer
ACKQREQQ
0
Device supports REQ and ACK data handshake on Q cable.
Addr32
0
32-bit wide SCSI address
Addr16
0/1
16-bit wide SCSI address
TrmTSK
0
TERMINATE TASK Function is not supported
Response Data Format
2
This Standard Inquiry Data is in the format specified in the
International Standard.
RelAdr
0
Relative Addressing is not supported.
WBus 32
0
32-bit wide bus is not supported.
WBus 16
The
0 or 1
The WBus bit is 1 if the drive supports 16-bit data transfer.
bit is 0 if the drive only supports 8-bit transfer.
Sync
1
The drive supports Synchronous Data Transfers.
Linked
1
Linked Commands are supported.
TransDis
1
Indicates that the drive supports CONTINUE TASK and
TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE messages.
CmdQue
1
The drive supports Tagged Command Queuing.
SftRe
0
The drive implements the hard reset option in response to
assertion of the SCSI Bus reset line.
VS
0
Vendor Specific
Product Identification
The value in this field is:
ATLAS10KII-9WLS, ATLAS10KII-18 WLS, ATLAS10KII-36WLS
ATLAS10KII-72WLS if the parallel drive supports 16-bit data
transfers;
or
ATLAS10KII-9SCA, ATLAS10KII-18SCA, ATLAS10KII-36SCA
ATLAS10KII-72SCA if the parallel drive supports 16-bit data
transfers through SCA.
Note:
NOTE:
5–36
Product Identification may vary from the above,
depending on OEM customer specifications.
Vendor Information, Product Identification, and Product Revision Level are returned as shown in
Figure 5-10.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–13 Standard Inquiry Data Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Value
Description
Clocking
11
The contents of this field define the setting of the double-edge
clocking option (See Chapter 6). Note that the clocking field does not
apply to asynchronous transfers of data. Options available are:
Code Description
00b
Indicates the device server supports only Single Transition (ST)
01b
Indicates the device server supports only Double Transition
(DT)
10b
Reserved
11b
Indicates the device server supports ST and DT
QAS
0
Quick Arbritrate Support. If the value of this field is 1, it indicates that
the device server supports the quick arbitrate feature. A value of 0
indicates that the device server does not support this feature. 0 is
default setting.
IUS
0
Information Unit Supported. If the value of this field is 1, it indicates
that the device server supports information units. A value of 0 indicates
that the device server does not support information units. Default is 0.
5.11.2 Vital Product Data Pages
The Vital Product Data pages that can be returned by the drive are described in the
following paragraphs in the sequence shown in Table 5-14.
5.11.2.1 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page (00h)
The Supported Vital Product Data Pages page (Figure 5-12) provides a directory of
the Vital Product Data Pages that are supported by the drive. Table 5-14 lists the
supported pages.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
=0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (00h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 08h
4 - 10
Supported Page List
(see Table 5-14)
Figure 5–12 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page — Data Format
Table 5–14 Vital Product Data — Page Codes
Page Code
00h
80h
81h
82h
83h
C0h
C1h
C4h
Description
Supported Vital Product Pages Page
Unit Serial Number Page
Implemented Operating Definition Page
ASCII Implemented Operating Page
Device Identification Page
Firmware Revision Page
Quantum Manufacturing Number Page
Negotiated Rate Information Page
Size In Bytes
11
16
9
32
28
40
20
8
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–37
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.2 Unit Serial Number Page (80h)
The Unit Serial Number page contains the drive's PCB Serial Number and the HDA
Serial Number.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
= 000b
Peripheral Device Type = 000h
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (80h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 0Ch
4 - 15
HDA Serial Number
Figure 5–13 Unit Serial Number Page — Data Format
Table 5–15 Unit Serial Number Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
HDA Serial Number
5–38
A 12-character ASCII representation of the drive’s HDA serial number
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.3 Implemented Operating Definition Page (81h)
The Implemented Operating Definition page reflects the current and available
operation definitions.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
=0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (81h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 05h
4
Rsv’d
Current Definition
5
SavImp
=1
Default Definition is SCSI-3 (04h)
6
SavImp
=1
Default Definition is SCSI-3 (04h)
7*
SavImp
=1
Default Definition is SCSI-2 (03h)
8
SavImp
=1
Default Definition is SCSI-1CCS (02h)
Figure 5–14 Implemented Operating Definition Page — Data Format
Table 5–16 Implemented Operating Definition Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
SavImp
Save Implemented. If = 0, this bit indicates that the corresponding
operation definition cannot be saved. When = 1, this bet indicates that
the corresponding operating definition can be saved.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–39
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.4 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page (82h)
The ASCII Implemented Operating Definition page returns the character string's
length (1Bh) in byte 4, followed by the appropriate character string (“SCSI-3, SCSI2, SCSI-1/CCS” in bytes 5 through 31 for Parallel SCSI.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
=0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (82h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 1Ch
4
ASCII String Length = 1Bh
5 - 31
“SCSI-3, SCSI-2, SCSI-1/CCS” + byte of 0
Figure 5–15 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page — Data Format
5–40
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.5 Device Identification Page (83h) (SCSI-3 ONLY)
The Device Identification Page provides the means to retrieve zero or more
identification descriptors that apply to the logical unit.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
(0)
Peripheral Device Type (0)
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (83h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length (24h for SCSI)
4
5
Reserved
Reserved
Code Set (1)
Association (0)
6
Reserved
7
Identifier Length (8h)
8 – 15
EUI-64 (Value Stored in Configuration Page 30h)
16
17
Identifier Type (2)
Reserved
Reserved
Code Set (2)
Association (0)
Identifier Type (1)
18
Reserved
19
Identifier Length (14h)
20 – 27
Vendor Identifier (“Quantum “)
28 – 39
Drive Serial Number
Figure 5–16 Device Identification Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–41
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–17 Device Identification Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
Code Set
This field specifies the code set used for the Identifier field.
Applicable values are:
Association
Identifier Type
5–42
Value
Description
0h
Reserved
1h
The Identifier field contains binary values
2h
The Identifier field contains ASCII graphic codes
(code values 20h through 7Eh)
3h – Fh
Reserved
This field specifies the entity with which the Identifier field is
associated. Applicable values are:
Value
Description
0h
The Identifier field is associated with the addressed
physical or logical device.
1h
The identifier field is associated with the port that
received the request.
2h – 3h
Reserved
This field specifies the format and assignment authority for the
identifier. Values in this field are:
Value
Description
0h
No assignment authority was used; there is no
guarantee that the identifier is globally unique
(vendor-specific).
1h
The first 8 bytes of the Identifier field represent the
Vendor ID.
2h
The Identifier field contains an IEEE Extended Unique
Identifier, 64-bit (EUI-64). The Identifier Length field
(Byte 7) is set to 8.
3h
Not applicable; for Fibre Channel devices.
4h
Not applicable; if the Association value = 1h, the
value of the Identifier contains a 4-byte, binary
number that identifies the port relative to the other
ports in the device.
5h - Fh
Reserved
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.6 Firmware Revision Page (C0h)
The Firmware Revision page reflects the current firmware revision and date and time
when it was built.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
=0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (C0h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 24h
4 - 19
Full Firmware Version Blank Fill (e.g., “T382 “)
20 - 39
Build Date and Time Blank Fill (e.g., “Jan 19 1999 07:18:15”)
Figure 5–17 Firmware Revision Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–43
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.7 Quantum Manufacturing Information Page (C1h)
The Quantum Manufacturing Information Page reflects the part number assigned by
Quantum’s manufacturing group in accordance with vendor requirements.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0
Reserved
1
Page Code (C1h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 10h
4 - 19
Spaces or Quantum-Unique Information
NOTE:
The value in the Bytes 4 - 19 field is assigned by Quantum Corporation
Figure 5–18 Quantum Manufacturing Information Page — Data Format
5–44
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.8 Negotiated Rate Information Page (C4h)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
=0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (C4h)
2
Reserved
3
Page Length = 4h
4
Transfer Period Factor
5
REQ / ACK Offset
6
7
Rsv’d
AIP
AIPD
Reserved
AIPCE
TWE
PARL
FAIR
SYNC
QAS
DT
IU
Figure 5–18a Negotiated Rate Information Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–45
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–17A Negotiated Rate Information Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
Transfer Period Factor
Applicable values of this field are provided in Appendix C.
REQ / ACK Offset
This is the negotiated value of Req / Ack offset between the initiator and
the target. For Single Transition (ST) data transfers, the REQ/ACK Offset is
the maximum number of REQ assertions allowed to be outstanding
before a corresponding ACK assertion is received at the target: Data
transfer size may be 1 or 2 bytes. For Double Transition (DT) data
transfers, the REQ/ACK Offset is the maximum number of REQ assertions
allowed to be outstanding before a corresponding ACK assertion is
received at the target: Data transfer size is 2 bytes.
AIP
Asynchronous Information Protection. If = 1, drive supports AIP. If = 0,
device does not support AIP.
AIPD
Asynchronous Information Protection Generation Disabled. If = 1, AIP
generation is disabled. If = 0, AIP generation is enabled.
AIPCE
Asynchronous Information Protection Checking Enabled. If = 1, AIP
protection is enabled. If = 0, AIP protection is disabled.
TWE
Transfer Width Exponent. The transfer width is 2 n bytes. If set to 0, 1 byte
is selected; if set to 1, 2 bytes are selected.
PARL
Parallel Protocol. When = 1, this field indicates the negotiation occurred
with a Parallel Protocol message format. When = 0, this field indicates
the negotiation occurred with a Synchronous Data Request message
format.
FAIR
Fairness. When set = 1, the Fairness algorithm is enabled. When set = 0,
the algorithm is disabled.
SYNC
Synchronous Mode. When set = 1, the data transfer bus is operating in
synchronous mode. When set = 0, the data transfer bus is operating in
asynchronous mode.
QAS
Quick Arbritrate Support Enable. When = 0, indicates that QAS is to be
disabled when received from initiator and that QAS is disabled when
received from target. When = 1, indicates that QAS is to be enabled
when received from initiator and that QAS is enabled when received from
target. See Appendix C.
(Note that the value of this
field must be 0 if the value in
PARL is 0)
DT
(Note that the value of this
field must be 0 if the value in
PARL is 0)
IU
(Note that the value of this
field must be 0 if the value in
PARL is 0)
5–46
Double Transition Enable. When = 0, indicates that DT DATA is to be
disabled when received from initiator and that DT DATA phases are
disabled when received from target. When = 1, indicates that DT DATA
phases are to be enabled when received from initiator and that DT DATA
phases are enabled when received from target. See Appendix C.
Information Units Enable. When = 0, indicates that information unit
transfers shall not be used when received from the initiator and that
information unit transfers are disabled when received from the target.
When = 1, indicates that information unit transfers shall be used when
received from the initiator and that information unit transfers are enabled
when received from the target. See Appendix C.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.11.2.9 Command Support Data Pages
An application client can request command support data by setting the CmdDt bit of
the INQUIRY command to 1, and specifying the SCSI operation code of the
Command Descriptor Block (CDB) for which it wants information.
Format of the command support data and definitions of the fields follow.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
=0
1
2
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
Reserved
ISO Version
3–4
Support
ECMA Version
ANSI-Approved Version
Reserved
5
CDB Size (m – 5)
(MSB)
6–m
CDB Usage Data
(LSB)
Figure 5–19 Command Support Data Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–47
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–18 Command Support Data Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Support
The value of the Support field describes the type of support that the disk drive
provides for Command Support Data.
Value
Description
000b
Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not
currently available. In this case, all data after Byte 1 is
undefined.
001b
The device does not support the SCSI operation code
requested. In this case, all data after Byte 1 is undefined
010b
Reserved
011b
The device supports the SCSI operation code in
conformance with the SCSI standard.
100b
Vendor-Specific
101b
The device supports the SCSI operation code, but in a
vendor-specific manner
110b
Vendor-Specific
111b
Reserved
ISO-Version
Must be 0.
ECMA-Version
Must be 0.
ANSI-Approved
Version
Minimum operating definition for supported command.
CDB Size
This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the Operation Code
being requested and the size of the CDB Usage Data in the data that is
returned in response to the INQUIRY.
CDB Usage Data
This field contains information about the CDB for the Operation Code being
queried. Note that the first byte of the CDB Usage Data contains the OpCode
for the operation specified. All of the other bytes of the CDB Usage Data
contain a map for bits in the CDB of the OpCode specified.
NOTE
The bits in the map have a 1-to-1 correspondence to the CDB for the OpCode
being queried. That is, if the device senses a bit as the entire field or as part of
the field of the operation, the map in CDB Usage Data contains a 1 in the
corresponding bit position. If the device ignores a bit or declares a bit as
“reserved” in the CDB for the OpCode being queried, the map has a 0 in that
corresponding bit position. Refer to Table 5-18 for a list of the data returned
for each of the OpCode values that can be sent in the INQUIRY command.
5–48
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–19 Command Support Data Page Command or Operation Codes
Hex Data Returned When INQUIRY is Received and CmdDt Bit = 1
OpCode
Command
Support
ANSI
Version
CDB
Size
CDB
Usage Data
00h
TEST UNIT READY
03
01
06
00E000000003
01h
REZERO UNIT
03
01
06
01E000000003
03h
REQUEST SENSE
03
01
06
03E00000FF03
04h
FORMAT UNIT
03
01
06
04FFFFFFFF03
07h
REASSIGN BLOCKS
03
01
06
070E00000003
08h
READ (6)
03
01
06
08FFFFFFFF03
0Ah
WRITE (6)
03
01
06
0AFFFFFFFF03
0Bh
SEEK (6)
03
01
06
0BFFFFFF0003
12h
INQUIRY
03
01
06
12E3FF00FF03
15h
MODE SELECT (6)
03
01
06
15F10000FF03
16h
RESERVE (6)
03
01
06
16FEFFFFFF03
17h
RELEASE (6)
03
01
06
17FEFF000003
1Ah
MODE SENSE (6)
03
01
06
1AE8FF00FF03
1Bh
START STOP UNIT
03
01
06
1BE100000103
1Ch
REC. DIAG. RESULTS
03
01
06
1CE1FFFFFF03
1Dh
END DIAGNOSTIC
03
01
06
1DF700FFFF03
25h
READ CAPACITY
03
01
0A
25E0FFFFFFFF00000103
28h
READ (10)
03
01
0A
28F8FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
2Ah
WRITE (10)
03
01
0A
2AF8FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
2Bh
SEEK (10)
03
01
0A
2BE0FFFFFFFF00000003
2Eh
WRITE AND VERIFY
03
01
0A
2EF2FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
2Fh
VERIFY
03
01
0A
2FF2FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
35h
SYNCH. CACHE
03
01
0A
35E0FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
37h
READ DEFECT DATA
03
01
0A
37E01F00000000FFFF03
3Bh
WRITE BUFFER
03
01
0A
3BEFFFFFFE00FFFFFF03
3Ch
READ BUFFER
03
01
0A
3CEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF03
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–49
SCSI Description
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–19 Command Support Data Page Command or Operation Codes (continued)
Hex Data Returned When INQUIRY is Received and CmdDt Bit = 1
Op
Code Command
Support
ANSI
Version
CDB
Size
CDB
Usage Data
3Eh
READ LONG
03
01
0A
3EE2FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
3Fh
WRITE LONG
03
01
0A
3FE0FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
40h
CHANGE DEF.
03
01
0A
40E0017F000000000003
41h
WRITE SAME
03
01
0A
41E2FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
4Ch
LOG SELECT
03
01
0A
4CE3C000000000FFFF03
4Dh
LOG SENSE
03
01
0A
4DE1FF00000000FFFF03
50h
XDWRITE (10)
03
03
0A
501CFFFFFFFF00FFFF03
51h
XPWRITE (10)
03
03
0A
5118FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
52h
XDREAD (10)
03
03
0A
5200FFFFFFFF00FFFF03
55h
MODE SELECT (10)
03
01
0A
55100000000000FFFF03
56h
RESERVE (10)
03
03
0A
5610FFFF000000FFFF03
57h
RELEASE (10)
03
03
0A
5710FFFF000000FFFF03
5Ah
MODE SENSE (10)
03
01
0A
5AE8FF00000000FFFF03
5Eh
PERSIST. RES. IN
03
03
0A
5E1F0000000000FFFF03
5Fh
PERSIST. RES. OUT
03
03
0A
5F1FFF00000000FFFF03
A0h
REPORT LUNS
03
03
0C
A00000000000FFFFFFFF0003
E8h
SKIP READ (10)
03
01
0A
E8E0FFFFFFFFFFFFFF03
EAh
SKIP WRITE (10)
03
01
0A
EAE0FFFFFFFFFFFFFF03
5–50
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.12
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch)
The drive collects and stores performance data and error summaries in counters. The
LOG SELECT command is used to zero these counters. The LOG SELECT
command is a complementary command to the LOG SENSE command
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PCR
SP
Byte
0
Operation Code (4Ch)
1
Reserved
2
PC
Reserved
3–6
Reserved
7–8
Parameter List Length
9
Control
Figure 5–20 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–20 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
PCR
Parameter Code Reset. Must be 1. Causes all the implemented counters to be set
to 0.
SP
Save Parameters. A value of 1 indicates that certain counters are to be cleared
from non-volatile memory.
PC
Page Control. Must be 01b OR 11b.
Parameter
List Length
Must be 0.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–51
SCSI Description
5–52
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.13
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh)
NOTE
Log Sense data pages require special interpretation and also are
subject to change. For assistance with the Log Sense data pages,
contact your Quantum Applications Engineer.
The drive collects operational information and stores these statistics as log data. Log
data are grouped by category into log pages. The LOG SENSE command allows an
initiator to retrieve the stored log data. The LOG SENSE command is a
complementary command to the LOG SELECT command.
Each log page contains one or more pieces of information. Each piece of information
is referred to as a parameter. There are two types of parameters: values and lists. In
general, error and performance counters are reported as values. For example, the
count of “Hardware Idled Due To Invalid Command” is returned as a 32-bit integer.
Events are reported as lists. For example, the last known failure might be reported
with the ASCII string “Last known failure code 960A(X)”.
Table 5−21 lists the log pages supported by the drive. Contact your Quantum
Applications Engineer for more information.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–53
SCSI Description
Table 5−21 Disk Drive Log Pages
Page Code
00h
Supported Log Pages
01h
Buffer Overruns and Underruns
02h
Write Error Counter
03h
Read Error Counter
05h
Verify Error Counter
06h
Non-Medium Error Counter Page
07h
Last n-Error Events Page
08h
Format Status Page
0Fh
Application Client Page
10h
2Fh
Self Test Results Page
1
31h
Last 500 Errors
36h
Early Warning System (EWS) Page
37h
1
Seek Performance Summary
39h
Servo Events Counter
1
Bad Block Replacement Summary
1
Disk Error Recovery Counters Page
3Ah
3Bh1
DER Description
1
ECC Counters and Summary Page
1
3Eh
SCSI Bus Events Page
3Fh
ECC On The Fly
3Dh
5–54
SMART Page
1
38h1
NOTE:
Description
Page codes 2Fh, 31h, 36h, 37h, 38h, 39h, 3Ah, 3Bh, 3Dh, 3Eh, and 3Fh
are vendor-specific pages that are unique to Quantum drives.
Contact your Quantum representative for more information.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.13.1 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block
The Command Descriptor Block for the LOG SENSE command is shown in Figure
5−21. Table 5–22 contains field descriptions.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPC
SP
Byte
0
Operation Code (4Dh)
1
Reserved
2
PC
Page Code
3–4
Reserved
5–6
Parameter Pointer
7–8
Allocation Length
9
Control
Figure 5–21 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–22 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
PPC
The Parameter Pointer Control bit controls the type of parameters that
can be requested from the drive. This bit must be 0, indicating that all
log parameters for the specified page (subject to the allocation length
specified) are returned to the initiator.
SP
The Save Pages bit specifies whether the parameters are to be saved. This
bit must be 0, indicating that no parameters are to be saved and are reset
at power-on or by a TARGET RESET.
PC
The Page Control field defines the type of parameter values to be
selected. The field must be 01b indicating that the current values are to
be returned. Mode 11b (return default values) is not supported because
all counters have a default value of 0.
Page Code
The value specified as the Page Code determines the page to be returned.
Table 5−21 contains a list of supported log pages and their page codes.
Parameter Pointer
This field is related to the PPC field. This bit must be 0.
Allocation Length
This specifies the number of bytes of data that the drive is allowed to
pass during the DATA IN phase. The requested page is truncated if its
length exceeds the number of bytes specified in this field.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–55
SCSI Description
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.13.2 LOG SENSE Log Pages
The log pages that are returned from the drive have a common format that is shown
in Figure 5−22. Each page contains a 4-byte header followed by one or more log
parameters. Refer to Table 5−23.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
Page Code
1
Reserved
2–3
Page Length (n-3)
4 to
x+3
Log Parameter (first)
(length x) 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
n-y+1
to n
NOTE:
Log Parameter (last)
(length y) 1
1
Length x or y is the sum of parameter header and parameter data value bytes.
Figure 5−22 LOG SENSE Log Page Format − Data Format
Table 5−23 LOG SENSE Log Page Format − Field Descriptions
5–56
Field
Description
Page Code
The page code as given in Table 5−20.
Page Length
The allocation length for the page minus the 4-byte header.
Log Parameter
One or more log data entities that are returned as par of a Log Page. Each
Log Parameter starts with a 4-byte header followed by one or more bytes
of value data. In most cases, the parameter value is a 4-byte longword
that contains the present value of an error or performance counter. See
Figure 5−23 for the format of a generic log parameter.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0–1
2
Parameter Code
DU
DS
TSD
3
ETC
TMC
LP
Page Length (n-3)
4–n
Parameter Value
Figure 5−23 Generic Log Parameter − Data Format
Table 5−24 Generic Log Parameter − Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Parameter Code
A code which uniquely identifies each parameter on a given Log Page.
For example, the code 8002h on the Seek Performance Summary page
reports the average seek time while the same code on the Block
Replacement Summary page reports the number of blocks replaced.
The following pages in this manual contain the lists of applicable
parameters for each Log page.
DU
Disable Update. This parameter is 1 when updates are not enabled.
DS
Disable Save. This parameter is 1 when parameters are not saved by the
drive.
TSD
Target Save Disable. This parameter is 0 indicating that the drive provides
a target-specific way of saving parameters.
ETC
Enable Threshold Comparison. This parameter is always 0. The drive
does not use thresholds for any of its parameters.
TMC
Threshold Met Comparison. This parameter is always 0. The drive does
not use thresholds for any of its parameters.
LP
List Parameter. When 0, indicates that the parameter value for this
parameter is a numeric value. When LP is a 1, it indicates that the
parameter value is an alphanumeric ASCII-string list.
This parameter is always 0.
Parameter Length
Specifies the length, in bytes, of the parameter’s value.
Parameter Value
Contains the parameter’s current value when the PC field of the LOG
SENSE command is 01b.
NOTE:
The DU, DS, TSD, ETC, TMC and LP fields are collectively referred to as the Parameter
Control Byte. This byte generally has a value of 0; however, if the page is non-volatile but
the drive is not spun up or the GLTSD bit is set in Mode Page 0Ah, then the value would
be 20h. If the page is volatile, then the value is 60h.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–57
SCSI Description
5–58
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.14
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h)
SCSI refers to the drive’s operational parameters as its mode parameters. SCSI
groups the mode parameters by function into a set of data structures referred to as
mode pages. The MODE SELECT (6) command allows the initiator to modify some
of these mode pages and thereby control some of the drive’s operational
characteristics. The Save Page (SP) option in the Command Descriptor Block makes
the changes permanent. The new mode parameters are then stored in the drive’s
non-volatile memory.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (15h)
1
Reserved
2–3
PF
Reserved
SP
Reserved
4
Parameter Length List
5
Control
Figure 5–24 MODE SELECT (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–25 MODE SELECT (6) Command — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
PF
Page Format. The drive ignores the content of this field and produces a
mode parameter list that contains a mode header optionally followed by
a sector descriptor and one or more pages that conform to the format
shown here.
SP
Save Pages. When SP = 0, the drive performs the specified MODE SELECT
operation and does not save any pages. When SP = 1, the drive performs
the specified operation and stores all savable pages, (PS =1 on MODE
SENSE return) including any sent during the data-out buffer transfer. The
changes made when SP = 1 become permanent changes to the drive’s
SCSI setup.
Parameter List Length
This field tells the drive how many bytes of Mode Parameters to fetch in
the data-out buffer transfer. A CHECK CONDITION status is returned if this
value truncates a page.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–59
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.1 Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages
Table 5-26 lists the mode pages that are supported by the drive. An initiator can
change these pages by supplying them, with the desired changes included, in the
MODE SELECT command’s data-out buffer transfer.
The initiator should first use a MODE SENSE command to read the appropriate
pages and leave non-changeable values as read when the initiator subsequently
writes the changeable pages with the MODE SELECT command. If a nonchangeable field contains an invalid value, the drive returns a CHECK
CONDITION status.
Table 5–26 Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages
Page Code
Page Name
Function
00h
Unit Attention Control Page
Unit Attention reporting
(enables or disables)
4
01h
Read-Write Error Recovery
Page
Medium Access Error recovery
and reporting procedures for
READ and WRITE commands
12
Disconnect-Reconnect Page
Bus behavior during data transfers
16
Verify Error Recovery Page
Medium Access Error recovery
and reporting procedures for the
VERIFY command
12
Caching Page
Cache policy
20
Command processing policy
12
02h
07h
08h
1
1
0Ah
1
Control Mode Page
2
0Ch
Notch and Partition Page
Drive geometry reporting
24
10h
XOR Control Page
Controls XOR operating parameters
24
1Ah
Power Condition Page
Enable and set time intervals for Idle
and Standby modes
12
1Ch
Information Exceptions
Control Page
Defines methods to control reporting
12
and operations of specific informational
exception conditions.
39h
Quantum-Unique Page
22
1
NOTES:
5–60
Size In Bytes
1.
This page is not supported by the SCSI-1/CCS Operating Mode.
2.
The Notch and Partition page is changeable but NOT savable.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.2 Mode Page Types
The drive maintains three distinct sets of mode pages. They are the current page, the
default page, and the saved page. The drive also reports a fourth set of changeable
pages. The page types are defined in Table 5-27.
Table 5–27 Mode Page Types
Page Type
Definition
Current
The current mode page set applies to all initiators and defines the drive’s mode. The
SCSI-2 specification states that a drive can maintain Mode parameters on a perinitiator basis if it so chooses. The Drives do not support this option.
The current mode page set contains the values supplied in the last MODE SELECT
command received from an initiator. If no initiator has sent a MODE SELECT
command since the drive was last reset or powered up, the current pages contain
• Saved values if saved pages exist (from a previous MODE SELECT command SP
parameter).
• Default values if pages have never been saved.
The drives generate a Unit Attention condition for all initiators (except for the one
that was the source of the MODE SELECT command) whenever one initiator
modifies the Mode parameters.
Default
The default mode page set contains the factory default values that are listed in each
page’s description.
Saved
The saved mode page set contains values preserved in the drive’s non-volatile
memory by a previous SP-modified MODE SELECT command.
Changeable
The changeable mode page set provides a means for an initiator to determine which
pages it is allowed to change and the specific bits within those pages that it is
allowed to change. This page set is read-only and is fetched with a MODE SENSE
command.
5.14.3 Mode Parameter List
Figure 5-25 shows the format of the Mode Parameter List that is passed by the
initiator to the drive during the command’s data-out buffer transfer. Table 5-28
describes the fields. Figure 5-26 and Table 5-29 provides a description of the data
format and fields of the Mode Parameter Header.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0–3
4 – 11
4–n
or
12 – n
Mode Parameter Header
Block Descriptor
(optional)
Page(s)
(optional)
Figure 5–25 Mode Parameter List — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–61
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–28 Mode Parameter List — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Mode Parameter Header
Contains information about the remainder of the parameter list and
is always present (see Figure 5-26 and Table 5-29).
Block Descriptor
Allows the initiator to set the drive’s Logical Block Size and number
of Logical Block Addresses (see Figure 5-27 and Table 5-30).
Page(s)
The page code(s) of the pages that are a part of this command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Mode Data Length
1
Medium Type
2
Device-Specific Parameter
3
Block Descriptor Length
Figure 5–26 Mode Parameter Header (6-Byte) — Data Format
Table 5–29 Mode Parameter Header — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Mode Data Length
Reserved. Must be 0.
Medium Type
Ignored by the drive.
Device-specific Parameter
Ignored by the drive.
Block Descriptor Length
Zero (0) if no Block Descriptor is supplied. The length is eight (8) if a
Block Descriptor is supplied.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0
1–3
4
5–7
Density Code
Number of Blocks
Reserved
Block Length
Figure 5–27 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Data Format
5–62
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–30 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Density Code
Ignored by the drive.
Number of Blocks
This field specifies the number of logical blocks on the unit that are affected
by the current MODE SELECT command.
When this field is 0, the MODE SELECT parameters are put into effect for all
logical blocks on the unit.
The maximum value allowed is the total number of initiator-addressable
logical blocks for the value specified in the Block Length field.
A value that is less than the maximum value will decrease the number of
initiator-accessible logical blocks to the amount specified.
Block Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of each logical sector.
5.14.3.1 Categories of Changeable Pages
The drive’s changeable pages are described on the following pages. The data fields
for each of these pages fall into one of the categories described in Table 5-31.
Table 5–31 Categories of Changeable Pages
Category
Description
Fully Supported
A field in this category can be modified by the MODE SELECT command, can
be saved, and can affect the drive’s processing. The drive uses the value in the
field and, if the SP bit is set, preserves the new value of the field in nonvolatile memory on the drive. (The PS bit must have been set when the mode
page was returned with a MODE SENSE command.)
Fully Supported fields are underlined in the Mode Parameter Pages shown on
the following pages. The PS bit is underlined (meaning it will be set on a
MODE SENSE command) only if the page is savable.
Temporary
A field in this category is fully supported, with one exception; the drive does
not save the field contents. The drive does not give an error indication if an
attempt is made to save a temporary field.
Temporary fields are also underlined in the Mode Parameter Page illustrations
but the PS bit is not.
Ignored
A value in this field is never used or validated; it is never looked at by the
drive. Ignored fields are not underlined in the Mode Parameter Pages’ figures
or tables and are not described in the Field Description tables.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–63
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) COMMAND (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.2 Unit Attention Condition Page (00h)
The Unit Attention Page is used to enable or disable the generation of Unit Attention
Conditions.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (00h)
1
Page Length (02h)
2
Reserved
3
DUA
Reserved
Reserved (00h)
Figure 5–28 Unit Attention Condition Page — Data Format
Table 5–32 Unit Attention Condition Page — Data Format
Field
Default
Value
Description
PS
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable
of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit
is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
DUA
0
Disable Unit Attention. When set to the default value of 0, the drive
reports a CHECK CONDITION for any UNIT ATTENTION condition
(power-on, SCSI bus reset, etc.)
If set to 1, the drive does not report any UNIT ATTENTION conditions.
5–64
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.3 Read-Write Error Recovery Page (01h)
The Read-Write Error Recovery page controls the drive’s response to error conditions
that arise during the course of READ (6), READ (10), WRITE (6), WRITE (10)
command processing and during the write portion of WRITE AND VERIFY
command processing.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
DTE
DCR
Byte
0
Page Code (01h)
1
2
Page Length (0Ah)
AWRE
ARRE
TB
RC
EER
3
Read Retry Count
4
Correction Span
5
Head Offset Count
6
Data Strobe Offset Count
7
Reserved
8
Write Retry Count
9
Reserved
10 – 11
NOTE:
PER
Recovery Time Limit
Fully supported fields are underlined. Unsupported and ignored fields are not
underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE
command, since the page is savable.
Figure 5–29 Read-Write Error Recovery Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–65
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–33 Read-Write Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Default
Value
PS
AWRE
Description
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of
saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit is
reserved with the MODE SELECT command
1
Automatic Write Reallocation Enable. When the value is 1, it causes the
drive to automatically reallocate bad sectors encountered during a write
operation. If it succeeds in replacing the bad sector, the drive adds the
revectored sector’s Logical Block Number to the Grown Defect List.
Reallocation is done only when the drive is able to recover the sector’s
data unless the Reallocate Uncorrected Errors bit of the Quantum
(Vendor) Special Function Control Page is set.
When AWRE is 0, the drive does not automatically reallocate bad sectors
encountered during a write operation. See also Quantum-Unique Page
39h.
ARRE
1
Automatic Read Reallocation Enable. When the value is 1, it causes the
drive to automatically reallocate bad sectors encountered during a read
operation. If it succeeds in replacing the bad sector, the drive adds the
revectored sector’s Logical Block Number to the Grown Defect List.
Reallocation is done only when the drive is able to recover the sector’s
data unless the HrdBBR bit of the Quantum (Vendor) Special Function
Control Page is set.
When ARRE is 0, the drive does not automatically reallocate bad sectors
encountered during a read operation. See also Quantum-Unique Page
39h (RUEE).
TB
0
Transfer Block. When the value is 1, the drive sends best-guess
information to the initiator when it encounters a defective sector whose
data cannot be fully recovered.
When the value is 0, data that cannot be fully recovered is not returned
to the initiator.
RC
0
Read Continuous. When the value is 0, the drive attempts error recovery
when it encounters an error. When the value is 1, the drive suppresses
error recovery. The drive ignores any value placed in this field.
EER
0
Enable Early Recovery. Not supported by the drive.
PER
0
Post Error Recovery. When the value is 0, the drive returns a GOOD
status in cases where error recovery is invoked and successful.
When the value is 1, the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status for
recovered errors, sets the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR, and posts
the appropriate additional sense key.
DTE
0
Disable Transfer on Error. Not supported by the drive.
DCR
0
Disable Correction. When the value is 0, ECC correction is applied as a
means of recovering erred data. On write operations, a valid ECC is
written to each data sector regardless of the value in the DCR bit.
When the value is 1, ECC correction is disabled (but not retries or
reads), and ECC errors cannot be corrected. However, on-the-fly is
always enabled.
5–66
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–33 Read-Write Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Default
Value
Field
Description
Read Retry Count
4
Specifies the number of retries attempted for a failed read operation.
Correction Span
170
Specifies the maximum number of bits in a data sector that the
drive is allowed to correct. A value less than the default value can
cause an otherwise correctable error to be reported as
uncorrectable. If the initiator specifies a value larger than the default
value, the drive automatically rounds down the number to the
default value. A value of 0 causes the drive to use the default value.
The drive ignores any value placed in this field.
Head Offset Count
0
Not supported by the drive.
Data Strobe Offset
Count
0
Not supported by the drive.
Write Retry Count
8
Specifies the number of retries attempted for a failed write
operation.
Recovery Time Limit
0
Specifies the maximum time, in milliseconds, that a retry is
attempted on a failed sector during a read or write operation. When
the value is 0, it means that there is no time limit. The mimum
permissible value, however, is 100 milliseconds.
NOTE:
Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported and ignored fields are
not underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE
command, since the page is savable
.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–67
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.4 Disconnect–Reconnect Page (02h)
The Disconnect–Reconnect Page provides the application client the means to
attempt to optimize the performance of the delivery subsystem.
Bit
7
6
5
PS
Rsvd
4
3
2
1
Byte
0
Page Code (02h)
1
Page Length (0Eh)
2
Buffer Full Ratio
3
Buffer Empty Ratio
4–5
Bus Inactivity Limit
6–7
Disconnect Time Limit
8–9
Connect Time Limit
10 – 11
Maximum Burst Size
12
EMDP
13
Fairness Arbitration
DImm
DTDC
Reserved
14 – 15
First Burst Size
NOTE:
Fully supported fields are underlined. Unsupported and ignored fields are
not underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a
MODE SENSE command, since the page is savable.
Figure 5–30 Disconnect–Reconnect Page — Data Format
5–68
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–34 Disconnect–Reconnect) — Field Descriptions
Default
Value
Field
Description
PS
0
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable
of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit
is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
Buffer Full Ratio
0
The Buffer Full Ratio indicates how full the buffer should be prior to
requesting an interconnect tenancy. Applies to READ operations
only. The default of 0 indicates to the drive that it should use its
default ratio.
Buffer Empty Ratio
0
The Buffer Empty Ratio indicates how full the buffer should be prior
to requesting an interconnect tenancy. Applies to READ operations
only. The default of 0 indicates to the drive that it should use its
default ratio.
Bus Inactivity Limit
0
The Bus Inactivity Limit indicates the maximum duration of any
interconnect tenancy during which no data is transferred. Not
supported by the drive.
Disconnect Time Limit
0
The Disconnect Time Limit specifies the minimum time, in 100
microsecond increments, that the drive waits after releasing the SCSI
bus before reselecting. The drive supports a maximum value of
0xFF. Values greater than 0xFF are treated as 0xFF. The default value
of 0 indicates that the drive can reslect immediately after releasing
the bus.
Connect Time Limit
0
The Connect Time Limit indicates the maximum duration of a single
interconnect tenancy. Not supported by the drive.
Maximum Burst Size
0
The Maximum Burst Size specifies the maximum amount of data
that the drive will transfer during a data phase before disconnecting
from the bus, assuming it was given the disconnect privilege. This
value is expressed in increments of data sectors (that is, a value of 1
indicates 512 bytes, a value of 2 indicates 1024 bytes). The default
value of 0 indicates that there is no limit on the amount of data
transferred per connection. This field is reserved for the SCSI1/CCS operating mode.
EMDP
0
Enable MODIFY DATA POINTER. Not supported by the drive.
Fairness Arbitration
DImm
111b
0
Indicates whether or not the target should use fair or unfair (e.g.,
priority) arbitration when beginning the interconnect tenancy.
Value
000b
Description
Disables the fairness algorithm. A fixed priority
scheme based on the SCSI ID assigned is used.
Non-Zero
Any non-zero value enables the fairness algorithm
(SCSI SPI-2 ANSI standard, Appendix C).
Disconnect Immediate. When set to a 1, to reduce on-bus time, the
drive is forced to disconnect from the SCSI Bus after a SCSI
Command is received. Disconnect Immediate works only when a
typical, error-free command is received. Disconnect Immediate does
not apply in exception conditions (for example, SDTR received,
error, etc.).
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–69
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–34 Disconnect–Reconnect Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Default
Value
Field
DTDC
Data Transfer Disconnect Control. This field of three bits defines
further restrictions when a disconnect is permitted. These are as
follows:
First Burst Size
NOTE:
5–70
Description
0
Value
000b
Description
Data transfer disconnect control is not used. Disconnect is
controlled by other fields in this page.
001b
A target shall not attempt to disconnect once the data
transfer of a command has started until all data of the
command has been transferred. The connect time limit
and bus inactivity limit are ignored during the transfer.
010b
Reserved
011b
A target shall not attempt to disconnect once the data
transfer of a command has started, until the command is
complete. The connect time limit and bus inactivity limit
are ignored once the transfer has started.
This field indicates the maximum amount of data that a target may
transfer for a command during the same interconnect in which it
receieves the command.
Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported fields are not
underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE command,
since the page is savable.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.5 Verify Error Recovery Page (07h)
The Verify Error Recovery Page controls the drive’s response to error conditions that
arise during the VERIFY command and during the verify operation of the WRITE
AND VERIFY command. The Verify Error Recovery Page is not supported in the
SCSI-1/CCS Operating Mode.
Bit
7
6
5
PS
Rsvd
4
3
2
1
0
DTE
DCR
Byte
0
1
2
Page Code (07h)
Page Length (0Ah)
Reserved
EER
3
Verify Retry Count
4
Verify Correction Span
5–9
Reserved
10 – 11
Verify Recovery Time Limit
NOTE:
PER
Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Informational fields are not
underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE command,
since the page is savable
Figure 5–31 Verify Error Recovery Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–71
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–35 Verify Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions
Default
Value
Field
Description
PS
0
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is
capable of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific
location. The bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
EER
0
Enable Early Recovery. Not supported by the drive.
PER
0
Post Error Recovery. When the value is 1, the drive returns
CHECK CONDITION status for recovered errors, sets the sense
key to RECOVERED ERROR, and posts the appropriate additional
sense code.
When set to the default value of 0, it causes the drive to return
GOOD status in cases where error recovery is invoked and is
successful. The only recoverable error that can occur during a
VERIFY operation is a failed read that succeeds after retries.
DTE
0
Disable Transfer on Error. Not supported by the drive.
DCR
0
Disable Correction. When the value is 1, it disables ECC
correction (but not retries) on the READ portion of a VERIFY
operation. When set to the default value of 0, the ECC
correction is always applied as a means of recovering erred
data.
Verify Retry Count
4
The Verify Retry Count specifies the number of retries that are
attempted per sector on a failed READ portion of a VERIFY
operation.
Verify Correction Span 170
The Verify Correction Span specifies the maximum number of
bits in a sector that the drive is allowed to correct. A value less
than the default value can cause an otherwise correctable error
to be reported as uncorrectable. If the initiator specifies a value
larger than 80, the drive rounds down to 80 without reporting
the change. A value of 0 causes the drive to use its default value
Verify Recovery
Time Limit
The Verify Recovery Time Limit specifies (in milliseconds) the
maximum time that a retry is attempted on a failed sector
during the read portion of a verify operation. The default value
of 0 indicates that there is no time limit. The minimum
permissible is 100 milliseconds.
NOTE:
5–72
0
Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported fields are not underlined.
The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE command, since the page
is savable.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.6 Caching Page (08h)
The Caching Page controls the drive’s cache management policy.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
MF
RCD
Byte
0
Page Code (08h)
1
Page Length (12h)
2
3
Reserved
WCE
Demand Read Retention Priority
Demand Write Retention Priority
4–5
Disable Pre-Fetch Transfer Length
6–7
Minimum Pre-Fetch
8–9
Maximum Pre-Fetch
10 – 11
Maximum Pre-Fetch Ceiling
12
13
14 – 15
16
17 – 19
NOTES:
FSW
LBCSS
DRA
VS
VS
Reserved
Number of Cache Segments
Cache Segment Size
Reserved
Non-Cache Segment Size
1. Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Informational fields are
not underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE
SENSE command, since the page is savable
2. Bytes 12 to 19 are returned only if the device operating definition is SCSI-3.
Figure 5–32 Caching Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–73
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–36 Caching Page — Field Descriptions
Default
Value
Field
Description
PS
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable
of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. Bit
reserved with MODE SELECT command.
WCE
1
Write Cache Enable. The default value of 1 enables write-back
caching when processing a WRITE command. The drive returns a
GOOD status and COMMAND COMPLETE only after successfully
wirting all the data to the media.
When WCE = 1, write-back caching is enabled while processing a
WRITE command. The drive returns a GOOD status and COMMAND
COMPLETE only after fetching the data from the initiator and
placing it in the drive’s cache memory.
Note: For maximum data integrity, it is strongly
recommended that when WCE is set to 1, the
Read-Write Error Recovery Page (01h) fields be set
as follows:
• AWRE to 1
• RC to 0
• DCR to 0
• Correction Span set to 170
• Head Offset to 0
• Servo Offset to 0
MF
0
Multiplication Factor (value must be 0). The drive interprets the
minimum and maximum pre-fetch fields values in terms of the
number of logical blocks for each of the respective types of
prefetch.
RCD
0
Read Cache Disable. The default value of 0 enables the read cache
capability and allows the drive to use cache-resident data or
medium data to satisfy a READ command.
Demand Read
Retention Priority
0
Demand Write
Retention Priority
0
Disable Pre-Fetch
Transfer Length
FFFFh
When the value is 1, read caching is disabled and the data returned
in response to a READ command is fetched from the medium and
not from the drive’s cache memory.
This field advises the drive on the retention priority to assign
data read into the cache that has also been transferred from the
drive to the initiator. Not supported by the drive.
This field advises the drive on the retention priority to assign
data written into the cache that has also been transferred from the
cache memory to the medium. Not supported by the drive.
This field specifies the selective disabling of anticipatory pre-fetch
on long transfer lengths. The value in this field is compared to the
number of sectors requested by the current READ command. If the
number of sectors is greater the than the value specified,
anticipatory pre-fetch is not performed for the command. When 0,
anticipatory pre-fetch is disabled. Ignored by the drive.
(continued)
5–74
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–36 Caching Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Default
Value
Field
Minimum Pre-fetch
0
Description
This field indicates the number of sectors that are to be pre-fetched.
See also MF.
Maximum Pre-fetch 0421h
This field indicates the maximum amount of data to pre-fetch into
the cache as a result of one READ command. Not supported by
the drive.
Maximum Pre-fetch 0421h
Ceiling
Specifies an upper limit on the number of logical blocks
computed as the maximum pre-fetch. If this number of sectors is
greater than the maximum pre-fetch, then the number of logical
blocks to pre-fetch is reduced to the value stored in the maximum
pre-fetch ceiling field. Not supported by the drive.
The Force Sequential Write bit. Not supported by the drive.
FSW
0
LBCSS
0
The Logical Block Cache Segment Size bit. Not supported by the
drive.
DRA
0
The Disable Read-Ahead bit. Not supported by the drive.
The Vendor-Specific bits. Not supported by the drive.
VS
Number of Cache
Segments
27
Ignored by the drive.
Cache Segment Size
0
Not supported by the drive.
Non-Cache Segment
Size
0
Not supported by the drive.
NOTE:
Fully supported fields are underlined. Unsupported and ignored fields are not underlined.
The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE command, since the
page is savable.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–75
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.7 Control Mode Page (0Ah)
The Control Mode page controls the drive’s command processing and error handling
policies.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
GLTSD
RLEC
Qerr
DQue
UAAERP
EAERP
Byte
0
1
Page Length (0Ah)
2
Reserved
3
4
5
Page Code (0Ah)
Queue Algorithm Modifier
EECA
RAC
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
6–7
Ready AEN Holdoff Period
8–9
Busy Timeout Period
10 – 11
Reserved
NOTES:
RAERP
1. Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported and ignored
fields are not underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a
MODE SENSE command, since the page is savable.
2. Bytes 8 to 11 are returned only if the device operating definition is
SCSI-3.
Figure 5–33 Control Mode Page — Data Format
5–76
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–37 Control Mode Page — Field Descriptions
Field Value
Default
Description
PS
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE
SENSE command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the
target is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile,
vendor-specific location. The bit is reserved with the MODE
SELECT command.
GLTSD
0
Global Logging Target Save Disable. If this bit = 1, the
ability to save log ages to disk is disabled. If a LOG SELECT
with the SP bit is received by the drive, the current
cumulative values will be cleared. The on-disk values will
not be changed. If a LOG SENSE with the SP bit set is
received by the drive and the GLTSD bit is set and the unit
is ready, the last LOG counter values written to disk will be
returned (not the current cumulative values).
If a STOP UNIT command or a LOG SENSE command with
the SP bit set is issued to the drive, the cumulative values of
the Log Counters page will be written to disk. A LOG SENSE
command will return the cumulative values since the
counters were cleared, not since the drive was powered
on.
RLEC
0
Queue Algorithm Modifier 0001b
Report Log Exception Condition. The drive does not report
log exception conditions. Not supported by the drive.
This field specifies restrictions on the algorithm used for reordering commands that are tagged with the SIMPLE
message.
A value of 0 specifies that the drive orders the actual
execution sequence with a SIMPLE statement.
A value of 1 (Unrestricted Re-ordering Allowed) specifies
that the drive can re-order the actual execution sequence
of the commands with a SIMPLE in any manner. Any data
integrity exposures related to command sequence order
are explicitly handled by the initiator through the selection
of appropriate commands and queue tag messages.
QErr
0
Queue Error Management. This field controls the drive’s
processing of queued commands when a Contingent
Allegiance (CA) condition or Extended Contingent
Allegiance (ECA) is cleared. Processing of queued
commands is resumed when a CA/ECA condition is
cleared.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–77
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–37 Control Mode Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Value
Default
DQue
0
Description
Disable Queue. When set to the default value of 0, the drive
supports tagged command queuing.
When the Disable Queue bit is set to 1, tagged command
queuing is disabled. A subsequent tagged message from
the initiator is rejected with a MESSAGE REJECT message
and the I/O process is executed as an untagged command.
EECA
0
AEN enabled.
RAC
0
Report A Check Condition bit. Ignored by the drive.
RAERP
0
Ready AER Permission. Not supported by the drive.
UAAERP
0
Unit Attention AER Permission. Not supported by the
drive.
EAERP
0
Error AER Permission. Not supported by the drive.
Ready AER Holdoff Period
0
Not supported by the drive.
FFFFh
Not supported by the drive.
Busy Timeout Period
NOTES:
1. If the Queue Algorithm Modifier specifies restricted re-ordering (0000b), commands
are not allowed to execute concurrently. If this field specifies unrestricted re-ordering
(0001b), concurrent I/O execution is allowed.
2. Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported fields are not
underlined. The PS bit is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE
command, since the page is savable
5–78
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.8 Notch and Partition Page (0Ch)
The Notch and Partition page contains parameters for drives that implement a
variable number of sectors per cylinder, and, support this page. Each section of the
logical unit with a different number of sectors is referred to as a notch (or band).
Each notch must span a set of consecutive logical blocks in the logical unit, the
notches must not overlay, and no logical blocks can be excluded from the notches.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
3
Page Code (0Ch)
Page Length (16h)
ND
LPN
Reserved
Reserved
4–5
Maximum Number of Notches
6–7
Active Notch
8 – 11
Starting Boundary
12 – 15
Ending Boundary
16 – 23
Pages Notched
Figure 5–34 Notch and Partition Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–79
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–38 Notch and Partition Page — Field Descriptions
Default
Value
Data Field
Description
PS
0
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE
SENSE command. The returned value of 0 indicates that the
target is not capable of saving this page in a non-volatile
vendor specific location. This bit is reserved with the MODE
SELECT command.
ND
1
Notched (banded) Drive. A value of 0 indicates that the drive
is not notched and that all other parameters in this page are
returned as 0.
The default value of 1 indicates that the device is notched.
For each supported active notch value, this page defines the
starting and ending boundaries of the notch.
LPN
0
Logical or Physical Notch. The default value of 0 indicates
that the boundaries of the notch are based on the physical
parameters of the logical unit. The cylinder is considered
most significant and the head least significant.
A value of 1 indicates that the notch boundaries are based on
logical blocks of the logical unit.
MaxNotch
24
Active Notch
0
Starting Boundary
NOTE:
000000h,
00h
This field indicates the maximum number of notches
supported by the logical unit. The value cannot be changed.
The Active Notch field indicates the notch referenced by this,
and subsequent MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE commands.
The value in this field can be changed by a later MODE
SELECT command. The value of the active notch must be = 0
and = 24. An active notch of 0 indicates that this and
subsequent MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE commands refer
to the parameters that apply across all notches.
This field indicates the beginning of the active notch or, if
the active notch is 0, the beginning boundary of the logical
unit. If the LPN value is 1, the starting boundary is a Logical
Block Address.
If the LPN value is 0, the three most significant bytes
designate the starting cylinder number and the least
significant byte is the starting head number. This field is
unchangeable. When used with the MODE SELECT
command, this field is ignored.
Temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported fields are not underlined.
(continued)
5–80
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–38 Notch and Partition Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Default
Value
Data Field
Ending Boundary
Pages Notched
Description
9GB: 0043B9h, The ending boundary field either indicates the ending of
02h
the active notch or, if the active notch is 0, it indicates the
ending of the logical unit. If the LPN value is 1, the ending
18GB: 0043B9h, boundary is a Logical Block Address.
04h
If the LPN value is 0, the three most significant bytes
identify the ending cylinder number and the least
36GB: 0043B9h, significant byte identify the ending head number. This field
09h
is unchangeable. When used with the MODE SELECT
command, this field is ignored.
72GB: 0043B9h,
13h
00000000b,
00000000b,
00000000b,
00000000b,
00000000b,
00000000b,
00010000b,
00001000b
This is a 64-bit bit map that indicates which MODE
command pages contain parameters that may be different
for different notches. The most significant bit (MSB)
corresponds to Page 3Fh (Vendor-Unique Caching Page),
and the least significant bit (LSB) corresponds to Pae 00h
(Unit Attention Control Page).
If a bit is 1, the corresponding mode page contains
parameters that may be different for different notches.
If a bit is 0, the corresponding mode page contains
parameters that are constant for all notches.
The value of 1 in bits 3 and 12 indicates that Page 03h and
0Ch contain different parameters for different notches.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–81
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.9 XOR Control Mode Page (10h)
The XOR Control Mode Page provides the initiator with the means to obtain/modify
certain XOR operating parameters of the target.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
XOR
Dis
Rsv’d
Byte
0
1
Page Code (10h)
Page Length (16h)
2
Reserved
3
Reserved
4–7
Maximum XOR Write Size
(MSB)
8 – 11
Reserved
(LSB)
(MSB)
12 – 15
Maximum REGEN Size
(LSB)
(MSB)
16 – 19
Maximum REBUILD READ Size
(LSB)
(MSB)
20 – 21
Reserved
(LSB)
(MSB)
22 – 23
REBUILD Delay
(LSB)
NOTE:
Fully supported fields are underlined. Ignored fields are not underlined.
Figure 5–35 XOR Control Mode Page − Data Format
5–82
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–39 XOR Control Page − Field Descriptions
Default
Value
Field
Description
PS
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the
MODE SENSE command. A returned value of 1
indicates that the target is capable of saving the
page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The
bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command
XOR Dis
0
XOR Disable. An XOR disable bit of 0 enables the
XOR functions within a device. An XOR bit of 1
disables the XOR functions within a device.
Maximum XOR Write Size
512
This field specifies the maximum transfer length in
sectors that the target accepts for the XDWRITE or
XPWRITE commands.
Maximum REGEN Size
0
The drive does not support this option and ignores
any value placed in this field.
Maximum REBUILD Size
0
The drive does not support this option and ignores
any value placed in this field.
REBUILD Delay
0
The drive does not support this option and ignores
any value placed in this field.
NOTE:
Fully supported fields are underlined. Ignored fields are not underlined.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–83
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.10 Power Condition Page (1Ah)
The Power Condition Page controls disk drive Power Management functions. Power
Management provides three sub-states of UNIT READY:
•
ACTIVE
This is the state of highest power consumption for the disk
drive. A media access command is acted upon immediately by
the drive.
•
IDLE
This is a state of lower power consumption for the disk drive. A
media access command is acted upon after a delay of
approximately one second.
•
STANDBY
This is the state of lowest power consumption for the disk drive.
A media access command is delayed by approximately 10 seconds
before being acted upon.
Note that in all three sub-states, the drive remains READY.
The figure that follows shows the data format of the page; any fully supported fields
are underlined meaning that they are savable if modified with a MODE SELECT
command with the PS bit set. Following the figure, a table is provided that contains
a description of the Power Condition Page fields.
5–84
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IdlEnb
SbyEnb
Byte
0
PS
Page Code (1Ah)
1
Page Length (0Ah)
2
Reserved
3
4-7
8 - 11
Reserved
Idle Timer
Standby Timer
Figure 5–36 Power Condition Page – Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–85
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–40 Power Condition Page – Field Descriptions
Default
Field
Description
PS
0
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the
MODE SENSE command. A returned value of 1
indicates that the target is capable of saving the page
in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit is
reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
IdlEnb
0
Enable Idle Timer. This is a lower power consumption
state of the drive. A media access command waits for
an approximately one second transition time delay
from the IDLE to the ACTIVE state.
SbyEnb
0
Enable Standby Timer. Any media access command
waits for an approximately 10 second transition time
delay from the STANDBY to the ACTIVE state.
Idle Timer
0
The Idle Timer specifies the time, in 100-millisecond
increments, before entering the IDLE state after the last
media access command. The IdlEnb field must be set
to 1. The internal minimum value for this field is 60
seconds.
Standby Timer
0
The Standby Timer specifies the time, in 100millisecond increments, before entering the Standby
state after the last media access command. The
SbyEnb field must be set to 1. The internal minimum
value for this field is 15 minutes.
NOTE:
5–86
Value
Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Unsupported fields are not
underlined.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.11 Information Exceptions Control Page (1Ch)
This page defines the methods used by the disk drive to control the reporting and
operations of specific informational exception conditions. This page applies only
to informational exceptions that report an additional sense code of FAILURE
PREDICTION THRESHOLD EXCEEDED to the application client.
Informational exception conditions occur as the result of vendor-specific events
within a disk drive. An informational exception condition may occur
asynchronous to any commands issued by an application client.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Test
Rsv’d
LogErr
Byte
0
PS
Page Code (1Ch)
1
2
Page Length (0Ah)
Perf
3
Reserved
EWASC
DExcpt
Reserved
MRIE
(MSB)
4-7
Interval Timer
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 – 11
Report Count
(LSB)
Figure 5–37 Information Exceptions Control Page — Data Format
Table 5–41 Information Exceptions Control Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Default
Value
Description
PS
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE
SENSE command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the
target is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile,
vendor-specific loaction. This bit is reserved with the
MODE SELECT command.
PERF
1
Performance. This bit enables/disables performancesensitive functions. For Atlas 10K II, this means enabling
or disabling flushing of SMART data to the media (done
hourly). The prediction algorithm is designed to reset the
current accumulated data approximately every 100,000
blocks read or written per head.
When this bit = 0, current accumulated SMART data is
preserved across power cycles.
When this bit = 1, current accumulated SMART data is lost
across power cycles.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–87
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–41 Information Exceptions Control Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
EWASC
Default
Value
1
Description
Enable Warning ASC. When this bit = 0, reporting of
thermal warming is disabled.
When this bit = 1, thermal warning reports are enabled.
DExcpt
0
Disable Exceptions. This bit is used to enable or disable
SMART exception reporting. When this bit = 0, SMART
exception reporting is enabled.
When this bit = 1, all SMART functions are disabled,
including reporting SMART exceptions, running the
prediction algorithm, and accumulating SMART data.
Test
0
When this bit = 0, the test function is disabled.
When this bit = 1, the disk drive reports false SMART trip
reports as prescribed in the MRIE field (see below). Interval
timer field and report count and method fields apply.
When the test bit forces a SMART failure, the faiis reported
with a sense code/qualifier of 5D/FF.
LogErr
0
When this bit = 0, it indicates that log sense information is
vendor-unique. NOTE: LogErr = 0 is the only value
supported.
MRIE
4
Method of Reporting Informational Exceptions. The value
within this field indicates the method that will be used by
the disk drive to report informational exception
conditions, as shown in Table 5-41. The relative priority of
reporting of multiple informational exceptions is vendorspecific.
(continued)
5–88
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–41 Information Exceptions Control Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Default
Value
Field
Interval Timer
0
Description
This field indicates the period, in 100 millisecond
increments, for reporting that an informational exception
condition has occurred. The disk drive will not report such
conditions more frequently than the time specified by the
Interval Timer field and as soon as possible after the timer
interval has elapsed. After the condition has been reported,
the interval timer restarts. A value of 0 in the Interval Timer
field indicates that the disk drive will only report the
informational exception condition once. A value of
FFFFFFFFh in the Interval Timer field indicates that the
timer interval is vendor-specific.
If the disk drive’s predictor detects a SMART threshold trip,
it reports the failure only if it has not reported a failure
within the last interval timer period. A value of 0 means
that there is no required waiting between SMART reports.
NOTE: The Interval Timer field does not apply to MRIE
mode 6.
Report Count
1
The value contained in this field indicates the number of
times to report an informational exception condition to
the application client. A value of 0 in this field indicates
there is no limit on the number of times the disk drive will
report an informational exception condition.
Each time the disk drive detects a SMART failure, the
SMART status is reported the number of times indicated by
the value of the Report Count field. The disk drive then
resets its cumulative values and continues with its
predicting activity. The SMART threshold trip remains
permanent (or until a LOG SELECT command clears it) and
can be retrieved at any time using MRIE mode 6.
NOTE: The Report Count field does not apply to MRIE
mode 6.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–89
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–42 Codes Used by the MRIE Field
5–90
Field
Description
0h
No reporting of informational exception condition. This method instructs the disk drive
not to report these conditions.
1h
Asynchronous Event Reporting. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to
report informational exception conditions by using the rules for asynchronous event
reporting as described in the SCSI-3 Architecture Model and the relevant Protocol
Standard. The sense key will be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense
code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condition.
2h
Generate Unit Attention. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report
informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any
command. The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION and the additional sense code will
indicate the cause of the information exception condition. The command that has the
CHECK CONDITION will not be executed before the informational exception condition
is reported.
3h
Conditionally Generate Recovered Error. This method of reporting instructs the disk
drive to report informational exception conditions dependent on the value of the PER
bit of the Error Recovery Paramaters Mode Page, by returning a CHECK CONDITION
status on any command. The sense key will be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the
additional sense code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condition.
The command that has the CHECK CONDITION will complete before and informational
exception condition is reported.
4h
Unconditionally Generate Recovered Error. This method of reporting instructs the disk
drive to report informational exception conditions regardless of the value of the PER bit
of the Error Recovery Parameters Mode Page, by returning a CHECK CONDITION status
on any command. The sense key will be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional
sense code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condition. The
command that has the CHECK CONDITION will complete without error before any
informational exception condition will be reported.
5h
Generate No Sense. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report
informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any
command. The sense key will be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code will
indicate the cause of the informational exception condition. The command that has
the CHECK CONDITION will complete without error before any informational exception
condition is reported.
6h
Only Report Informational Exception Condition On Request. This method of reporting
instructs the disk drive to preserve the informational exception(s) data. To learn about
these exception conditions, the application client polls the disk drive via an unsolicited
REQUEST SENSE command. The sense key is set to NO SENSE and the additional sense
code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condition.
7h – Bh
Reserved.
Ch – Fh
Vendor-specific.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
5.14.3.12 Quantum-Unique Page (39h)
This Quantum-unique page is implemented for historical purposes only. All unused
fields are changeable but are ignored by the drive.
Bit
7
6
5
PS
Rsv’d
4
3
2
1
0
Disable
Unit
Att’n
Disable
IWR
Byte
0
Page Code (39h)
1
Page Length (14h)
2
Wait
SpinUp
Enable
Enable
Error
Logging
Disable
Parity
Check
Reall.
Uncor.
Errors
3
SSSIE
Disable
Auto
WRITE
Disable
Auto
READ
Delay
Spin
Stagger
Spin
Auto
Master
Enable
4
5
Enable
Fill Data
Pattern
Disable
SCAM
Software Selectable SCSI ID
Reselection Retries
ERSS
Force 8
DFCP
PXM
ISN
IWN
(MSB)
6 -7
Stagger Spin Delay
(LSB)
8
ASDP
Enable
Quiet
Rsv’d
USCIO
SAE
DRC
NMAIOP
Rsv’d
9
Soft
Fault
ManCal
DPER
FAxRE
QDER
Rsv’d
DFC
Read
Ahead
Disable
10
EDAF
Disable
Revector
Cache
ESPDis
DFRCSU
AIP
Gen
Disable
d
AIP
Check
Enabled
AIP
Capable
11
ESL
IMR
IOE
ArcsOn
DlyESP
Force 10
DEWG
Enable
Comm
Timeout
SSSO
EAMNR
12
MaxSkip
13 - 14
Vendor Specific
15
Minimum Block Threshold
16
17
Maximum Slots to be Reserved
LogPgB
Spindle Synch Check Interval
18 - 19
Reserved
20
Command Timeout Limit
21
Command Timeout Limit Response Time
Figure 5-38 Quantum-Unique Page – Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–91
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions
Field
PS
Default
1
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. A returned value of 1 indicates that the disk drive is
capable of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific
location. The bit is RESERVED with a MODE SELECT command.
Wait SpinUp Enable
0
When this field = 0, the disk drive spins up upon power on.
When this field = 1, the disk drive performs a Wait/Spin.
Enable Error Logging
0
When this field = 0, Error Logging is disabled.
When this field = 1, Error Logging is enabled.
Disable Parity Check
0
When this field = 0, Parity Checking is enabled.
When this field = 1, Parity Checking is disabled.
Reall. Uncorr. Errors
0
When this field = 0, reallocation of blocks that have
uncorrectable READ errors does not take place. (Note that if this
field is set to 0 and ARRE bit in Page 01 of the Error Recovery
Parameters is set to 1, no reallocation takes place.)
When this field = 1, and ARRE bit in Page 01 of the Error
Recovery Parameters is set to 1, the disk reallocates a block that
has an uncorrectable READ error the next time this block is
written (the default for ARRE is 1).
Enable Fill Data Pattern
1
When this field = 0, the disk drive ignores any information in
Byte 2 of the FORMAT UNIT command. Note that if the setting
in Byte 2 of FORMAT UNIT is “0”, the disk drive will interpret
that setting as “1.”
When this field = 1, the disk drive writes the data pattern that is
specified in Byte 2 of the FORMAT UNIT command into every
user-accessible block when the disk drive executes a FORMAT
UNIT command.
Disable SCAM
Disable Unit Att’n
1 (Parallel)
0
When this field = 0, SCAM is enabled. When this field = 1,
SCAM features are disabled.
When this field = 0, a UNIT ATTENTION condition exists
following power on or a reset caused by either a BUS DEVICE
RESET message or a hard reset condition.
When this field = 1, the disk drive will not issue a CHECK
CONDITION status with the UNIT ATTENTION sense key on the
first command following a reset. The disk drive will execute the
first command issued after a reset condition.
Disable IWR
0
Disable Wide Residue Message. When this field = 0, the disk
drive sends the IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message.
When this field = 1, the disk drive will not send the IGNORE
WIDE RESIDUE message.
(continued)
5–92
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
SSSIE
Default
0
Description
Software Selectable SCSI ID Enable. When this field = 0, the disk
drive’s SCSI ID is determined via the disk drive’s hardware ID
select jumper settings.
When this field = 1, the disk drive’s SCSI ID setting is
determined by the value set in the Software Selectable SCSI ID
field (Byte 3, bits 0 – 3).
Disable Auto WRITE
0
When this field = 0, the Auto WRITE function is enabled.
When this field = 1, the Auto WRITE function is disabled.
Disable Auto READ
0
When this field = 0, the Auto WRITE function is enabled.
When this field = 1, the Auto WRITE function is disabled.
Delay Spin
0
When this field = 0, Delay Spin is not enabled.
When this field = 1, and Staggered Spin Delay (Bytes 6 & 7) is
enabled, the three lower bits of the disk drive’s SCSI ID are used
for the multiplier to determine the length of the delay. When
only three bits are used, disk drives 0 through 7 and drives 8
through 15 have the same corresponding delays since the
fourth bit is not used (disk drive 0 has the same delay as disk
drive 8, disk drive 1 has the same delay as disk drive 9, and so
on).
Software Selectable SCSI ID
0
When SSSIE (Byte 3, bit 7) = 1, this field determines the disk
drive’s SCSI ID. When changing SCSI ID via the MODE SELECT
command, the SCSI ID changes after the next reset or power
cycle. If at initial power on the SSSIE bit is set to 1 (the bit’s
previous setting was saved to disk) the Software Selectable SCSI
ID field’s value determines the disk drive’s SCSI ID.
Reselection Retries
7
The value of this field specifies the number of reselection
attempts the drive will make to the initiator. A value of 0
indicates an infinite number of reselection attempts.
ERSS
0
Enable Rotational Position Locking (RPL) Sector
Synchronization. Not used by the drive.
Stagger Spin
0
When the value of this field =1, the Stagger Spin Delay field
(Bytes 6 & 7) is in effect. The disk drive operates as if its Spin
Delay jumper was installed.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–93
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Auto Master Enable
Default
0
Description
When this field = 0, this disk drive does not act as the master in
a storage array configuration (refer to the Hard Disk Geometry
page). When this field = 1, this disk drive becomes the master.
Not used by the drive.
Force 8
0
When this field = 0, 16-bit wide data transfer responses are
allowed.
When this field = 1, negotiations are limited to 8-bit responses.
DFCP
0
Delay Following Command Phase. Not used by the drive.
PXM
0
Preserve Synchronous and Wide Mode. If set = 1, this bit
causes the disk drive to preserve the most recent wide and
synchronous states for all initiators across power on resets, bus
reset, and bus device reset messages. Not used by the drive.
ISN
0
Initiate Synchronous Negotiation. When this field is set = 1, the
disk drive initiates a synchronous transfer negotiation with the
initiator. This is done on the first selection with ATTENTION
following a power on reset, bus reset, or bus device reset. The
negotiation is done for each initiator. Note that if both ISN and
IWN (Byte 5, bit 0) are set =1, the wide data transfer
negotiation takes place first.
IWN
0
Initiate Wide Negotiation. When this field is set = 1, the disk
drive initiates a wide data transfer negotiation with the initiator.
This is done on the first selection with ATTENTION following a
power on reset, bus reset, or bus device reset. The negotiation
is done for each initiator. Note that if the disk drive is not
capable of actually transferring data on a wide bus, the
firmware will only negotiate for an 8-bit bus. If both ISN (Byte
5, bit 1) and IWN are set =1, the wide data transfer negotiation
takes place first. A wide data transfer negotiation causes the
disk drive to reset any synchronous agreement to
asynchronous mode.
(continued)
5–94
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Stagger Spin Delay
Default
28h
Description
The Stagger Spin Delay is a value in 100 millisecond units that
is used to determine the length of the period of time delay
before starting the disk drive’s motor if the Stagger Spin feature
is used. The actual amount of the delay is determined using the
following formula:
Spin Up Delay = (SCSI ID x Stagger Spin Delay).
Refer to the description of Delay Spin (Byte 3, bit 4).
Note that for the value in Stagger Spin Delay field to have
effect, the Spin Delay hardware jumper must be installed
(Chapter 3).
ASDP
0
Always Save Data Pointers. If set = 1, the drive will always send
an SDP message before sending a DISCONNECT message.
Enable Quiet
0
Enable Quiet Seek Mode. If set = 1, Quiet Seek mode is
enabled.
USCIO
0
Use Same Cylinder Optimization in OPTWORK. When set = 1,
helps multiple sequential streams.
SAE
0
Show All Errors. When this field = 1, errors usually hidden are
shown.
DRC
0
Disable Reassign Copy. When this field = 0, the disk drive
copies best-guess data to the new physical block during
REASSIGN BLOCKS command processing. If the disk drive
cannot successfully read the original block’s data, the disk drive
sets a Forced Error flag in the replacement block’s flags.
When this field = 1, the disk drive does not copy a block’s data
and obtain best-guess data; it first reassigns the block and then
writes data to the block. Until it is overwritten by a subsequent
WRITE command, a reassigned block’s data is undefined and its
Forced Error flag is set.
NMAIOP
0
No MAIOP. When this field = 1, MAIOP is disabled.
DNTRA
0
Disable Next Track Read Ahead. Do not prefetch next track.
Soft Fault
0
When this field is set = 1, the disk drive’s FAULT led illuminates.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–95
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
ManCal
Default
0
Description
Manual Calibration. When set = 0, the disk drive runs
calibration and diagnostic procedures periodically.
When set = 1, calibrations occur only as a result of a REZERO
UNIT command.
Note that this bit is not saved by MODE SELECT when the value
of the SP field is 1.
DPER
1
Disable Post Error Recovery. When set = 1, disables Post Error
Recovery (refer to Read-Write Error Recovery Page, Section
5.17.3.3).
FAxRE
1
Force AxRE where x = W (WRITE) or R (READ)
When set = 0, the settings of AWRE/ARRE are as set in Mode
Page 01h (Read-Write Error Recovery Page).
When set = 1, Automatic WRITEs or READs are forced, even if
the related fields of Mode Page 01h are = 0.
QDER
0
Quick Disk Error Recovery. When set = 0, disk error recovery
has no 20msec limit.
When set = 1, disk error recovery time allotted is less than
20msec.
DFC
0
Disable Format Certification. If set = 1, format certification is
disabled regardless of the value of the DCRT bit in the FORMAT
Command’s parameter header.
Read Ahead Disable
0
If set = 1, disables READ ahead.
Enable Double Ack
0
If set = 1, disables the double acknowledge filter.
ESPDis
0
ESP Disabled. If this field = 1, ESP (anticipatory READ) is
disabled.
DFRCSU
0
Disable Filling of Revector Cache on Spin-Up. When this field =
1, revectoring cache is not refilled on spin-up.
AIP Gen Disable
0
Asynchronous Information Protection (AIP) Generation
Disabled. When set = 1, AIP generation is disabled.
AIP Check Enabled
0
AIP Checking Enabled. The drive does not support AIP
Checking.
AIP Capable
1
If = 1, indicates drive is capable of AIP.
LogPgB
0
When this field = 0, “total bytes read/written” field on Log
Page 02h and 03h reported as number of bytes. When = 1,
field is reported as number of blocks.
(continued)
5–96
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
ESL
Default
0
Description
Enable Save Log. When set = 1, saving and loading of nonSMART pages to/from the MCS area is enabled.
IMR
0
Infinite Message Retry. When set = 1, the number of retries at
a message error is infinite.
IOE
1
Individual ORCA Profile Enabled. When set = 0, this feature is
disabled.
ArcsOn
0
Arcs always on.
DlyESP
0
Delay ESP. For ESP (anticipatory-READ) commands only, when
set = 1 the delay from data phase to the first REQ of data is
increased from about 2 µs to about 16 µs.
Force10
0
When this bit = 0, the disk drive may negotiate for a transfer
period less than 19h.
When this bit = 1, SDTR transfer period is limited to 19h
minimum.
DEWG
1
Disable ESP WRITE Guess. When = 1, enables this feature.
Enable Comm Timeout
0
Enable Command Timeout. When = 1, enables this feature.
MaxSkip
5
The value of this field specifies the number of times that a host
request can be skipped over (such as when performing
queuing optimizations). This parameter affects only queued
commands. Some host operating systems support tagged
command queuing which allows for multiple requests to be
resident in the disk drive simultaneously. The disk drive can
then re-order execution of the requests to improve throughput.
For systems in which minimum completion time of a request is
more important than throughput, MaxSkip can be reduced.
Values allowed range from 0 to 255.
Vendor Specific
---
Proprietary Information
Minimum Block Threshold
1
This field specifies the minimum number of blocks ready
before starting data transfer.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–97
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Quantum-Unique Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Maximum Slots to be
Reserved
Default
0
Description
This field is used to reserve x amount of slots from the total
resources within the disk drive for incoming commands. Once
the remaining slots are full, up to the queue depth of the disk
drive, subsequent commands will be accepted but placed on a
disk drive internal pending list. As the disk drive completes the
active commands, freeing up internal resources (SMBs), the
pending commands are activated.
SSSO
0
Spindle Sync Sector Offset. This field is used to specify the RPL
offset to sector boundary. This drive does not support
spindle syncronization.
EAMNR
0
Enable Auto Master Negotiation if RPL Mode = 0. This drive
does not support spindle syncronization.
Spindle Sync Check Interval
0
The value of this field specifies the time, in minutes, of the
interval between spindle synchronization status checks. If this
value is 0, the spindle is checked at five-minute intervals. If the
value is set to 60 or greater, the spindle is checked at 60minute intervals. This drive does not support spindle
syncronization.
Command Timeout Limit
60
The value of this field specifies the timeout limit in 100
millisecond units. The default value of 60 specifies a command
timeout limit of 6 seconds
Spindle Sync Check Interval
10
The value of this field specifies how long, in 100 millisecond
units, before the Command Timeout Limit abort processing
should commence. This is intended to compensate for abort
processing time.
NOTE:
Fully supported and temporary fields are underlined. Ignored fields are not underlined. The PS bit
is underlined, meaning it will be set on a MODE SENSE command, since the page is savable.
Asynchronous Information Protection (AIP)
To start AIP:
1. Make sure "AIP Generation Disabled" (byte 10, bit 3) is cleared. Default is 0.
2. Make sure "AIP Checking Enabled" (byte 10, bit 2) is set for EACH. This bit is maintained uniquely for each
unique initiator ID that senses it or selects it, so all initiators that want to participate in AIP must set this
for themselves. Default is 0.
3. Send a negotiation message (SDTR, WDTR, or PPR) with valid AIP data. The drive will check to see if it
received valid AIP data from the host for the entire negotiation message. If so, AIP is activated and
remains so for as long as that initiator is still valid. If not, no errors are reported, and another attempt is
made at the next negotiation.
5–98
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.15
MODE SELECT (10) Command (55h)
The MODE SELECT (10) command allows the initiator to modify certain mode
pages and thereby control some of the drive’s operational characteristics. Refer to
MODE SELECT (6) for additional descriptions. See Figure 5-39 for the data format
of the MODE SELECT (10) Command Descriptor Block. See MODE SELECT (6),
Table 5-44, for descriptions of the fields. See Figure 5-40 for the Mode Parameter
Header (10 Byte) — Data Format and Figure 5-44 for the Mode Parameter Block
Descriptor – Data Format. See Table 5-25 for mode parameter block field
descriptions.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (55h)
1
Reserved
PF
Reserved
2-6
Reserved
7-8
Parameter List Length
9
SP
Control
Figure 5–39 MODE SELECT (10) Command Descriptor Block – Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-1
Mode Data Length
(LSB)
2
Medium Type
3
Device-Specific Parameter
4-5
Reserved
(MSB)
6-7
Block Descriptor Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–40 Mode Parameter Header (10-Byte) — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–99
SCSI Description
MODE SELECT (10) Command (55h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-3
Number of Blocks
(LSB)
4
Density Code
(MSB)
5-7
Block Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–41 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Data Format
Table 5–44 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Number of Blocks
The value in this field specifies the number of logical blocks on the disk
to which the density code and block length fields apply. A value of 0 in
this field indicates that all of the remaining logical blocks on the disk
have the medium characteristics specified.
Density Code
The Density Code field is unique for each device type. Direct access
devices value is zero.
The value in this field specifies the length in bytes of each logical block
described by the block descriptor.
Block Length
5–100
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
This page intentionally left blank.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–101
SCSI Description
This page intentionally left blank.
5–102
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.16
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah)
The MODE SENSE (6) command allows the initiator to read the drive's sector
descriptor and mode pages. The MODE SENSE Command Descriptor Sector is
shown in Figure 5–42 and the data fields are described in Table 5–45. The Mode
Parameter Header is shown in Figure 5–43 and the data fields are described in Table
5-46.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (1Ah)
1
Logical Unit Number
2
Reserve
d
DBD
PC
Reserved
Page Code
3
Reserved
4
Allocation Length
5
Control
Figure 5–42 MODE SENSE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–45 MODE SENSE Command — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
DBD
Disable Block Descriptor. When the value is 0, the drive returns its Block
Descriptor followed by the requested page(s). When the value is 1, the
drive returns only the requested pages.
PC
Page Control. Determines which type of page values are returned. These
values are:
00b Current
01b Changeable
10b Default
11b Saved
Page Code
The Page Code field determines the pages to be returned to the initiator
in the command's data-in buffer transfer. Refer to Tables 5-26 and 5-47
for a complete list of the Mode Pages (changeable and read-only). A
Page Code of 3Fh causes all supported pages to be returned.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–103
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Mode Data Length
1
Medium Type
2
Device-Specific Parameter
3
Block Descriptor Length
Figure 5–43 Mode Parameter Header (6 Byte) — Data Format
Table 5–46 Mode Parameter Header — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Mode Data Length
Length of the returned data
Medium Type
Always zero (0)
Device-Specific
Parameter
Bit 7 - This bit is set if the drive is write protected
Bit 4 - This bit is always set to indicate that the drive supports cache
memory.
Block Descriptor
Zero (0) if Block Descriptor (DBD) in MODE SENSE Command Descriptor
Length sector is 0.
If DBD is 1, then the Block Descriptor Length is eight (8).
5.16.1 Read-Only Mode Pages
Table 5-46 lists read-only mode pages. Table 5-25 lists initiator-changeable mode
pages.
Table 5–47 Read-Only Mode Pages
Page Code
5–104
Page Name
Reports the drive's
03h
Format Device
Medium format
24
04h
Rigid Disk Geometry
Total cylinder head and rotational speed
24
38h
Vendor Unique Caching
Total segments
16
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Size (bytes)
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
5.16.2 Format Device Page (03h)
The Format Drive Page (Figure 5-44) describes the drive's medium format.
The data fields are described in Table 5-48. Note that the page is savable but no
parameters are changeable.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (03h)
1
Page Length (16h)
2-3
Tracks Per Zone
4-5
Alternate Sectors/Zone
6-7
Alternate Tracks/Zone
8-9
Alternate Tracks/Logical Unit
10 - 11
Sectors/Track
12 - 13
Data Bytes/Physical Sector
14 - 15
Interleave
16 - 17
Track Skew Factor
18 - 19
Cylinder Skew Factor
20
21 - 23
SSEC
HSEC
RMB
SURF
Reserved
Reserved
Figure 5–44 Format Device Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–105
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
Table 5–48 Format Device Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Value
PS
1
Tracks/Zone
Alternate Sectors/Zone
Alternate Tracks/Zone
0
Alternate Tracks/Logical Unit
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the
MODE SENSE command. This bit is reserved with
the MODE SELECT command. A PS bit value of 1
indicates that the disk drive is capable of saving
the page in a non-volatile vendor specific
location.
The number of physical tracks per cylinder:
3 for 9.2 GB model, 5 for 18.4 GB, 10 for
36.7 GB, 20 for 73.4 GB
The number of spare locations within a notch:
37 for 9.2 GB model, 63 for 18.4 GB, XX for
36.7 GB, XX for 73.4 GB
The drive does not have any alternate tracks.
The number of tracks reserved for defect
handling:
46 for 9.2 GB model, 78 for 18.4 GB, XX for
36.7 GB, XX for 73.4 GB
Sectors/Track
413
The number of Physical Block Address sectors per
track. The value depends on the Notch value
selected in the Notch and Partitions page.
Data Bytes/Physical Sector
512
This value is the current disk sector size.
Interleave
1
Track Skew Factor
The drive does not support interleave.
The number of physical sectors between the last
logical sector on one track and the first logical
sector on the next track within a cylinder:
15 for 9.2 GB model, 15 for 18.4 GB, 18 for
36.7 GB, 15 for 73.4 GB
Cylinder Skew Factor
The number of physical sectors between the last
logical sector on one cylinder and the first logical
sector on the next cylinder:
25 for 9.2 GB model, 20 for 18.4 GB, 20 for
36.7 GB, 25 for 73.4 GB
5–106
SSEC
0
The drive does not use soft sector formatting.
HSEC
1
The drive supports hard sector formatting only.
RMB
0
The drive does not support removable logical
media.
SURF
0
A Surface bit value of 0 indicates that the drive
allocates progressive addresses to all logical
blocks within a cylinder prior to allocating
addresses on the next cylinder.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
5.16.3 Rigid Disk Geometry Page (04h)
The Rigid Disk Geometry Page describes the drive geometry.
Bit
7
6
PS
Rsvd
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2-4
5
Page Code (04h)
Page Length (16h)
Number of Cylinders
Number of Heads
6-8
Starting Cylinder - Write Precompensation
9 - 11
Starting Cylinder - Reduced Write Current
12 - 13
Drive Step Rate (0)
14 - 16
Landing Zone Cylinder
17
Reserved
RPL
18
Rotational Offset
19
Reserved
20 - 21
Medium Rotation Rate
22 - 23
Reserved
Figure 5–45 Rigid Disk Geometry Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–107
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
Table 5–49 Rigid Disk Geometry Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Value
PS
Description
1
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the
MODE SENSE command. A returned value of 1
indicates that the target is capable of saving the page
in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit is
reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
17338
The number of physical cylinders that hold host data.
Number of Heads
Starting Cylinder Write Precompensation
3/5/10/20
17338
The number of heads that can access host data.
The value in this field is the physical cylinder at
which write precompensation is to begin. The first
cylinder number is 0. If the starting cylinder is equal to
the value in the Number of Cylinders field, write
precompensation is disabled.
Starting Cylinder Reduced Write Current
0
The value in this field is the physical cylinder at
which write current is reduced. The first cylinder
number is 0. If the starting cylinder for reduced write
current is equal to the value in the Number of
Cylinders field, reduced write current is disabled.
Drive Step Rate
0
Applies to stepper-motor actuators. Not applicable.
17338
This field indicates a two’s complement location
where the drive positions the disk heads. A negative
value indicates that the heads are positioned below
cylinder 0 by that number of cylinders. A positive
value greater than the number of cylinders indicates
that the heads are positioned beyond the cylinders
used for data storage at the location specified.
Number of Cylinders
Landing Zone Cylinder
RPL
00b
Rotational Position Locking is used for spindle
synchronization in storage arrays. The modes are:
00b – Disabled
10b – Master
01b – Slave
11b – Not supported
RPL can be overridden if the Quantum (Vendor) Special
Function Control page Auto field value = 1. This drive
does not support spindle synchronization.
(continued)
5–108
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
Table 5–49 Rigid Disk Geometry Page — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Value
Rotational Offset
0
Description
Rotational Offset indicates the amount of rotational
offset that the drive uses when synchronized. The
rotational offset is applied in the retarded direction
(lagging the synchronized spindle master). The value
in the field is determined by the following formula:
Offset = 0 … 255
256
For example, a numerator of 128 indicates an offset of
1/2 revolution (180°).
The valid parameter values are 0 to 255.
The specified value may be rounded. Rotational offset
is not used when the drive is configured as the
synchronized-spindle master.
Medium Rotation Rate
10021
The disk rotation speed in RPM.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–109
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) (continued)
5.16.4 Vendor-Unique Caching Page (38h)
The Vendor-Unique Caching Page is a read-only page that reports the number of
segments in the drive's cache memory.
Bit
7
6
5
PS
Rsv’d
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (38h)
1
Page Length (0Eh)
2
Reserved
3 - 15
Cache Table Size
Reserved
Figure 5–46 Vendor-Unique Caching Page — Data Format
Table 5–50 Vendor-Unique Caching — Field Description
Field
5–110
Value
Description
PS
0
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE
command. This bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
A PS bit value of 1 indicates that the disk drive is capable of saving
the page in a non-volatile vendor specific location.
Cache Table Size
27
This field indicates the number of cache segments supported by
the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.17
MODE SENSE (10) COMMAND (5Ah)
The MODE SENSE command allows the initiator to read the drive’s sector
descriptor and mode pages.
See Figure 5-47 for MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block – Data Format,
Figure 5-48 for Mode Parameter Header (10 Byte) — Data Format, and Figure 5-49
for Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Data Format. Refer to Tables 5-45, 5-46, and
5-51 for descriptions of the fields.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (5Ah)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserve
d
2–6
DBD
Reserved
Reserved
(MSB)
7–8
Allocation Length
(LSB)
9
Control
Figure 5–47 MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block – Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-1
Mode Data Length
(LSB)
2
Medium Type
3
Device-Specific Parameter
4-5
Reserved
6-7
Block Descriptor Length
Figure 5–48 Mode Parameter Header (10 Byte) — Data Format
Field Descriptions for the Mode Parameter Header are given in the table that follows.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–111
SCSI Description
MODE SENSE (10) COMMAND (5Ah) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Density Code
(MSB)
1-3
Number of Blocks
(LSB)
4
Reserved
(MSB)
5-7
Block Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–49 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Data Format
Table 5–51 Mode Parameter Header & Block Descriptor — Field Descriptions
5–112
Data Field
Description
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Device Specific Parameter
Block Descriptor Length
Density Code
Number of Blocks
Reserved. Must be 0.
Ignored by the drive.
Ignored by the drive.
The value = 0 if no Block Descrptor is supplied; the length is 8 if a block
descriptor is supplied.
Ignored by the drive.
The value in this field specifies the number of logical blocks on the unit
that are affected by the current MODE SELECT command. When this field
= 0, the MODE SELECT parameters are put into effect for all logical
blocks on the unit. The maximum value allowed is the total number of
initiator-addressable logical blocks for the value specified in the Block
Length field. A value that is less than the maximum value will decrease
the number of initiator-accessible logical blocks to the amount specified.
Block Length
The value in this field specifies the length, in bytes, of each logical block.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.18 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh)
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command is a 10-byte command used to
obtain information about persistent reservations and reservations that are active
within a device server. It is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT command.
Note that a if device that has RESERVE (10), RESERVE (6), extent reservations, or
SCSI Media Changer (SMC) element reservations active receives a PERSISTENT
RESERVATION IN command, the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command is
rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status reported.
The figure below illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
command; the table that follows explains the data fields of the command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (5Eh)
1
Reserved
2-6
Service Action
Reserved
(MSB)
7–8
Allocation Length
(LSB)
9
Control
Figure 5–50 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command Descriptor Block — Data
Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–113
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–52 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Service Action
Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and
registrations may require enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical
unit.
Service action codes available are:
Code
Name
Description
00h
Read Keys
Reads all registered Reservation keys
01h
Read Reservations Reads all current persistent reservations
02 – 1Fh Reserved
Reserved
A “Read Keys” service action requests that the device server return a
parameter list that includes a header and a complete list of all of the
reservation keys currently registered with the device server. If multiple
initiators have registered with the same key, then the key is listed multiple
times, once for each registration. Refer to Figure 5-51 and Table 5-53 for
information about Read Keys parameter data.
A “Read Reservation” service action requests that the device server return a
parameter list that contains a header and a complete list of all persistent
reservations that are presently active in the device server and its extents.
Note that duplicate persistent reservations from the same initiator are not
reported. Refer to Figure 5-53 and Table 5-54 for information about Read
Reservations parameter data.
Allocation
Length
This field indicates how much space has been reserved for the returned
parameter list (Read Keys or Read Reservations parameters). The actual
length of the parameter data is indicated in the parameter data field for
those parameters.
If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire list of
parameters, the first portion of the list that does fit is returned. If it is
determined that the remainder of the list is required, the client should send
a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command with an Allocation Length
field large enough to contain the entire list of parameters.
5–114
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of Read Key data
parameters.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-3
Generation
(LSB)
(MSB)
4-7
Additional Length (n – 7)
(LSB)
(Reservation Key List Follows in Bytes 8 – n)
(MSB)
8 - 15
First Reservation Key
(LSB)
n–7
to
n
(MSB)
Last Reservation Key
(LSB)
Figure 5–51 Read Keys Parameters — Data Format
Table 5–53 Read Keys Parameters — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Generation
The value in this field is a 32-bit counter in the device server that is
incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command
requests a Register, Clear, Pre-empt, or Pre-empt and Clear operation. Note
that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the counter,
nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or
Release service action, or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command
that is not done due to an error or a reservation conflict. The value in the
Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on or reset processes.
The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines
the value to verify that the configuration of the initiators attached to a
logical unit has not been modified by another application client without
any notification of the application client doing the examination.
Additional
Length
This field contains the count of the number of bytes that are in the
Reservation Key list (bytes 8 – n). Note that this field contains the number of
bytes in the reservation key list regardless of the value prescribed by the
Allocation Length field in the command’s CDB.
Reservation Keys
Each of the Reservation Keys appear as items in a list as bytes 8 through n.
Each entry reflects an 8-byte reservation key registered with the device
server via the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT, Reserve, Pre-empt, Pre-empt
and Clear, or Register service actions. Each key can be examined by the
application client for correlation with a set of initiators and SCSI ports
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–115
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of Read
Reservations data parameters.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-3
Generation
(LSB)
(MSB)
4-7
Additional Length (n – 7)
(LSB)
(MSB)
8-n
Reservation Descriptors
(See Figure 5-53 / Table 5-55 for detail of a Descriptor Field)
(LSB)
Figure 5–52 Read Reservations Parameters — Data Format
Table 5–54 Read Reservations Parameters — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Generation
The value in this field is a 32-bit counter in the device server that is
incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command
requests a Register, Clear, Pre-empt, or Pre-empt and Clear operation. Note
that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the counter,
nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or
Release service action, or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command
that is not done due to an error or a reservation conflict. The value in the
Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on or reset processes.
The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines
the value to verify that the configuration of the initiators attached to a
logical unit has not been modified by another application client without
any notification of the application client doing the examination.
5–116
Additional
Length
This field contains the count of the number of bytes of Reservation
descriptors (bytes 8 – n). Note that this field contains the number of bytes
regardless of the value prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the
command’s CDB.
Reservations
Descriptors
One Reservation descriptor is reported for each unique persistent
reservation on the logical unit when the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
command has indicated a Read Reservations action. Figure 5-54 and Table
5-55 detail the contents of each Reservation Descriptors field.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of each Read
Reservations descriptor’s data fields.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-7
Reservation Key
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 - 11
Scope-Specific Address
(LSB)
12
Reserved
13
Scope
Type
(MSB)
14 - 15
Extent Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–53 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor —
Data Format
Table 5–55 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor — Field
Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Reservation Key
The Reservation key field contains an 8-byte value that identifies the
reservation key under which the persistent reservation is held.
Scope-Specific
Address
If the Scope field (Byte 13, bits 4 – 7) represents an “Extent” reservation, the
Scope-Specific Address field contains the logical block address (LBA) of the
first block of the extent and the Extent Length field (Bytes 14 – 15) contains
the number of blocks in the extent.
If the Scope field represents an “Element” reservation, the Scope-Specific
Address field contains the Element address, zero-filled in the most
significant bytes to fit the field and the Extent Length field is set to zero.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–117
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–55 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor — Field
Descriptions (continued)
Data Field
Description
Scope
The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to
an entire logical unit, to a part of the logical unit (defined as an extent), or
to an element.
The values for the Scope field are:
Type
5–118
Code
Name
Description
0h
LU
Logical Unit. Persistent reservation applies to the
full logical unit. The LU scope is therefore
implemented by all device servers that
implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
1h
Extent
Persistent reservation applies to the specified
extent. When Extent is the scope, it indicates
that the persistent reservation applies to the
extent of the logical unit defined by the ScopeSpecific Address and Extent Length fields in the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s
parameter list. Note that an extent is defined
only for devices defining contiguous logical
block addresses. The Extent scope is optional for
all device servers that implement PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT.
2h
Element
Persistent reservation applies to the specified
element. When Element is the scope, it indicates
that the persistent reservation applies to the
element of the logical unit defined by the ScopeSpecific Address field in the PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT parameter list. An element is
as defined by the SCSI-3 Medium Changer
Commands (SMC) standard. The Element scope
is optional for all device servers that implement
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
3h – Fh
Reserved
Reserved
The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the persistent
reservation being established for all data blocks within the extent or within
the logical unit. Refer to Table 5-56 for the applicable Type codes and their
meanings
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5-56 presents the definitions of the characters of the available “Type” values from the Type
field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations parameters.
Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations, for WRITE operations,
and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations (referred to as “Additional
Reservations Allowed” in the table).
Table 5–56 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings
Code
0h
Name
Description
READ Shared
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Prohibited; any command from any initiator that performs a
transfer from the initiator to the disk results in a reservation
conflict.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
1h
WRITE Exclusive
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations do not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the
initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a
transfer to the disk results in a reservation conflict
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
2h
READ Exclusive
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations do not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator
that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from
the disk results in a reservation conflict
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations do not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–119
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–56 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings (continued)
Code
3h
Name
Description
Exclusive Access
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator
holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the
disk results in a reservation conflict.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the
initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer
to the disk results in a reservation conflict.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
4h
Shared Access
Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service
action from any initiator other than the
initiator holding the persistent reservation
results in a reservation conflict. The initiator
that holds the persistent reservation can
reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements
as long as the persistent reservations do not
conflict with any reservations already
known to the device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Shared; ; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
5h
WRITE Exclusive,
Registrants Only
Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service
action from any initiator other than the
initiator holding the persistent reservation
results in a reservation conflict. The initiator
that holds the persistent reservation can
reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements
as long as the persistent reservations do not
conflict with any reservations already
known to the device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously
performed a Register service action with the device server that
attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation conflict
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations to not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
(continued)
5–120
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–56 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings (continued)
Code
6h
Name
Description
Exclusive
READS: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously
performed a Register service action with the device server that
attempts a transfer from the disk results in a reservation conflict.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously
performed a Register service action with the device server that
attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation conflict
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
Registrants Only
7h - Fh
Reserved
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations to not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
N/A
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–121
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5-57 represents graphically all possible combinations of Persistent
Reservations Being Attempted when Persistent Reservations are already held for
each of the types of persistent reservations.
Table 5-57 When Do Conflicts Between Existing Reservations and New Reservations Exist?
Persistent Reservation Already Held
READ
Shared
LU
EX
WRITE
Exclusive
LU
EX
READ
Exclusive
LU
EX
Exclusive
Access *
LU
EX
Shared
Access *
LU
EX
WRITE
Exclusive
RO
LU
EX
Exclusive
Access
RO
LU
EX
LU
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
EX
N
N
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
N
N
Y
O
Y
O
LU
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
EX
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
LU
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
EX
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
LU
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
EX
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
LU
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
EX
N
N
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
N
N
Y
O
Y
O
LU
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
N
N
N
N
Persistent
Reservation
Being
Attempted
READ
Shared
WRITE
Exclusive
READ
Exclusive
Exclusive
Access *
Shared
Access *
WRITE
Exclusive
RO
EX
LU
Exclusive
Access RO
EX
KEY:
5–122
LU = Logical Unit Scope
EX = Extent or Element Scope
RO = Registrants Only
* = Conflicts with all reservation requests
from other initiators.
N = No Conflict
Y = Conflict
O = Conflict occurs if extent or element overlaps with
existing extent or element reservation.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.19
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh)
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is a 10-byte command used to
reserve a logical unit or an extent within a logical unit for the exclusive or shared
use by an initiator. The command is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT
RESERVATION IN command; it is not used with the RESERVE and RELEASE
commands.
Persistent reservations conflict with reservations made via the RESERVE command.
Initiators that perform PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT actions are identified by
a reservation key assigned by the application client. The client may use the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command to identify which other initiators
within a system hold conflicting or invalid persistent reservations and use the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command to preempt those reservations if
necessary.
Note that since persistent reservations are not reset by the TARGET RESET task
management function or other global actions, they can be used to enact device
sharing among multiple initiators. The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT and
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands provide the means for resolving
contentions in multiple-initiator systems with multiple port target. By using the
reservation key to identify persistent reservations, it is possible to determine which
ports hold conflicting persistent reservations and to take over such reservations from
failing or “greedy” initiators.
The figure below illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command; the table that follows explains the data fields of the command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (5Fh)
1
Reserved
2
Service Action
Scope
3-6
Type
Reserved
(MSB)
7–8
Parameter List Length (18h)
(LSB)
9
Control
Figure 5–54 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Descriptor Block — Data
Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–123
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5–58 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Service Action
Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and
registrations may require enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical
unit.
Service action codes available are:
Code
Name
Description
00h
Register
Register a reservation key with the device
server
01h
Reserve
02h
03h
Release
Clear
04h
Pre-empt
05h
Pre-empt & Clear
Create a persistent reservation using a
reservation key
Release a persistent reservation
Clear all reservation keys and all persistent
reservations
Pre-empt persistent reservations from another
initiator
Pre-empt persistent reservations from another
initiator and clear the task set for the preempted initiator
06 – 1Fh Reserved
Reserved
Refer to Table 5-59 for detailed descriptions of each of the service action
codes.
(continued)
5–124
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5–58 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command — Field Descriptions
(continued)
Data Field
Description
Scope
The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to
an entire logical unit, to a part of the logical unit (defined as an extent), or
to an element.
The values for the Scope field are:
Code
Name
Description
0h
LU
Logical Unit. Persistent reservation applies to the
full logical unit. The LU scope is therefore
implemented by all device servers that
implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
1h
Extent
Persistent reservation applies to the specified
extent. When Extent is the scope, it indicates
that the persistent reservation applies to the
extent of the logical unit defined by the ScopeSpecific Address and Extent Length fields in the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s
parameter list. Note that an extent is defined
only for devices defining contiguous logical
block addresses. The Extent scope is optional for
all device servers that implement PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT.
2h
Element
Persistent reservation applies to the specified
element. When Element is the scope, it indicates
that the persistent reservation applies to the
element of the logical unit defined by the ScopeSpecific Address field in the PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT parameter list. An element is
as defined by the SCSI-3 Medium Changer
Commands (SMC) standard. The Element scope
is optional for all device servers that implement
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
3h – Fh
Reserved
Reserved
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–125
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5–58 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command — Field Descriptions
(continued)
Data Field
Description
Type
The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the persistent
reservation being established for all data blocks within the extent or within
the logical unit. Refer to Table 5-60 for the applicable Type codes and their
meanings
Parameter List
Length
Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT parameter list specify
the reservation keys and extent information required to perform a persistent
reservation service action.
The parameter list is 24 bytes in length; the Parameter List Length field
contains 24 (18h) bytes.
Table 5-59 provides detailed descriptions of each of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command’s seven possible service actions (Service Action codes appear in bits 0 –
4 of Byte 1).
Table 5–59 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service Action
Descriptions
Code
Name
Description
00h
Register
When the command executes a Register service action, it registers a
reservation key with a device server without generating a reservation. The
device server holds these reservation keys from each initiator that performs
a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Register service action
until the key is changed by a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command with Register service action from the same initiator, or until the
initiator registration is removed by:
• Powering down the logical unit, if the last Activate Persist Through
Power Loss (APTPL; see Figure 5-55 and Table 5-61) received by the
device server was 0;
• Performing a Clear service action;
• Performing a Pre-empt service action;
• Performing a Pre-empt and Clear service action; or
• Performing a Register service action from the same initiator with the
value of the service action reservation key set to 0.
When a reservation key has not yet been established or when the
reservation key has been removed, a reservation key of 0 is used when the
initiator performs a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT with the Register
service action. When the reservation has been removed, no information is
reported for the initiator in the Read Keys service action of the resulting
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command.
(continued)
5–126
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5–59 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service Action
Descriptions (continued)
Code
Name
Description
01h
Reserve
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Reserve service action
creates a persistent reservation with a specified Scope and Type.
Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation
from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command that specifies either a Pre-empt or Pre-empt and Clear
service action. New persistent reservations that do not conflict with an
existing persistent reservation execute normally. Persistent reservations of
logical units or extents having the same Type value are permitted if no
conflicting persistent reservations are held by another initiator. When these
types of overlapping reservations are released, each of the extent
reservations and logical unit reservations are removed with a separate
Release service action. Multiple identical reservations from the same
initiator are all released simultaneously via a single Release service action
that matches the reservations.
02h
Release
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Release service action
removes a persistent reservation held by the same initiator.
The fields associated with a Release service action match fields of the
active persistent reservation. Sending of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command that specifies a Release service action when no persistent
reservation exists from that initiator does not result in an error. Instead, the
device server returns a GOOD message without altering any other
reservation: the reservation key is not changed by the Release service
action.
The device server returns a CHECK CONDITION status for any PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT command that specifies the release of a persistent
reservation held by the requesting initiator that matches some but not all
of the Scope, Type, Reservation Key, and extent values. The sense key is set
to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data is set to INVALID RELEASE
OF ACTIVE PERSISTENT RESERVATION. Attempts to release persistent
reservations in which none of the Scope, Type, Reservation Key, and extent
values match an existing persistent reservation held by the initiator making
the request are not errors.
An active persistent reservation may also be released by:
•
Powering off. When the most recent APTPL value received by the
device server is 0, a power-off performs a hard reset, clears all
persistent reservations, and removes all registered reservation keys;
or
•
Executing a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command from another
initiator with a persistent reserve service action of Pre-empt or Preempt and Clear.
Note that a Release service action should not be performed if any
operations interlocked by the persistent reservation have not yet
completed.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–127
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5–59 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service Action
Descriptions (continued)
Code
Name
Description
03h
Clear
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Clear service
action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators. All reservation
keys are also removed. Any commands from any initiator that have been
accepted by the device server as non-conflicting continue their normal
executions.
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for all initiators for the cleared
logical unit. The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense
data is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED.
Note that applications should not use the Clear action service except
during recoveries associated with initiator or system reconfiguration, since
data integrity may be compromised.
04h
Pre-empt
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Pre-empt
service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have
been registered with the Service action Reservation key specified in the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list. A persistent
reservation is also established for the pre-empting initiator. Any
commands from any initiator that have been accepted by the device server
as non-conflicting continue their normal executions. If a PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT command is sent that specifies a Pre-empt service
action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the
Service action Reservation key, it is not an error condition.
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre-empted initiators.
The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to
RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED. Commands that follow are subject to the
persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre-empting initiator.
The persistent reservation thus created by the pre-empting initiator is
defined by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command and the corresponding fields of the command’s parameter list.
The registration keys for the pre-empted initiators are removed by the Preempt service action; the reservation key for an initiator that has performed
a Pre-empt service action with its own Reservation key specified in the
Service action Reservation key remains unchanged, although all other
specified releasing actions and reservation actions are performed.
Note that persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent
reservation from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT that specifies either the Pre-empt or the Pre-empt and
Clear service actions. New persistent reservations that do not conflict with
an existing persistent reservation execute normally. The persistent
reservation of a logical unit or extents having the same Type value are
permitted if no conflicting persistent reservations other than the
reservations being pre-empted are held by another initiator.
(continued)
5–128
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5–59 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service Action
Descriptions (continued)
Code
Name
Description
05h
Pre-empt &
Clear
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Pre-empt & Clear
service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have
been registered with the Service action Reservation key specified in the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list. It also
establishes a persistent reservation for the pre-empting initiator. Any
commands from the initiators being pre-empted are terminated as if an
ABORT TASK management function had been performed by the preempted initiator. If a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is sent that
specifies a Pre-empt & Clear service action and no persistent reservation
exists for the initiator identified by the Service action Reservation key, it is
not an error condition. If the key is registered, however, the Clear portion
of the action executes normally.
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre-empted initiators.
The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to
RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED. Commands that follow, and retries of
commands that timed out because there were cleared are subject to the
persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre-empting initiator.
The persistent reservation thus created by the pre-empting initiator is
defined by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command and the corresponding fields of the command’s parameter list.
The Pre-empt & Clear service action clears any ACA or CA condition
associated with the initiator that is pre-empted and clears any tasks with
an ACA attribute from that initiator.
Any Asynchronous Event Reporting operations in progress that were
initiated by the device server are unaffected by a Pre-empt and Clear
service action.
The reservation key for the other initiators pre-empted are removed by the
Pre-empt & Clear service action. The reservation key for an initiator that has
sent a Pre-empt & Clear action with its own reservation key specified in the
service action’s reservation key remains unchanged, although all other
specified clearing actions, releasing actions, and reservation actions are
performed.
Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation
from any initiator except via execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
that specifies either the Pre-empt or Pre-empt & Clear service action. New
persistent reservations not in conflict with an existing persistent
reservation execute normally. The persistent reservation of a logical unit or
extent that has the same Type value is permitted as long as no conflicting
persistent reservations other than the reservations being pre-empted are
permitted.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–129
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) (continued)
Table 5-60 presents the definitions of the characters of the available “Type” values from
the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations parameters.
Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations, for WRITE
operations, and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations (referred to
as “Additional Reservations Allowed” in the table).
Table 5–60 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings
Code
0h
Name
Description
READ Shared
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Prohibited; any command from any initiator that performs a
transfer from the initiator to the disk results in a reservation
conflict.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
1h
WRITE Exclusive
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations do not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the
initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a
transfer to the disk results in a reservation conflict
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
2h
READ Exclusive
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations do not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator
that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from
the disk results in a reservation conflict
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations do not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
(continued)
5–130
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–60 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings (continued)
Code
3h
Name
Description
Exclusive Access
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator
holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the
disk results in a reservation conflict.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the
initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer
to the disk results in a reservation conflict.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
4h
Shared Access
Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service
action from any initiator other than the
initiator holding the persistent reservation
results in a reservation conflict. The initiator
that holds the persistent reservation can
reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements
as long as the persistent reservations do not
conflict with any reservations already
known to the device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Shared; ; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
5h
Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service
action from any initiator other than the
initiator holding the persistent reservation
results in a reservation conflict. The initiator
that holds the persistent reservation can
reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements
as long as the persistent reservations do not
conflict with any reservations already
known to the device server.
WRITE Exclusive,
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute
commands that perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
Registrants Only
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously
performed a Register service action with the device server that
attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation conflict
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations to not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–131
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–60 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings (continued)
Code
6h
Name
Description
Exclusive
READS: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously
performed a Register service action with the device server that
attempts a transfer from the disk results in a reservation conflict.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously
performed a Register service action with the device server that
attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation conflict
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS:
Registrants Only
7h - Fh
Reserved
Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as
the persistent reservations to not conflict
with any reservations already known to the
device server.
N/A
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requires a parameter list, illustrated
in the following figure and defined in the following table. Each of the fields of the
parameter list are sent for every PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command, even if
the field is not required for the specific Service action and/or Scope values.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0–7
Reservation Key
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 – 15
Service Action Reservation Key
(LSB)
(MSB)
16 – 19
Scope-Specific Address
(LSB)
20
Reserved
21
APTPL
Reserved
(MSB)
22 – 23
Extent Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–55 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List — Data Format
5–132
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Eh) (continued)
Table 5–61 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List — Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Reservation Key
This field contains an 8-byte token that is provided by the application client
to the device server to identify which initiator is the source of the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command. The device server verifies that
the Reservation Key in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command
matches the Reservation Key that is registered for the initiator from which
the command is received. If there is no match, the device server returns a
RESERVATION CONFLICT status. The Reservation Key of the initiator is valid
for all Service action and Scope values.
Service Action
Reservation Key
This field contains information needed for 3 service actions: the Register
service action, the Pre-empt service action, and the Pre-empt & Clear service
action. The Service Action Reservation Key is ignored for all other service
actions.
For the Register service action, the Service Action Reservation Key field
contains the new Reservation Key to be registered.
For the Pre-empt and the Pre-empt & Clear service actions, the Service
Action Reservation Key contains the reservation key of the persistent
reservations that are being pre-empted. For the Pre-empt and the Pre-empt
& Clear actions, any failure of the Service Action Reservation Key to match
any registered keys results in the device server returning a RESERVATION
CONFLICT status.
Scope-Specific
Address
If the Scope is an Extent reservation, this field contains the Logical Block
Address of the extent and the Extent Length field (bytes 22 – 23) contain
the number of blocks in the extent.
If the Scope signifies an Element reservation, the Scope-Specific Address
field contains the Element Address, zero-filled in the most significant bytes
to fit the field; the Extent Length is set to 0.
If the Service action is Register or Clear, or if the Scope is a Logical Unit
reservation, both the Scope-Specific Address and Extent Length fields are
set to 0.
APTPL
Activate Persist Through Power Loss. This bit is valid only for Register service
actions; it is ignored for all other types of service actions.
Support for APTPL set to 1 is optional. If a device server that does not
support APTPL receives a 1 in that bit in a Register service action, it returns a
CHECK CONDITION status, with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and
additional sense data set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is 0, the loss of
power in the target releases any persistent reservations and removes all
reservation keys. If the last valid APTPL bit value is 1, the logical unit retains
all persistent reservations and all reservation keys for all initiators even if
power is lost and later returned. The most recently received valid APTPL
value from any initiator governs the logical unit’s behavior in the event of a
power loss.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–133
SCSI Description
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Eh) (continued)
The table below illustrates which fields are set by the application client and interpreted
by the device server for each Service and Scope value.
Table 5–62 Device Server Interpretation of Service and Scope Value
Parameters
Service Action
Allowed Scope
Type
Service Action
Register
Ignored
Ignored
Reservation Key
Valid
Reserve
Reserve
Reserved
LU
Extent
Element
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Extent Valid
Element Valid
Release
Release
Release
LU
Extent
Element
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Extent Valid
Element Valid
Clear
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Pre-empt
Pre-empt
Pre-empt
LU
Extent
Element
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Extent Valid
Element Valid
Pre-empt & Clear
Pre-empt & Clear
Pre-empt & Clear
LU
Extent
Element
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Extent Valid
Element Valid
5–134
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Element or
Element Parameters
Ignored
SCSI Description
5.20
READ (6) Command (08h)
The READ (6) command requests that data be transferred from the drive to the
initiator. The amount of data transferred is specified by the transfer length field. The
starting point is specified by the logical sector address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (08h)
1
Reserved
2-3
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (continued)
4
Transfer Length
5
Control
Figure 5–56 READ (6) Command – Data Format
Table 5–63 READ (6) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
Specifies the logical block address where the read operation will begin.
Transfer Length
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to transfer. A
transfer length of 0 indicates that 256 logical blocks will be transferred.
Any other value indicates the number of logical blocks that will be
transferred.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–135
SCSI Description
5–136
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.21
READ (10) Command (28h)
The READ (10) command requests that data be transferred from the drive to the
initiator. The amount of data transferred is specified by the transfer length field. The
starting point is specified by the logical sector address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (28h)
1
Reserved
2-5
DPO
FUA
Reserved
RelAdr
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Transfer Length
9
Control
Figure 5–57 READ (10) Command — Data Format
Table 5–64 READ (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPO
Disable Page Out. When the value is 0, the drive caches the data read,
using its normal Logical Read Unit policies.
When the value is 1, the drive assigns to logical blocks accessed by the
READ (10) command the lowest priority for being fetched into or
retained by the cache.
FUA
Force Unit Access. When the value is 0, the drive is allowed to satisfy the
read with cache-resident data.
A value of 1 indicates that the drive accesses the media in performing
the command before returning GOOD status.
RelAdr
Relative Addressing. The drive does not support relative addressing. Must
be 0.
Logical Block Address
Specifies the logical sector address where the read operation will begin.
Transfer Length
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to transfer. A
transfer length of 0 indicates that no logical blocks are to be transferred.
Any other value indicates the number of logical blocks to be transferred.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the correct sense data
if the specified transfer extends beyond the logical sector space.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–137
SCSI Description
5–138
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.22
READ BUFFER Command (3Ch)
The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER
command. It allows the initiator to gain access to the data storage areas within the
drive's controller. In particular, these two commands are used to check the integrity
of the buffer-initiator data path, independent of the media, typically for fault
isolation in the event of a failure. In addition, these commands can be used to verify
the caching policies of the drive controller or other kinds of diagnostic and
verification work.
Both the READ BUFFER and the WRITE BUFFER commands have a buffer ID and
a buffer offset data field defined in their Control Descriptor Block. In the Combined
Header and Data Mode, if both are set to 0, reference is made to a single 512-byte
buffer set aside in the drive controller's data memory (independent of cache). This
allows an initiator to verify the data path from the controller's data memory to the
initiator without affecting the drive's internal data caches.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
Operation Code (3Ch)
Reserved
Mode
Buffer ID
3-5
Buffer Offset
6-8
Allocation Length
9
Control
Figure 5–58 READ BUFFER Command — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–139
SCSI Description
READ BUFFER Command (3Ch) (continued)
Table 5–65 READ BUFFER Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Mode
Four modes are supported by the drive; Combined Header and Data,
Data Only, Descriptor Only, and Read Data from Echo Buffer. The
permissible values for Buffer ID, Buffer Offset, are as follows:
0000b
Combined Header and Data. – In this mode, data to be transferred is
preceded by a 4-byte header that contains the buffer capacity. The
resulting descriptor and data are transferred to the initiator during the
command’s data-in buffer transfer.
Buffer ID must be 0
Buffer Offset must be 0
Allocation length must be set to between 0 and 516 (4 bytes of header
and up to 512 bytes of data).
0010b
Data Only.– In this mode, the data-in buffer transfer contains data from
the controller’s memory.
Buffer ID. When non-zero, the value specifies a specific track line in
the controller’s cache. If Buffer ID of zero is specified, the buffer
referenced is the same as if a Buffer ID of one were specified.
Buffer Offset. When non-zero, the value of Buffer Offset can range
from 0 to one less than the number of sectors/track multiplied by 512.
This value must be either a zero or a multiple of 512.
Allocation Length Must be between zero and the maximum number
of sectors/track multiplied by 512.
0011b
Descriptor Only
When requesting a descriptor (a description of the buffer referenced in
the Buffer ID field), the resulting data is the offset boundary
requirements and the length of each buffer.
Buffer ID When non-zero, the value specifies a specific track line within
the controller’s cache. If Buffer ID of 0 is specified, the buffer referenced
is the same as if a Buffer ID of 1 were specified.
Buffer Offset Must be zero
Allocation Length Must be between 4 (header) and the maximum
number of sectors/track multiplied by 512 + header size.
1010b
Read Data from Echo Buffer
In this mode, the drive transfers data to the host from the echo buffer.
The echo buffer will transfer the same data as when the WRITE BUFFER
command with the mode field set to echo buffer was issued.
Buffer ID Ignored.
Buffer Offset Ignored.
5–140
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.23
READ CAPACITY Command (25h)
The READ CAPACITY command reports formatted capacity and track-boundary
information.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (25h)
1
Reserved
2-5
Logical Block Address
6-7
Reserved
8
Reserved
9
RelAdr
PMI
Control
Figure 5–59 READ CAPACITY Command — Data Format
Table 5–66 READ CAPACITY Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
RelAdr
Relative Addressing is not supported by the drive; the field must be 0.
Logical Block Address
Used in conjunction with the PMI bit. Must be 0 when the PMI bit is 0.
PMI
Partial Media Indicator. When the value in the field is 0, the Returned
Logical Block Address (Figure 5-60) is that of the last logical sector of the
logical unit.
When the value is 1, the Returned Logical Block Address is that of the last
sector on the same cylinder as the Logical Block Address supplied in the
Command Descriptor Block's LBA field. That is, the Returned Logical Block
Address is that of the Logical Block Address before a substantial delay in
data transfer will be encountered).
In either case, Block Length in Bytes (Figure 5-60) is the unit's logical
sector size, as determined by the Block Length field in the Mode
parameter Block Descriptor.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–141
SCSI Description
READ CAPACITY Command (25 h) (continued)
Figure 5-60 shows the READ CAPACITY Returned Data - Data Format that shall
be sent during the data-in buffer transfer for the command. Refer to the PMI
description in Table 5-66 for a description of these data fields.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0-3
Returned Logical Block Address
4-7
Block Length in Bytes
Figure 5–60 READ CAPACITY Returned Data — Data Format
5–142
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
5.24
READ DEFECT DATA Command (10) (37h)
The READ DEFECT DATA (10) command directs the drive to report defect
information about the drive’s medium. Refer to the FORMAT UNIT command for
information about defects. The data sent to the host in the command’s data-in buffer
transfer consists of a four-byte Defect List header (Figure 5-64), followed by any
Defect Descriptors (Figures 5-62 and 5-64).
The READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command Descriptor Block is shown in Figure 566; the data fields are described in Table 5-67.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (37h)
1
Reserved
2
Reserved
3-6
Plist
Glist
Defect List Format
Reserved
(MSB)
7-8
Allocation Length
(LSB)
9
Control
Figure 5–61 READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command — Data Format
Table 5–67
READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command — Field Description
Field
Description
PList
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Primary Defect
List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List. The
defects are returned in ascending order.
GList
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Grown Defect
List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List. The
defects are returned in order of occurance.
When both PList and GList are set to 1, the Primary Defect List and the
Grown Defect List are returned. The Plist is returned followed by the Glist
(the lists are not merged). When both are set to 0, only the Defect List
Header (Figure 5-64) is reported to the initiator.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–143
SCSI Description
READ DEFECT DATA Command (10) (37h) (continued)
Table 5–67 READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Defect List Format
This field specifies the format in which the defect descriptors are to be
returned. The supported formats are:
1
000b
Block Format (Figure 5-62).1
100b
Bytes from the Index (Figure 5-63). The data returned from
this mode does not include defects outside normal user
space.
101b
Physical Sector Format (Figure 5-63). Default format. The
defects returned from this mode do not include defects
outside normal user space.
110b
Vendor-Unique Format. This format is valid only for the READ
DEFECT DATA commands. The data returned from this mode
does not include defects outside normal user space. Note
that the vendor-unique format is proprietary in nature and
thus is not documented in this Product Manual.
All in-line spared blocks do not have an associated LBA, and, therefore, will not be seen in Logical
Block Format.
Figure 5–62 shows the Block Format returned when the Defect List Format is 000b.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-3
Defective Block Address
Figure 5–62 Defect Descriptor — Block Format
Figure 5-63 shows the Defective Bytes From Index Format when the Defect List
Format is 100b or the Physical Sector Format when the Defect List Format is 101b.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0-2
3
4-7
Cylinder Number of Defect
Head Number of Defect
Defective Bytes From Index / Defective Sector Number
Figure 5–63 Defect Descriptor — Bytes From Index Format, or
Physical Sector Format
5–144
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
READ DEFECT DATA Command (10) (37h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
1
Reserved
2-3
Plist
Glist
Defect List Format
Defect List Length
Figure 5–64 Defect List Header — Data Format
Table 5–68 Defect List Header — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
PList
Primary Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include
the Primary Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List.
GList
Grown Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include
the Grown Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List.
Defect List Format
This field indicates the format of the descriptors returned. If this differs from
the format requested in the Command Descriptor Block, a recovered error is
returned.
Defect List Length
This indicates the actual number of bytes that follow the defect list header.
The drive truncates the list if the allocation length is not sufficient to
accommodate the entire list (CHECK CONDITION status is not returned when
this happens). The initiator is responsible for comparing the defect list length
and the allocation length to ensure that a partial list was not received.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–145
SCSI Description
5–146
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.25
READ DEFECT DATA Command (12) (B7h)
The READ DEFECT DATA (12) command directs the drive to report defect
information about the drive’s medium. Refer to the FORMAT UNIT command for
information about defects. The data sent to the host in the command’s data-in buffer
transfer consists of a four-byte Defect List header (Figure 5-68), followed by any
Defect Descriptors (Figures 5-66 and 5-67).
The READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command Descriptor Block is shown in Figure 565; the data fields are described in Table 5-69.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (B7h)
1
Reserved
2-5
Plist
Glist
Defect List Format
Reserved
(MSB)
6-9
Allocation Length
(LSB)
10
Reserved
11
Control
Figure 5–65 READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command — Data Format
Table 5–69 READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command — Field Description
Field
Description
PList
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Primary Defect
List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List. The
defects are returned in ascending order.
GList
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Grown Defect
List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List. The
defects are returned in order of occurance.
When both PList and GList are set to 1, the Primary Defect List and the
Grown Defect List are returned. The Plist is returned followed by the Glist
(the lists are not merged). When both are set to 0, only the Defect List
Header (Figure 5-68) is reported to the initiator.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–147
SCSI Description
READ DEFECT DATA Command (12) (B7h) (continued)
Table 5–69 READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Defect List Format
This field specifies the format in which the defect descriptors are to be
returned. The supported formats are:
1
000b
Block Format (Figure 5-66).1
100b
Bytes from the Index (Figure 5-67). The data returned from
this mode does not include defects outside normal user
space.
101b
Physical Sector Format (Figure 5-67). Default format. The
defects returned from this mode do not include defects
outside normal user space.
110b
Vendor-Unique Format. This format is valid only for the READ
DEFECT DATA commands. The data returned from this mode
does not include defects outside normal user space. Note
that the vendor-unique format is proprietary in nature and
thus is not documented in this Product Manual.
All in-line spared blocks do not have an associated LBA, and, therefore, will not be seen in Logical
Block Format.
Figure 5–66 shows the Block Format returned when the Defect List Format is 000b.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-3
Defective Block Address
Figure 5–66 Defect Descriptor — Block Format
Figure 5-67 shows the Defective Bytes From Index Format when the Defect List
Format is 100b or the Physical Sector Format when the Defect List Format is 101b.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0-2
3
4-7
Cylinder Number of Defect
Head Number of Defect
Defective Bytes From Index / Defective Sector Number
Figure 5–67 Defect Descriptor — Bytes From Index Format, or
Physical Sector Format
5–148
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
READ DEFECT DATA Command (12) (B7h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
1
Reserved
Plist
Glist
2-3
Reserved
4-7
Defect List Length
Defect List Format
Figure 5–68 Defect List Header — Data Format
Table 5–70 Defect List Header — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
PList
Primary Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include
the Primary Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List.
GList
Grown Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include
the Grown Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List.
Defect List Format
This field indicates the format of the descriptors returned. If this differs from
the format requested in the Command Descriptor Block, a recovered error is
returned.
Defect List Length
This indicates the actual number of bytes that follow the defect list header.
The drive truncates the list if the allocation length is not sufficient to
accommodate the entire list (CHECK CONDITION status is not returned when
this happens). The initiator is responsible for comparing the defect list length
and the allocation length to ensure that a partial list was not received.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–149
SCSI Description
5–150
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.26
READ LONG Command (3Eh)
The READ LONG command is used in conjunction with the WRITE LONG
command to allow the initiator to issue raw reads and writes of physical data blocks,
but address them as logical blocks with an assumed sector length of 512 bytes.
These two commands are used to verify the correction capability of the drive’s ECC
and to create a known kind and location to verify the drive’s recovery and bad sector
handling policies.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Correct
RelAdr
Byte
0
Operation Code (3Eh)
1
Reserved
2-5
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Byte Transfer Length (562)
9
Control
Figure 5–69 READ LONG Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–71 READ LONG Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Correct
When the value in this field is 1, the drive corrects the data by the ECC
before transferring it to the initiator. When the value is 0, the drive does
not perform ECC correction on the data.
NOTE: This bit, not the DCR bit of the Read Recovery page, governs the
effect of error correction for the READ LONG command.
RelAdr
Relative addressing is not supported by the drive. This value must be 0.
Logical Block Address
Specifies the logical sector to read.
Byte Transfer Length
Must be 562. This value reflects the number of bytes spanned by the
ECC, including the ECC itself, rounded up to the next word
(this is easiest understood in bits: 4096 data bits + 1 force error bit +
15 Logical Block Address bits + 16 cross check bits + 2 pad bits + 360
ECC bits + 6 pad bits that are not written to media but are only needed
for transfer = 4496 bits or 562 bytes). Any other value in this field results
in a CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense data.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–151
SCSI Description
READ LONG Command (3Eh) (continued)
Figure 5–70 shows the format of the data that is returned during the READ LONG
Command's data-in buffer transfer. The returned data always consists of 512 bytes of
data, followed by a two LBA bytes, two EDC bytes, and 46 ECC-related bytes.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte
0511
Data (512 Bytes)
512 513
Logical Block Address Bits + Force Error Bit
514 515
EDC (8 Bits)
516 562
45 ECC Bits + 8 Pad Bits
Figure 5–70 READ LONG Command — Returned Data
5–152
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
0
SCSI Description
5.27
READ SKIP MASK Command (E8h)
The READ SKIP MASK command allows the initiator to condition the function of
the READ commands to allow only selected data to be transferred over the SCSI
interface. A READ SKIP MASK command preceeds a READ (10) command; the
READ (10) command must be linked to the READ SKIP MASK command or the
skip mask is lost and a CHECK CONDITION status is returned.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (E8h)
1
Reserved
(MSB)
2-5
Logical Block Address
(LSB)
6
Skip Mask Length
(MSB)
7-8
Transfer Length
(LSB)
9
VU
Reserved
Flag
Link
Figure 5–71 READ SKIP MASK Command — Data Format
Table 5–72 READ SKIP MASK Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
This field specifies the first logical block of the corresponding READ (10)
COMMAND. This allows a SEEK to begin immediately. The LBA of the
following READ (10) command must the same as the LBA of the READ
SKIP MASK command.
Skip Mask Length
This field indicates the length in bytes of the skip mask. The mask is up to
2048 bits, giving a data address capability of 1 MB in 512-byte block
length. The mask consists of a sequence of bits where a “1” bit is for the
blocks of data to be transferred, and a “0” for the blocks of data that are
to be skipped. The first “1” bit of the mask corresponds to the first LBA to
be transferred. Any unused bits at the end of the last byte in the mask
must be set to 0. The mask is transferred in the data-out buffer transfer of
the skip mask command.
Transfer Length
This field must be equal to the transfer length in the linked READ (10)
command. The transfer length field must be equal to the number of “1”
bits in the skip mask. If a READ (10) is used with 0 as the transfer length, a
transfer length of 256 data blocks is implied.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–153
SCSI Description
5–154
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.28
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command (07h)
The REASSIGN BLOCKS Command reassigns one or more logical blocks to a spare
location(s) set aside for this purpose and records the reassignments in the Grown
Defect List.
No command-specific Control Descriptor Block fields affect the processing performed
for this command.
The list of Logical Block Addresses to reassign is supplied in the REASSIGN
BLOCKS Defect List passed in the command's data-out buffer transfer. The Defect
List consists of a Defect List Header (Figure 5–73) followed by zero or more Defect
Descriptors (Figure 5-74). Table 5–73 contains the field description for the Defect
List Header. If multiple Logical Block Addresses are specified, they are listed in
ascending order.
The REASSIGN BLOCKS Command Descriptor Block is shown in Figure 5-72.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (07h)
1-4
Reserved
5
Control
Figure 5–72 REASSIGN BLOCKS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-1
Reserved
2-3
Defect List Length
Figure 5–73 REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header — Data Format
Table 5–73 REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header — Field Description
Field
Description
Defect List Length
The contents of this field indirectly indicates the number of defective
Logical Block Addresses passed in the Defect List. The value must be four
times the number of Defect Descriptors supplied. Zero (0) is a valid value
and makes the command a NOP.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–155
SCSI Description
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command (07h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0-3
Defect Logical Block Address
Figure 5–74 REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect Descriptor — Data Format
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status if it cannot complete the
command. If this happens because the drive ran out of spare sectors, the drive sets
the sense key to MEDIUM ERROR and the additional sense code to NO DEFECT
SPARE LOCATION AVAILABLE. The sense key and additional sense key are set
appropriately for any other cause. The Logical Block Address of the first defect
descriptor not reassigned is returned in the command-specific information field of the
sense data. If all defects were reassigned, but some other error occurred, then
FFFFFFFFh is posted in the command-specific field.
5–156
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.29
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch)
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command fetches the results of the last
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent to the drive. The drives support the diagnostic
pages listed in Table 5-74.
Table 5–74 Diagnostic Pages Supported by The Drives
Page Code
Description
Size In Bytes
00h
Supported Diagnostic Pages
6
40h
Translate Address Page (SEND DIAG)
14
40h
Translate Address Page (RECEIVE DIAG)
14 or more
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block is shown in
Figure 5-75; the data fields are described in Table 5-75.
To receive one or both of the two diagnostic pages that are available, the initiator
first sends the desired page code(s) to the drive using a SEND DIAGNOSTICS
command. The SEND DIAGNOSTICS command tells the drive which page it should
return in response to the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command. The
page specified in the most recent SEND DIAGNOSTICS command is always the
page returned in response to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (1Ch)
1
Reserved
PCV
2
Page Code Value
3-4
Allocation Length
5
Reserved
Control
Figure 5–75 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block
— Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–157
SCSI Description
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch)
Table 5-75 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block— Field
Descriptions
5–158
Field
Description
Allocation Length
Specifies the number of bytes of diagnostic-page results the drive is
allowed to send to the initiator. A CHECK CONDITION is not returned if
this value truncates the information available.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch) (continued)
5.29.1 Supported Diagnostics Pages Page (00h)
Figure 5-76 shows the format of the Supported Diagnostics Pages page.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (00h)
1
Reserved
2-3
Page Length (0002h)
4
Supported Diagnostics Pages Page (00h)
5
Translate Address Page (40h)
Figure 5–76 Supported Diagnostics Pages Page — Data Format
To obtain the Supported Diagnostics Pages list, the initiator must:
1.
Send a Supported Diagnostics Page to the drive with a SEND DIAGNOSTICS
command (the Page Length in the Supported Diagnostics page must be 0).
2.
Send a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command to the drive. The listing of
Supported Diagnostic Pages is returned by the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–159
SCSI Description
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch) (continued)
5.29.2 Translate Address Page (40h)
The Translate Address Page allows the initiator to translate a logical sector address,
physical address, or physical bytes for an index address into any one of the other
formats. The address to be translated is passed to the drive with the SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command, and the results are returned to the initiator by the
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.
Figure 5-77 shows the format of the Translate Address Page that is returned in
response to a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command, and Table 5-76
contains a description of the data fields. Multiple translated addresses are returned if
the logical sector size is greater than 512 bytes (more than one physical data sector).
5–160
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (40h)
1
Reserved
Page Length (2 + (8 x n))
(where n = number of sectors / LBA)
2-3
4
5
6-8
9
10 - 13
Reserved
RAREA
ALTSEC
ALTTRK
Supplied Format =
000b (LBA)
Reserved
Translate Format =
101b (Physical Sector)
Translated Address (Cylinder Number)1
Translated Address (Head Number)1
Translated Address (Sector Number or Bytes From Index)1
•
•
•
•
•
•
yy+
2
Translated Address (Cylinder Number)
Where y = ((n-1) x 8) + 6
y+
3
Translated Address (Head Number)
y+
4
y+
7
Translated Address (Sector Number or Bytes From Index)
NOTE: Bytes 6 through 13: One set of these bytes is required for each sector per Logical Block
Address.
Figure 5–77 Translate Address Page — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–161
SCSI Description
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch) (continued)
Table 5–76 Translate Address Page — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Supplied Format
The Supplied Format field specifies the format of the following Translate
Address field. Must be 000b, which specifies the LBA format.
RAREA
Reserved Area is not used. Must be 0.
ALTSEC
An Alternate Sector bit of 1 indicates that the translated address from the
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is physically located in an alternate sector
on the disk.
When ALTSEC is 0, it indicates either that no part of the translated
address is located in an alternate sector of the medium or that the drive
is unable to determine this information.
ALTTRK
An Alternate Track bit of 1 indicates either that part or all of the
translated address is located on an alternate track of the medium or, the
drive cannot determine if all or part of the translated address is located
on an alternate track.
When ALTTRK is 0, it indicates that no part of the translated address is
located on an alternate track of the medium
Translate Format
5–162
The Translate Format field specifies the format into which the initiator
wants the address translated. The value must be 101b, specifying the
Physical Sector format.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.30
RELEASE (6) Command (17h)
The RELEASE and the RESERVE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RELEASE command is used to release a previously
reserved logical unit. The drive will not return an error if the initiator attempts to
release a reservation that is not currently valid.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (17h)
1
Reserved
2
3rdPty
Third Party Device ID
Extent
Reservation Identification
3-4
Reserved
5
Control
Figure 5–78 RELEASE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–77 RELEASE (6) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3rdPty
Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that
was previously reserved. If the value in this field is 0, third party
release is not requested.
When the value is 1, the drive releases the specified logical unit, but
only if the reservation was made by the initiator using a third-party
reservation that requested the release for the same SCSI device as
specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
Third Party Device ID
Required if the 3rdPty bit is 1. This field specifies the SCSI ID (0
through 7 only) of the initiator whose third party reservation is
being released. (This field must be set if the initiator of the original
third party RESERVE is the source of the RELEASE.)
Extent
The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units. The
value must be 0.
Reservation Identification
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
NOTE:
Assuming that the RELEASE Command Descriptor Block is valid, the drive always returns a
GOOD status for this command. An actual release only happens if the initiator has the unit
reserved for itself or a third-party initiator.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–163
SCSI Description
5–164
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.31
RELEASE (10) Command (57h)
The RELEASE and the RESERVE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RELEASE (10) command is used to release a
previously reserved logical unit. The drive will not return an error if the initiator
attempts to release a reservation that is not currently valid.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LongID
Extent
Byte
0
Operation Code (57h)
1
Reserved
3rdPty
Reserved
2
Reservation Identification
3
Third Party Device ID
4-6
Reserved
(MSB)
7-8
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
9
Control
Figure 5–79 RELEASE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–165
SCSI Description
RELEASE (10) Command (57h) (continued)
Table 5–78 RELEASE (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3rdPty
Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that
was previously reserved. If the value in this field is 0, third party
release is not requested. If 3rdPty = 1, then the device server shall
release the specified logical unit, but only if the initiator ID, 3rdPty
bit, and third party device ID are identical when compared to the
RESERVE command that established the reservation.
LongID
If the Long ID bit is set to 1, the Parameter List Length is 8 and the
eight bytes of the parameter list carry the device ID of the third party
device; the contents of the Third Party Device ID in the CDB (byte 3)
are ignored.
Third Party Device ID
If the Third Party Device ID value that is connected with the
reservation release is smaller than 255, the LongID bit may be 0 and
the ID value sent in the CDB. If LongID bit = 0, the Parameter List
Length field also = 0. If the Third Party Device ID value is greater
than 255, LongID = 1.
Device servers that support device IDs greater than 255 will accept
commands with LongID = 1; device servers that do not support IDs
greater than 255 may reject commands with LongID set = 1. Device
ID formats are protocol-specific.
Parameter List Length
The contents of this field specify the length, in bytes, of the
parameter list that will be transferred from the initiator to the target.
Extent
The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units. The
value must be 0.
Reservation Identification
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
NOTE:
5–166
Assuming that the RELEASE Command Descriptor Block is valid, the drive always returns a
GOOD status for this command. An actual release only happens if the initiator has the unit
reserved for itself or a third-party initiator.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.32
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A3h)
The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command requests that the device server send
device identification to the application client
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (A3h)
1
Reserved
Service Action (05h)
2–5
Reserved
(MSB)
6–9
Allocation Length
(LSB)
10
Reserved
11
Control
Figure 5–80 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–79 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block—Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Service Action
Must = 05h. Any other value forces Check Condition, Illegal
Request.
Allocation Length
If the length is not sufficient to contain all of the parameter data,
the first portion of the data is returned, and this is not considered
to be an error. The actual length of the parameter data is
available in the Identifier Length field in the parameter data. If the
remainder of the parameter data is required, the application
client must send a new REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command
with an Allocation Length field large enough to contain all of the
data.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–167
SCSI Description
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A3h) (continued)
The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command’s parameter list contains a 4-byte
field that provides the length, in bytes, of the parameter list and the logical unit’s
identifier.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0–3
Identifier Length (n – 4)
(LSB)
4–n
Identifier
Figure 5–81 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List — Data Format
Table 5–80 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List — Field Descriptions
5–168
Field
Description
Identifier Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Identifier field. If
the Allocation Length field in the CDB is insufficient in size to
transfer all of the Identifier, the length is not adjusted to reflect
any truncation of information. The Identifier is initially set = 0,
and is changed only by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
command.
Identifier
The value reported in this field is a vendor-specific value and is
the last value written by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
command. The value of the Identifier is changed only by a
successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command. The Identifier value
persists through device resets, power cycles, and formatting of
media.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.33
REPORT LUNS Command (A0h)
The REPORT LUNS command requests that the peripheral device logical unit
numbers of known logical units in the target disk be sent to the applications client.
The command only returns information about the logical units to which commands
may be sent.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (A0h)
1-5
Reserved
(MSB)
6–9
Allocation Length
(LSB)
10
Reserved
11
Control
Figure 5–82 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–81 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block—Field Description
Field
Description
Allocation Length
If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the logical unit number
values for all configured logical units, the device server still reports as many
logical number values as will fit in the Allocation Length.
The format of the report of configured logical units is shown in Figure 583.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–169
SCSI Description
REPORT LUNS Command (0Ah) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-3
LUN List Length (n – 7)
(LSB)
4-7
Reserved
(MSB)
8 - 15
LUN (first LUN)
(LSB)
•
•
•
•
•
•
n-7 –
n
LUN (last LUN, if more than one)
Figure 5–83 LUN Reporting Parameter List — Data Format
The LUN List Length field contains the length in bytes of the LUN list that can be
transferred. The LUN list length equals the number of logical unit numbers reported
multiplied by eight. If the allocation length in the CDB is too small to allow transfer
of information about all of the logical units configured, the LUN list length value is
not adjusted to reflect the truncation.
5–170
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.34
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h)
The REQUEST SENSE command causes the drive to transfer detailed sense data to
the initiator. The drive maintains sense data on an individual initiator basis.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (03h)
1-3
Reserved
4
Allocation Length
5
Control
Figure 5–84 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–82 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block—Field Description
Field
Description
Allocation Length
The drives can return a maximum of 18 bytes of sense data. The initiator
should set this field to the maximum value to receive all the sense data.
5.34.1 Sense Data Availability
Sense data is available if the initiator is responsible for an in-progress FORMAT
UNIT command (Format Progress Indication is available in the Format Progress
Indication Bytes).
The drive returns a sense key of NO SENSE and an additional sense code of NO
ADDITIONAL SENSE INFORMATION if it has no sense data available for the
initiator.
For Parallel SCSI disk drives, sense data is available if the previous command from
the initiator terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status, or if the previous
command from the initiator ended with an unexpected BUS FREE error.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–171
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
5.34.2 Clearing Sense Data
Sense data is cleared from the drive's memory by one of the following conditions:
•
After being returned from a REQUEST SENSE command.
•
As soon as any other command is received from the initiator except INQUIRY.
5.34.3 Status Reporting
The drive returns CHECK CONDITION status for a REQUEST SENSE command
only to report errors specific to the command when:
•
A non-zero reserved bit is detected in the Command Descriptor Block.
•
A drive malfunction prevents return of the sense data.
For Parallel SCSI disk drives, the drive also returns CHECK CONDITION status for
a REQUEST SENSE command to report errors specific to the command when an
unrecovered parity error is detected on the data bus.
Note that any of the previous conditions overwrites the current sense data with the
sense data describing the error encountered by the REQUEST SENSE command
(that is, for the condition stated in the first bulleted entry, the new sense data
reflects that a non-zero reserved bit was detected in the Command Descriptor Block).
The drive returns a maximum of 18 bytes of sense data. The initiator should set the
Allocation Length field in the Command Descriptor Block to 18 to receive all sense
data. If the Allocation Length is set to 0, four bytes of data will be returned (this
option maintains compatibility with SCSI-1 systems).
5.34.4 Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h and Error Code 71h
The sense data format for error code 70h (current error) and error code 71h (deferred
error) is shown in Figure 5-85; the data fields are defined in Table 5-83.
5–172
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Valid
Error Code (70h or 71h)
1
Segment Number = 00h
2
FileMrk
=0
3-6
EOM
=0
ILI
Rsvd
Sense Key
Information
7
Additional Sense Length = 0Ah
8 - 11
Command-Specific Information
12
Additional Sense Code
13
Additional Sense Code Qualifier
14
Field Replaceable Unit Code
15
SKSV
16 - 17
Sense-Key Specific
Sense-Key Specific (continued)
Figure 5–85 Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h or 71h — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–173
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–83 Sense Data Fields (Error Code 70h) — Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
Valid
The Valid bit, when set to 1, indicates that the Information field contains
valid information, as defined below. When set to 0, it indicates that the
contents of the Information field are not as defined below.
Error Code
Either 70h, indicating that current errors are to be reported, or 71h,
indicating deferred errors are to be reported.
Segment Number
This feature is not supported and will return a zero value.
FileMrk
The File Mark field is reserved for sequential access devices.
This field will return a zero value.
EOM
The End-of-Medium field is reserved for sequential access and printer
devices. This field will return a zero value.
ILI
Incorrect Length Indicator. When this bit is set to 1, it indicates that the
requested logical sector length did not match the logical sector length of
the data on the media. This field is only set for incorrect byte transfer
lengths on a READ LONG and WRITE LONG command descriptor block.
Sense Key
The sense key, additional sense code, and additional sense code qualifier
provide a hierarchy of information. The sense key provides the highest
level of information about error and exception conditions. The additional
sense code and qualifier provided more detailed information.
The sense keys supported by the drive are described in Table 5–84.
Information
The Information field contains the following device-type or commandspecific information:
1) The unsigned logical sector address associated with the sense key.
2) The difference between the requested length and the actual length in
either bytes or sectors, as determined by the command. This
difference is called the residue.
3) A description of each of the drive's supported commands definition
for this field is contained in Table 5–85.
Additional Sense
Length
The Additional Sense Length field indicates the number of addition
sense bytes that can follow. If the Allocation Block Length specified in
the Command Descriptor Block is too small to transfer all of the
additional sense bytes, the Additional Sense Length byte value is not
adjusted to reflect the truncation.
Command-Specific
Information
The Command-Specific Information field is valid only for Sense Data
for a failed REASSIGN BLOCKS command. It contains either the Logical
Block Address of the first defect descriptor not reassigned or, if all the
defect descriptors were reassigned, FFFFFFFFh.
Additional Sense Code
The Additional Sense Code field indicates further information related to
the error or exception condition reported in the sense key. If the drive
does not have further related information, the additional sense key is set
to NO ADDITIONAL SENSE INFORMATION. See Table 5−86.
The Additional Sense Code Qualifier field indicates detailed
information related to the additional sense code. If the drive does not
have detailed information, the field is set to 0.
(continued)
Additional Sense Code
Qualifier
5–174
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–83 Sense Data Fields (Error Code 70h) — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Definition
Field Replaceable Unit
The Field Replaceable Unit Code specifies a unit that has failed:
Code
1
2
3
FRU
Host
Hard Disk Assembly (HDA)
Printed Circuit Board Assmbly (PCBA)
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid bit. This bit is 1 for all sense keys listed in Table
5–84 (exception: NOT READY and UNIT ATTENTION/RPL Status Change).
The SKSV bit and Sense-Key Specific bytes may be 0 when the sense key
is NOT READY.
Sense-Key Specific
The contents of the Sense-Key Specific field are unique to each sense
key. Table 5–85 summarizes the sense keys for which the drive supplies
sense-key specific information. (See SKSV.)
Table 5–84 Supported Sense Keys
Sense Key
Code
Description
NO SENSE
0h
There is no specific sense key information to be reported for
the designated logical unit. This is the case for a successful
command or a command that received CHECK CONDITION or
COMMAND TERMINATED status because one of the
following bits is set to 1: File Mark, EOM, or ILI.
RECOVERED ERROR
1h
The last command completed successfully with some
recovery action performed by the drive. Details may be
contained in the additional sense bytes and the Information
field. When multiple recovered errors occur during one
command, the choice of which error to report (first, last,
most severe, etc.) is device specific.
NOT READY
2h
The logical unit cannot be accessed. Operator intervention
may be required to correct this condition.
MEDIUM ERROR
3h
The command terminated with a non-recovered error
condition that was probably caused by a flaw in the medium
or an error in the recorded data. This sense key can also be
returned if the drive is unable to distinguish between a flaw
in the medium and a specific hardware failure (Sense Key
4h).
HARDWARE ERROR
4h
The drive detected a non-recoverable hardware failure while
performing the command or during a self-test. The error type
could be controller failure, device failure, etc.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–175
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–84 Supported Sense Keys (continued)
Sense Key
Code
Description
ILLEGAL REQUEST
5h
The drive detected an illegal parameter in the Command
Descriptor Block or in the additional parameters supplied as
data for some commands. If the drive detects an invalid
parameter in the Command Descriptor Block, it terminates
the program without altering the medium. If the drive
detects an invalid parameter in the additional parameters
supplied as data, the drive may have already altered the
medium. This sense key may also indicate that an invalid
IDENTITY message was received.
UNIT ATTENTION
6h
The drive generates this sense key whenever the drive is reset
by a TARGET RESET message, a hard reset condition, or by a
power-on reset. Other conditions that generate a UNIT
ATTENTION include:
• The mode parameters in effect for this initiator have been
changed by another initiator.
• The microcode has been changed.
• Tagged commands queued for this initiator were cleared
by another initiator.
• INQUIRY data has been changed.
• The mode parameters in effect for the initiator have been
restored from non-volatile memory.
• Other events that require the attention of the initiator.
5–176
DATA PROTECT
7h
A Read or Write command was attempted on a sector that is
protected for this operation. The requested operation was not
performed.
VENDOR SPECIFIC
9h
This sense key is used to report specific Quantum conditions.
ABORTED COMMAND
Bh
The drive aborted the command. The initiator may be able to
reissue the command successfully.
MISCOMPARE
Eh
The source data did not match the data read from the
medium (i.e., a mismatch).
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–85 Sense Key Information Field Contents
Command
Sense Key
Field Contents
FORMAT UNIT
RECOVERED ERROR
The address of the first bad sector
encountered during the format operation.
This sector, and all other bad sectors found
during a format operation, are
automatically reallocated by the drive.
ILLEGAL REQUEST
The first illegal defect descriptor
encountered in the Defect Descriptor List.
READ(6)(10)
RECOVERED/MEDIUM ERROR
The address of the first bad sector found
during the read (possible only when
PER=1, DTE=0, and DCR=0.). For a
RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logical Block
Address in the error is returned; for a
MEDIUM ERROR the first Logical Block
Address is returned.
READ LONG
RECOVERED/MEDIUM ERROR
READ(6)(10) error recovery qualifiers apply.
The information field echoes this
command's Logical Block Address field.
ILLEGAL REQUEST
The transfer length residue (requested,
minus correct length) if the transfer length
is wrong. Note: ILI will be set.
HARDWARE ERROR
The address of the first logical sector is not
reassigned (the drive ran out of spare
sectors).
ILLEGAL REQUEST
The first illegal defect descriptor
encountered in the Defect Descriptor List.
SEEK(6)(10)
ILLEGAL REQUEST
The first invalid sector address detected by
the command.
VERIFY
RECOVERED/MEDIUM ERROR
WRITE(6)(10) error recovery qualifiers
apply. Contains the Logical Block Address
that may have failed the write or verify
(compare) operation. For a RECOVERED
ERROR, the last Logical Block Address in
the error is returned; for a MEDIUM ERROR
the first Logical Block Address is returned.
REASSIGN BLOCKS
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–177
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–85 Sense Key Information Field Contents (continued)
5–178
Command
Sense Key
Field Contents
WRITE(6)(10)
RECOVERED/MEDIUM ERROR
The address of the first bad sector found
during the write. (Possible only when
PER=1, DTE=0, and DCR=0.) For a
RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logical Block
Address in the error is returned; for a
MEDIUM ERROR the first Logical Block
Address is returned.
WRITE AND VERIFY
RECOVERED/MEDIUM ERROR
WRITE(6)(10) error recovery qualifiers
apply. This field contains the Logical Block
Address that may have failed the write or
verify (compare) operation. For a
RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logical Block
Address in the error is returned; for a
MEDIUM ERROR the first Logical Block
Address is returned.
WRITE LONG
RECOVERED/MEDIUM ERROR
Write (10) error recovery qualifiers apply.
The information field echoes the WRITE
LONG command’s Logical Block Address.
ILLEGAL REQUEST
The transfer length residue (requested
minus correct length) if the transfer length
is wrong. Note: ILI will be set.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (in Hex)
Sense Key
00h NO SENSE
01h RECOVERED ERROR
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
00
00
No Specific Sense Key Information to be
Reported for Designated Logical Unit
0B
01
SMART Overtemperature Trip
5D
00
SMART Tripped
5D
01
SMART Triggered due to READ or WRITE
TA Factor
5D
02
SMART Triggered due to READ or WRITE
Error Factor
5D
0B
Spin Failure Retry Threshold Exceeded
5D
FF
SMART Test Trip
5E
00
Power Management Enabled
5E
01
Power Management Enabled, Drive is in
IDLE Sub-State (Idle Timer Timed Out)
5E
02
Power Management Enabled, Drive is in
STANDBY Sub-State (Standby Timer Timed
Out)
5E
03
Power Management State = “Sleep”
02
00
No Seek Complete
03
00
Write Fault, Recovered
03
01
Pre-Amp WRITE Unsafe, Recovered
09
00
Track Following Error, Recovered
0B
01
SMART Overtemperature Trip
0C
00
Write Error, Recovered
0C
01
Write Error, Recovered with Auto
Reallocation
15
02
Positioning Error Detected by Read of
Medium
15
03
Positioning Error Detected by Read,
Recovered
15
04
Servo Write Not OK Assertion, Recovered
15
05
Servo Read Not OK Assertion, Recovered
15
06
Spoke Address Error, Recovered
15
80
Positioning Error Detected by READ on
WRITE: Recovered
15
81
Servo WRITE Not OK Assertion: Recovered
15
82
Servo READ Not OK Assertion: Recovered
16
00
Data Synchronization Mark Error
16
05
Spoke Synchronization Mark Error,
Recovered
16
83
Spoke Synchronization Mark Error,
Recovered
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–179
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (in Hex)
(continued)
Sense Key
01h RECOVERED ERROR
(continued)
02h NOT READY
5–180
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
17
00
Recovered Data, No Error Correction
Applied
17
01
Recovered Data With Retries
17
AF
Recovered Data with ECC On-the-Fly
18
00
ECC Error
18
02
Recovered Data, Data Auto Reallocated
18
05
Recovered Data, Recommend
Reassignment
1C
00
Defect List Not Found
40
86
Controller FIFO Over/Underflow Error,
Recovered
40
8C
LBA Mismatch Error, Recovered
41
86
Required H/W Process Did Not Complete,
Recovered
42
00
Power On or Self Test Failed
5D
00
SMART Tripped
5D
01
TA Error Rate Threshold Exceeded
5D
02
READ or WRITE Error Rate Thresh Exceded
5D
0B
Spin Failure Retry Threshold Exceeded
5D
FF
Test Trip
80
10
Block Slow PLL Error, Recovered
80
11
Split Slow PLL Error, Recovered
80
12
Block State Machine Disabled, Recovered
82
20
Motor Speed Error, Recovered
04
00
Drive Not Ready
04
01
Logical Unit is in the Process of Becoming
Ready
04
02
Logical Unit is Not Ready, Initializing
Command Required
04
04
Logical Unit Is Not Ready, Format In
Progress
04
80
FileSystem Boot Area Unreadable at POR
04
81
Drive Not Ready, Servo Error (See Info
Block)
04
82
Failure to Read Sector Descriptor File
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (in Hex)
(continued)
Sense Key
02h NOT READY (continued)
03h MEDIA ERROR
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
04
83
Error Reading Diskware File
04
84
Diskware Not Loaded Yet – Issue Start
CMD
04
85
Code Jumped to Dead Vector
04
86
Drive Not Ready, Configuration Page
8/HDA Mismatched
04
88
Error Reading Config Page File
04
91
Drive Not Ready, Self Scan is Running
19
00
Defect List in Error
19
01
Drive Not Ready, Unknown Defect List
19
03
Defect List Error in Grown List
31
00
Drive Not Ready, Format Corrupted
31
01
FORMAT UNIT Command Failed
40
80
Diagnostics Failure, Unknown Reason
40
81
Diagnostics Failure, RAM Failure
40
82
Diagnostics Failure, Inconsistent Data
40
83
Diagnostics Failure, HDA Diagnostic
40
84
Diagnostics Failure, PCB Diagnostic
40
85
Error Detection Code (EDC) Error
40
86
DMA Overrun Error
40
99
ROM and Resident Code are Incompatible
02
00
No Seek Complete
03
01
Pre-Amp Write Unsafe
03
84
Diag: Write Fault
0C
00
Write Error
0C
02
Write Error, Auto Reallocation Failed
0C
03
Write Error, Recommend Reassignment
11
00
Unrecovered Read Error
11
04
Unrecovered Read Error, Auto
Reallocation Failed
11
0B
Unrecovered Read Error, Recommend
Reassignment
11
81
System File Has Checksum Error
11
84
Error Reading Diskware Vector Table File
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–181
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (continued)
Sense Key
03h MEDIA ERROR
(continued)
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
15
00
Positioning Error Detected by Drive, Check
UPT
15
02
Positioning Error Detected by Read of
Medium
15
80
Positioning Error Detected by Write of
Medium
15
81
Servo Write Not OK
15
82
Servo Read Not OK
15
83
Spoke Address Error
16
00
Data Synchronization Mark Error
16
83
Spoke Synchronization Mark Error
18
00
Recoverable ECC Error
19
00
Defect List in Error
19
01
Defect List Error, Unknown Format
19
03
Defect List Error in Grown List
19
80
Replacement Block Bad
19
81
Found Two Bad RBNs
27
00
Grown List Error or Incomplete
Replacement, Unit Write Protected
30
01
Cannot Read Medium, Unknown Format
31
00
Medium Format Corrupted
31
01
FORMAT Command Failure
32
00
No Defect Spare Location Available
32
01
Defect List Update Failure
41
86
Required H/W Process Did Not Complete
44
80
Error Writing FileSystem (neg cyl) File
44
81
Error Reading FileSystem (neg cyl) File
80
00
Forced Error
80
10
80
11
Split Slow PLL Error
80
12
Block State Machine Disabled Error
82
20
Motor Speed Error
(continued)
5–182
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (continued)
Sense Key
04h HARDWARE ERROR
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
00
00
No Additional Sense Information
02
00
Could Not Complete SEEK
03
00
Write Fault
03
84
Diagnostics Failed, Unit is Write Protected
06
80
PES Calibration Results Are Bad
06
81
BIAS Calibration Results Are Bad
06
82
GAMMA Calibration Results Are Bad
06
83
Recalibration Record Timeout
06
84
Seek Fail During Feedforward Scal
Calibration
06
85
Initial Track Grab Failed
06
86
Seek Failure During Bias Calibration
06
87
Seek Failure During FT/J Calibration
06
88
Seek Failure During PES Calibration
06
89
Recalibration Servo Not Ready
06
8A
Switch Point Calibration Results Are Bad
06
8B
Recalibration Track Number Bad
06
8C
Seek Failure During Switch Point
Calibration
06
8D
Not All Head(s) in USER Head Map Were
Found Alive
06
8E
Valid SAM(s) Not Found
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–183
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (continued)
Sense Key
04h HARDWARE ERROR
(continued)
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
06
8F
Sync to Disk Spokes Failed
06
90
Invalid CP18 on Disk
06
91
Invalid CP21 on Disk
06
92
Invalid CP22 in NVR
06
93
Head Polarity Calibration Failed
06
94
Invalid Head Polarity Vector in CP22
06
95
Seek Failure During Servo Writer Erase
Band Resync
06
99
Seek 2 Failure During Servo Writer Erase
Band Resync
06
9A
Seek Failure During pes Linearization
Table Update
06
9B
Motor Speed Error After Turbo Spin
Recovery
09
00
Track Following Error
09
90
Svo, No Error
09
91
Svo, TA Err – 1 st
09
92
Svo, TA Err – 2 nd
09
93
Svo, Bad Sync – 1 st
09
94
Svo, Bad Sync – 2 nd
09
95
Svo, Grey Code Quality Error – 1 st
09
96
Svo, Grey Code Quality Error – 2 nd
09
97
Svo, Head Spoke Number Miscompare –
1st
09
98
Svo, Head Spoke Number Miscompare –
2nd
09
A0
Svo, Possible Bump – 1 st
09
A1
Svo, Possible Bump – 2 nd
09
A2
Svo, Defective Wdg – 1 st
09
A3
Svo, Defective Wdg – 2 nd
09
A4
Svo, Mapped Wdg – 1 st
09
A5
Svo, Mapped Wdg – 2 nd
09
A6
Svo, ID Error – 1 st
09
A7
Svo, ID Error – 2 nd
09
A8
Svo, Unknown Wdge Err – 1 st
09
A9
Svo, Unknown Wdge Err – 2 nd
09
B0
Svo, Timeout Waiting for Burst
09
B1
Svo, Confined Sync Timeout
09
B2
Svo, R/W Serial Timeout
09
B3
Svo, Context Acquire Timeout
(continued)
5–184
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (continued)
Sense Key
04h HARDWARE ERROR
(continued)
Sense
Code
Sense
Qualifier
Meaning
09
B4
Svo, Context Acquire Data Address Valid
Timeout
09
B5
Svo, Context Acquire Bad Track Number
15
00
Random Positioning Error
15
02
Positioning Error Detected By Read
32
00
No Defect Spare Location Available
32
80
Replacement Failed (Table May Be Full)
35
00
ESI - Unspecified Enclosure Services
Failure
35
01
ESI- Unsupported Enclosure Function
35
02
ESI - Enclosure Services Unavailable
35
03
ESI - Enclosure Transfer Failure
35
04
ESI – Enclosure Transfer Refused
40
80
Diagnostics Failure, Unknown Reason
40
81
Diagnostics Failure, RAM Failure
40
82
Diagnostics Failure, Inconsistent Data or
Bugcheck Error code in information field.
40
83
Diagnostics Failure, HDA Diagnostic
40
84
Diagnostics Failure, PCB Diagnostic
40
85
Error Detection Code (EDC) Error
40
86
DMA Failure
40
87
EDC Check Failed
40
88
LBA Error
40
89
Failed XOR Test
40
8A
Failed Servo Engine Test
40
8C
LBA Mismatch Error
40
8D
ETM Test Failure, Drive Failed to Spin
40
8E
Could Not Achieve Target RPM
40
A0
Test Did Not Complete
40
A1
Test Completed But Failed
40
A2
Invalid Parameter Was Received
40
A3
Invalid Data in Servo Record Prevented
Algorithm From Completing
40
A4
Servo Record Did Not Complete
40
A5
Read Seek Failed
40
A6
Write Seek Failed
40
A7
Raw Seek Failed
40
A8
Servo Diagnostic Test Running
40
A9
Invalid 97/98 Super CMD sequence; Must
Send 97 Before 98
40
AA
Super CMD 97 Already Running
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–185
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (continued)
Sense Key
04h HARDWARE ERROR
(continued)
05h ILLEGAL REQUEST
06h UNIT ATTENTION
Code
Qualifier
Meaning
40
AB
Could Not Calculate Bode Info
40
AC
Could Not Complete the Low-Level BCV
WRITE Function
40
AD
Got a Divide By Zero Error in Complex
Divide
41
00
Data Path Failure
41
86
DDMA Overrun or ACK Overrun
44
00
Logical Assertion (Firmware Consistency
Check)
44
84
Insufficient Buffer Memory for Operation
1A
00
Parameter List Length Error
20
00
Invalid Command Operation Code
20
80
R4K Image Loader Bad
20
81
R4K System Micro-OCM Code Image (Not
in EEROM) Bad
20
82
R4K Diagnostic Code Image (Not in
EEROM) Bad
20
FE
ETM Cannot Run With Motor Spinning
20
FF
Selfscan Code Not Loaded or Bad
21
00
Logical Block Address Out of Range
24
00
Invalid Field in CDB
25
00
Logical Unit Not Supported
26
00
Invalid Fields in Parameters
26
02
Invalid Parameter Value
26
04
Invalid Release of Persistent Reservation
2C
00
Command Sequence Error
3D
00
Invalid Bits in IDENTIFY Message
49
00
Invalid Message Error
0B
01
SMART Overtemperature Trip
28
00
Format Completed by Another Initiator
29
00
Power On, SCSI Bus Reset, or Bus Device
Reset Occurred
29
01
Power On Occurred
29
02
SCSI Bus Reset Occurred
(continued)
5–186
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–86 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (continued)
Sense Key
06h UNIT ATTENTION
(continued)
Code
Qualifier
Meaning
29
03
Bus Device Reset Occurred
29
04
Device Reset Occurred, Bugcheck
Occurred
29
05
Bus Mode Changed to Single-Ended
29
06
Bus Mode Changed to LVDS
29
86
Commands Aborted, ACK Overrun
Detected
2A
01
Mode Parameters Changed
2A
02
Log Parameters Changed
2A
03
Persistent Reservations Were Cleared
2F
00
Commands Aborted by Another Initiator
3F
01
Target Operating Condition Changed,
Microcode has Changed
5C
01
Spindle Sync’d
5C
02
Spindle Not Sync’d
5D
00
SMART Tripped
5D
01
TA Error Rate Threshold Exceeded
5D
02
READ or WRITE Error Rate Thresh. Exceeded
5D
0B
SMART Triggered Due to Spin Retry
5D
FF
SMART Test Trip
07h DATA PROTECT
27
00
Unit Hardware or Firmware Write
Protected
09h VENDOR UNIQUE
81
00
Read Overlaps Deferred Write
0Bh ABORTED COMMAND
00
00
No Additional Sense Information Error
25
00
Logical Unit Not Supported
41
00
Data Path Failure
41
86
Commands Aborted, ACK Overrun
Detected*
43
00
Message Reject Error
44
00
Busy Timeout
45
00
Selection or Reselection Failure
47
00
SCSI Bus Parity Error Detected
48
00
Initiator Detected Error (IDE) Message
Received
48
86
ACK Overrun Detected Error
49
00
Invalid Message Error
4E
00
Overlapped Commands Attempted
1E
00
No Additional Information
0Eh MISCOMPARE
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–187
SCSI Description
Table 5–87 Sense-Key Specific Field Contents
Sense Key
Field Contents
Initiator Interpretation
ILLEGAL REQUEST
Field pointer bytes
(Figure 5–86)
Illegal field's offset (in the Command
Descriptor Block or data-out buffer transfer
parameters).
NOT READY
Progress Indication
(Figure 5–87)
Indicates progress of FORMAT UNIT
Command.
RECOVERED ERROR
Retry count
(Figure 5-88)
Number of retries for I/O operation
MEDIUM ERROR
Retry count
(Figure 5-88)
Number of retries for I/O operation
The data format of the Field Pointer bytes associated with the ILLEGAL REQUEST
sense key is shown in Figure 5-86; the description of the data is in Table 5–88.
5–188
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
SKSV = 1
15
C/D
Reserved
16 - 17
BPV
Bit Pointer
Field Pointer
Figure 5–86 ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes — Data Format
Table 5–88 ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid
C/D
Command/Data. When the value in this field is 1, the Field Pointer identifies the
first byte in error in the Command Descriptor Block.
When 0, the Field Pointer identifies the first byte in error in the data parameters
sent by the initiator in the data-out buffer transfer.
BPV
Bit Pointer Valid. The drive does not support Bit-level resolution; the bit value
must be 0.
Bit Pointer
The drive does not support Bit-level resolution; the bit value must be 0.
Field Pointer
Indicates the first byte in error in either the Command Descriptor Block or in the
data parameters sent by the initiator.
The data format of the Progress Indication bytes associated with the NOT READY
sense key is shown in Figure 5-87; the description of the data is contained in Table
5-89.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
15
16 - 17
SKSV = 1
Reserved
Progress Indication
Figure 5–87 NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–189
SCSI Description
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–89 NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid
Progress Indication
Indication of percent complete for the FORMAT UNIT command. The
returned value is the numerator of a fraction that has 65536 (10000h) as the
denominator (Progress Indication/10000h = percent complete).
The data format of the Retry Count bytes associated with the MEDIUM ERROR or
RECOVERED ERROR sense key is shown in Figure 5-88; the description of the data
is contained in Table 5-90.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
15
SKSV = 1
Reserved
16 - 17
Retry Count
Figure 5–88 MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count
— Data Format
Table 5–90 MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count
— Field Descriptions
5–190
Field
Description
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid
Retry Count
The number of times an I/O operation was retried
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.35
RESERVE (6) Command (16h)
The RESERVE and the RELEASE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RESERVE command is used to reserve a logical unit.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (16h)
1
Reserved
2
3rdPty
Third Party Device ID
Extent
Reservation Identification
3-4
Extent List Length
5
Control
Figure 5–89 RESERVE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–91 RESERVE (6) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3rd Pty
When set to 1, it indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid.
Third Party Device ID
Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set, in which case this
field specifies the SCSI ID (0 through 7 only) of the initiator to be
granted the reservation of the logical unit. The drive preserves the
reservation until one of the following occurs:
• It is superseded by another valid RESERVE command from the
initiator.
• It is released by the same initiator.
• It is released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator.
• It is released by a hard reset condition.
The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any
other initiator. For example, if ID7 sends ID2 a Third Party reservation
on behalf of ID6 (the target at ID2 gets reserved for the initiator ID6),
then only ID7 can release the target at ID2 (using a Third Party release).
ID6 cannot release the reservation even though the reservation was
made on its behalf.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–191
SCSI Description
RESERVE (6) Command (16h) (continued)
Table 5–91 RESERVE (6) Command — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Extent
The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units. The value
must be 0.
Reservation Identification
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
Extent List Length
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
NOTE:
5–192
The drive returns RESERVATION CONFLICT status if the unit is already reserved for another
initiator. Once the reservation is honored, any command from another initiator (except
INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE) is rejected with RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.36
RESERVE (10) Command (56h)
The RESERVE and the RELEASE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RESERVE command is used to reserve a logical unit.
If RESERVE (10) is used, then RELEASE (10) is also used.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LongID
Extent
Byte
0
Operation Code (56h)
1
Reserved
3rdPty
Reserved
2
Reservation Identification
3
Third Party Device ID
4-6
Reserved
(MSB)
7-8
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
9
Control
Figure 5–90 RESERVE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–193
SCSI Description
RESERVE (10) Command (56h) (continued)
Table 5–92 RESERVE (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3rd Pty
When set to 1, it indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid.
LongID
When 0, indicates that the third party device associated with the
reservation release has a number smaller than 255 and the ID value
can be sent within the CDB. If set = 1, indicates that the third party
device ID is greater than 255, the ID value within the CDB is ignored,
and the parameter list length is at least eight.
Third Party Device ID
Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set, in which case this
field specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator to be granted the reservation
of the logical unit. The drive preserves the reservation until one of the
following occurs:
• It is superseded by another valid RESERVE command from the
initiator.
• It is released by the same initiator.
• It is released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator.
• It is released by a hard reset condition.
The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any
other initiator. For example, if ID7 sends ID2 a Third Party reservation
on behalf of ID6 (the target at ID2 gets reserved for the initiator ID6),
then only ID7 can release the target at ID2 (using a Third Party release).
ID6 cannot release the reservation even though the reservation was
made on its behalf.
Extent
If 0, requests that the entire logical unit be reserved for use only by the
initiator until the request is supplanted by another valid RESERVE
command from the same initiator, or until released via a RELEASE (10)
command from the reserving initiator, a hard reset, or a power on
cycle.
If set = 1, the extent reservation option is implemented. This option
allows an application client in a multitasking environment to have
multiple reservations.
The size of the extent list is defined by the contents of the Parameter
List Length field. The extent list consists of zero or more descriptors.
Each descriptor defines an extent beginning at the specified logical
block address for the specified number of blocks. If the number of
blocks is 0, the extent begins at the specified logical block address and
continues through the last logical block address on the logical unit.
The data format of extent descriptors is shown in Figure 5-91.
5–194
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
RESERVE (10) Command (56h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
RelAdr
Reservation Type
(MSB)
1-3
Number of Blocks
(LSB)
(MSB)
4-7
Logical Block Address
(LSB)
Figure 5–91 Extent Descriptors — Data Format
The Reservation Type field defines the type of reservation in effect for the extent
being reserved. Available types of reservations are shown in Table 5-93.
Table 5–93 Reservation Types
Reservation Type
Description
00b
READ shared. No write operations are permitted by any initiator to
the reserved extent. Any initiator may read from the extent.
01b
WRITE exclusive. No other initiator may write to the indicated
extent. Any initiator may read from the extent.
10b
READ exclusive. While this reservation is active, no other initiator
may be permitted to read to the indicated extent.
11b
Exclusive access. While this reservation is active, no other initiator is
permitted any access to the reserved extent.
RelAdr is always 0: The Quantum Atlas 10K II hard disk drive does not support
relative addressing.
If both the LongID and the Extent bits = 1, then the parameter list takes the format
shown in Figure 5-92.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-7
Third Party Device ID
(LSB)
(MSB)
8-n
Extent Descriptors
(See Figure 5-91 Above)
(LSB)
Figure 5–92 Parameter List When LongID and Extent Bits = 1 — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–195
SCSI Description
RESERVE (10) Command (56h) (continued)
If the LongID bit = 1 and the Extent bit = 0, then the parameter list length is eight
and the parameter list has the format shown in Figure 5-93.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0-7
Third Party Device ID
(LSB)
Figure 5–93 RESERVE (10) ID Only Parameter List — Data Format
5–196
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.37
REZERO UNIT Command (01h)
The REZERO UNIT command sends the heads to cylinder 0 (Logical Block Address
0). Once the heads are on the track, they are not guaranteed to stay at cylinder 0;
periodic calibrations may send them to a different cylinder. If periodic calibrations
have been disabled by using the MAN bit (byte 3, bit 6) of the Vendor Unique
Function Control Page in the MODE SELECT command (15h), the REZERO UNIT
command will cause the drive to perform the next scheduled calibration.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (01h)
1-4
5
Reserved
Control
Figure 5–94 REZERO UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–197
SCSI Description
5–198
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.38
SEEK (6) Command (0Bh)
The SEEK (6) command uses a 6-byte Command Descriptor Block to request the
drive to send the drive heads to the requested Logical Block Address. The drive
responds by placing the heads at the correct Logical Block Address. When the heads
are at the specified Logical Block Address, they are not guaranteed to stay in that
position since periodic calibrations may send them to a different cylinder.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2-3
Operation Code (0Bh)
Reserved
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
4
Reserved
5
Control
Figure 5–95 SEEK (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–199
SCSI Description
5–200
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.39
SEEK (10) Command (2Bh)
The SEEK (10) command uses a 10-byte Command Descriptor Block to request the
drive to send the drive heads to the requested Logical Block Address. The drive
responds by placing the heads at the correct Logical Block Address. When the heads
are at the specified Logical Block Address, they are not guaranteed to stay in that
position since periodic calibrations may send them to a different cylinder.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (2Bh)
1
Reserved
2-5
Logical Block Address
6-8
Reserved
9
Control
Figure 5–96 SEEK (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–201
SCSI Description
5–202
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.40
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh)
The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sends a diagnostic page to the drive. Refer to
the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command for a description of the
diagnostic pages and the use of the diagnostic commands. The Supported Diagnostic
Page List (Figure 5–98) and Translate Page List (Figure 5–99) can be sent with this
command
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Self
Test
DevOnl
UnitOfl
Byte
0
Operation Code (1Dh)
1
Reserved
2
PF
Rsvd
Reserved
3-4
Parameter List Length
5
Control
Figure 5–97 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–94 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
PF
Page Format. When the PF bit is 1, the parameters that follow conform
to the Supported Diagnostic Page List (Figure 5–96) or the Translate
Address Page (Figure 5–97).
SelfTest is ignored when PF = 1.
The PF bit must be 1 if Parameter List Length is not 0.
SelfTest
If the PF bit is 0 and the SelfTest bit is 1, the drive runs its self-test
routine. GOOD status is returned to the initiator if the self-test passes.
CHECK CONDITION status is returned along with any available sense data
if the self-test fails.
This field is ignored if the PF bit is 1.
DevOfl
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
UnitOfl
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
Parameter List Length
When the Parameter List Length field is non-zero, the value specifies the
length (in bytes) of the parameter list that is to be transferred from the
initiator to the drive during the command's data-out buffer transfer.
This field is only valid when the PF bit = 1 and must be 0 when the PF bit
is 0.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–203
SCSI Description
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh) (continued)
5.40.1 Supported Diagnostic Page List
Figure 5–98 shows the Supported Diagnostic Page List that can be supplied with a
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command to request that the Supported Diagnostic Page List
be returned after the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (00h)
1
Reserved
2-3
Page Length (00h)
Figure 5–98 Supported Diagnostic Page List — Data Format
5.40.2 Translate Address Page
Figure 5–99 shows the Translate Address Page that can be supplied with a SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command to request that the Translate Address Page be returned
after the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (40h)
1
Reserved
2-3
Page Length (0Ah)
4
Reserved
Supplied Format
000b (LBA)
5
Reserved
Translate Format
101b (Physical Sector)
6-9
Address to Translate
(LBA Format)
10 - 13
Reserved
Figure 5–99 Translate Address Page — Data Format
5–204
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.41
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A4h)
The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command requests that the device identifier
information in the logical unit be set to the value send via the SET DEVICE
IDENTIFIER command’s parameter list.
Upon successful completion of a SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command, a Unit
Attention is generated for all initiators except the one that issued the command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (A4h)
1
Reserved
Service Action (06h)
2–5
Reserved
(MSB)
6–9
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
10
Reserved
11
Control
Figure 5–100 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–95 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Service Action
Must = 06h. Any other value forces Check Condition, Illegal
Request.
Parameter List Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Identifier to be
transferred from the application client to the device server. The
maximum value for this field is 64 bytes. A parameter list length
of 0 indicates that no data will be transferred, and that
subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands will return an
Identifier length of 0. If the parameter list length exceeds 64
bytes, then the drive returns a Check Condition status with the
sense key set to Illegal Request, and an additional sense code of
Invalid Field in CDB.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–205
SCSI Description
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A4h) (continued)
The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command’s parameter list contains Identifier to be
set by the logical unit to which the command is sent.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0–n
Identifier
(LSB)
Figure 5–101 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List — Data Format
Table 5–96 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List —Field Descriptions
5–206
Field
Description
Identifier
The value reported in this field is the data to be returned by all
subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands, until a new
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command is issued that changes the data.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.42
START STOP UNIT Command (1Bh)
The START STOP UNIT command enables or disables the logical unit for media
access operations. This command gives the initiator remote control over drive spinup and spin-down.
A jumper (or backplane connection) is used to select the spin-up mode. When
configured for remote control of spin-up (Option 3), the drive requires a START
STOP UNIT Command to spin up. See Chapter 3 for jumper-programming
instructions for your specific hard disk drive.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (1Bh)
1
Reserved
2-3
Immed
Reserved
4
Power Conditions
5
Reserved
LoEj
Start
Control
Figure 5–102 START STOP UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–97 START STOP UNIT Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Immed
Immediate. When 1, the drive returns GOOD status immediately after
validating the Command Descriptor Block, but before the drive spins up.
When 0, the drive does not return GOOD status until after the drive has spun
up successfully and is ready for media access commands.
LoEj
Load Eject. This value must be zero, because the disk drive contains nonremovable medium.
Start
When Start is 1, the unit spins up (if it is not currently spinning) and is left in a
state where subsequent media access commands can succeed.
When the value is 0, the drive spins down. Subsequent media access
commands are rejected with CHECK CONDITION status and the proper sense
data.
Power Conditions
The Power Conditions field is not supported.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–207
SCSI Description
5–208
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.43
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command (35h)
The SYNCHRONIZE CACHE command ensures that all logical blocks, within the
specified range in the drive's cache memory, have their most recent data value
recorded on the physical medium. If more recent data for a logical block, within the
specified range, exists in the cache memory than on the physical medium, then the
logical blocks from the cache memory is written to the physical medium. Logical
blocks are not necessarily removed from the cache as a result of the Synchronize
Cache operation.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Immed
=0
RelAdr
Byte
0
Operation Code (35h)
1
Reserved
2-5
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Number of Blocks
9
Control
Figure 5–103 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–98 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Immed
Immediate. Must be 0. The drive returns status after the synchronize cache
operation has been completed.
RelAdr
Relative Address. Must be 0. Relative addressing is not supported.
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical sector of the range to be operated upon by
this command.
Number of Blocks
Specifies the total number of contiguous logical blocks within the range.
When set to 0, the drive removes all sectors from the given Logical Block
Address on.
When Number of Blocks and Logical Block Address are both 0, the drive
removes all unwritten cache sectors to the medium.
It is not considered an error when no sectors within the specified range are
in the cache memory.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–209
SCSI Description
5–210
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.44
TEST UNIT READY Command (00h)
The TEST UNIT READY command returns GOOD status if the drive is ready to
receive medium access commands (that is, READ, WRITE, VERIFY, etc.). If the
drive is not ready to receive medium access commands, it returns CHECK
CONDITION status with the appropriate sense keys and qualifiers.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1-4
5
Operation Code (00h)
Reserved
Control
Figure 5–104 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–211
SCSI Description
5–212
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.45
VERIFY Command (2Fh)
The VERIFY command verifies the data on the medium for the Logical Block
Address range specified.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BytChk
RelAdr
Byte
0
Operation Code (2Fh)
1
Reserved
2-5
DPO
Reserved
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Verification Length
9
Control
Figure 5–105 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–99 VERIFY Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPO
Disable Page Out. When the value of the field = 1, the device server shall
assign the logical blocks accessed by this command the lowest priority for
being fetched into or retained by the cache.
When DPO = 0, the priority shall be determined by fields in the Caching
page.
BytChk
Byte Check. When the value is 1, the drive performs a byte-by-byte
comparison of the data on the medium with the data sent by the initiator
in the data-out buffer transfer.
When 0, the drive performs a medium verification with no data
comparison. In this case, no data is sent by the initiator.
RelAdr
Relative Address. This feature is not supported; the field must be 0.
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical sector to be verified.
Verification Length
The number of contiguous sectors that are to be verified. The drive returns
a CHECK CONDITION status with the correct sense data if the specified
transfer extends beyond out of the logical sector space.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–213
SCSI Description
5–214
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.46
WRITE (6) Command (0Ah)
The WRITE (6) command requests that the drive write initiator-supplied data to the
medium.
The Command Descriptor Block for the WRITE (6) command is shown in the figure
below; the table that follows describes the data fields.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (0Ah)
1
Reserved
2-3
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
4
Transfer Length
5
Control
Figure 5–106 WRITE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–100 WRITE (6) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical block where the Write operation will occur.
Transfer Length
The number of contiguous logical blocks of data to transfer. A transfer
length of 0 indicates 256 logical blocks are to be transferred. Any other
value indicates the actual number of logical blocks that will be transferred.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–215
SCSI Description
5–216
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.47
WRITE (10) Command (2Ah)
The WRITE (10) command requests that the drive write initiator-supplied data to
the medium.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (2Ah)
1
Reserved
2-5
DPO
FUA
Reserved
RelAdr
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Transfer Length
9
Control
Figure 5–107 WRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–101 WRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPO
Disable Page Out. When the value of the field is 1, the drive tells the
controller to bypass cache as much as possible. The buffers used for the
WRITE data are given a low priority. This bit may be useful if the host CPU is
performing a background copy operation and does not want to wipe out
the drive's cache.
When DPO is 0, the drive tells the controller to cache this WRITE data in a
normal manner.
NOTE: The drive normally assigns a low priority to write caching. Therefore,
the DPO bit in a WRITE command is ignored.
FUA
Force Unit Access. When 1, the data must be written on the medium
before GOOD status is returned. When 0, GOOD status may be returned
after the data is fetched from the initiator and before it is written to the
medium. If the WCE (Write Cache Enable) bit on the MODE SELECT
command Caching Page is clear, the FUA bit is ignored and behaves as if it
were always set (that is, if WCE = 0, the controller forces FUA = 1).
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical block where the Write operation will occur.
RelAdr
Relative Address. This drive does not support this feature; the field must be
0.
Transfer Length
The number of contiguous logical blocks of data to write. The drive returns
CHECK CONDITION status with the correct sense data if the specified
transfer would cause the write operation to extend beyond the Logical
Block Address space.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–217
SCSI Description
5–218
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.48
WRITE AND VERIFY Command (2Eh)
The WRITE AND VERIFY command writes host-supplied data to the unit and
verifies it was written correctly.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BytChk
RelAdr
Byte
0
1
Operation Code (2Eh)
Reserved
2-5
DPO
Reserved
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Transfer Length
9
Control
Figure 5–108 WRITE AND VERIFY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–102 WRITE AND VERIFY Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPO
Disable Page Out. When the value of the field is 1, the drive tells the
controller to bypass cache as much as possible. The buffers used for the
WRITE data are given a low priority. This bit may be useful if the host CPU is
performing a background copy operation and does not want to wipe out
the drive's cache.
When DPO is 0, the drive tells the controller to cache this WRITE data in a
normal manner.
NOTE: The drive normally assigns a low priority to write caching. Therefore,
the DPO bit in a WRITE command is essentially ignored.
BytChk
Byte Check. When 1, the drive performs a byte-by-byte comparison of the
data written on the media with the data transferred from the initiator.
When 0, the drive performs a medium verification with no data
comparison of the sectors written by the command.
RelAdr
Relative Address. This feature is not supported and the field must be 0.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–219
SCSI Description
WRITE AND VERIFY Command (2Eh) (command)
Table 5–102 WRITE AND VERIFY Command — Field Descriptions (continued)
5–220
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical block where the WRITE operation will occur.
Transfer Length
The number of contiguous logical blocks of data to write and verify. The
drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with the correct sense data if the
specified transfer would cause the write operation to extend beyond the
Logical Block Address space.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.49
WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh)
The WRITE BUFFER and the READ BUFFER commands allow the initiator to gain
access to the data storage areas within the drive controller. These commands are
used to check the integrity of the buffer-initiator data path independent of the
storage medium, typically for fault isolation. The commands can be used to verify the
caching policies of the controller or other kinds of debug work. In addition, the
WRITE BUFFER command supports controller microcode downloads.
Both the READ BUFFER and WRITE BUFFER commands have a Buffer ID and a
Buffer Offset data field defined in their Command Descriptor Block. In combined
Header and Data Mode, if both are set to 0, reference is made to a single, 512-byte
buffer set aside in the controller's data memory, independent of cache. This allows an
initiator to verify the data path from the controller's data memory to the initiator
without affecting the drive's internal data caches.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (3Bh)
1
Reserved
2
Mode
Buffer ID
3-5
Buffer Offset
6-8
Parameter List Length
9
Control
Figure 5–109 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–221
SCSI Description
WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh) (continued)
Table 5–103 WRITE BUFFER Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Mode
Four modes are supported by the drive; Combined Header and Data, Data Only,
Download Microcode and Save, and Write Data from Echo Buffer. The permissible
values for Buffer ID, Buffer Offset are as follows:
0000b
Combined Header and Data. – In this mode, the data to be transferred is preceded
by a 4-byte header that contains reserved bytes that must be set to 0. The resulting
descriptor and data are fetched from the initiator during the command's data-out
buffer transfer and, after the descriptor has been validated, only the data is written to
the controller's memory.
Buffer ID must be 0
Buffer Offset must be 0
Parameter List Length must be set to between 0 and 516 (4 bytes of header and up
to 512 bytes of data).
0010b
Data Only.– In this mode, the data-out buffer transfer contains buffer data. Data is
written to the drive's buffer starting at the location specified by the Buffer ID and Buffer
Offset.
Buffer ID. When non-zero, the value specifies a specific track line in the controller’s
cache. If Buffer ID of zero is specified, the buffer referenced is the same as if Buffer ID of
one were specified.
Buffer Offset. When non-zero, the value can range from 0 to one less than the
number of sectors/track multiplied by 512. This value must be either a zero or a
multiple of 512.
Parameter List Length. This value must be a multiple of 512. The maximum value for
this field is one more than the number of sectors/track times 512. The minimum value
is 0.
0101b
Download Microcode and Save In this mode, a 256 KB microcode image is
transferred to the drive and, if valid, is saved in the controller's non-volatile memory.
This image can be transferred all at once in one 256K buffer, or it can be transferred in
32 separate 8K buffers. The command's status phase indicates the success or failure of
the code load operation: GOOD status means the new microcode has been loaded and
saved; CHECK CONDITION status means that the original microcode is still in force.
CHECK CONDITION status is returned if the supplied microcode image is invalid. Sense
data reporting the reason for the failure is not preserved.
The controller does a hard reset on command completion. In Download Microcode and
Save mode, the other Command Descriptor Blocks are supported as follows:
Buffer ID – Undefined and ignored.
Buffer Offset – Undefined and ignored for 256 KB transfer. For a transfer of 32
separate 8K buffers, Buffer Offset represents the offset of the buffer being transferred
(0, 8192, 16384, …).
Parameter List Length – Must be 8192 or 262144.
1010b
Write Data from Echo Buffer
In this mode, the host transfers data and stores it in an echo buffer. The data will be
preserved in the echo buffer unless there is an intervening command.
Buffer ID Ignored.
Buffer Offset Ignored.
5–222
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.50
WRITE LONG Command (3Fh)
The WRITE LONG and READ LONG commands allow the initiator to issue raw
reads and writes of physical sectors addressed as logical blocks with an assumed
sector length of 512 bytes. These commands are used to verify the correction
capability of the drive's ECC and to create defects of a known kind and location to
verify the drive's recovery and bad sector handling policies.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (3Fh)
1
Reserved
2-5
RelAdr
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Byte Transfer Length (562)
9
Control
Figure 5–110 WRITE LONG Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–104 WRITE LONG Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
RelAdr
Relative Address. This drive does not support this feature; the field must be
0.
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical sector where the Write operation will occur.
Byte Transfer Length
Must be 562. This value reflects the number of bytes spanned by the ECC,
including the ECC itself, rounded up to the next word (this is easiest
understood in bits: 4096 data bits + 1 force error bit + 15 Logical Block
Address bits + 16 cross check bits + 2 pad bits + 360 ECC bits + 6 pad
bits that are not written to media but are only needed for transfer = 4496
bits or 562 bytes). Any other value in this field results in a CHECK
CONDITION status and the appropriate sense data.
The initiator should first issue a READ LONG, then modify the data portion
only, and then issue a WRITE LONG. It is also recommended that the drive
be reformatted after these commands are used.
If the drive is configured with a sector size other than 512 bytes per sector,
the WRITE LONG command affects the first 512 byte sector set aside by the
drive for the given Logical Block Address.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–223
SCSI Description
5–224
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.51
WRITE SAME Command (41h)
The WRITE SAME command requests that the drive write the single sector of data
transferred by the initiator to the medium multiple times.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PBdata
LBdta
RelAdr
Byte
0
Operation Code (41h)
1
Reserved
2-5
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Number of Blocks
9
Control
Figure 5–111 WRITE SAME Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–105 WRITE SAME Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
PBdata
LBdata
RelAdr
Physical Block Data. – Not supported. This field must be zero.
Logical Block Data. – A value of 1 requests that the drive replace the first
four bytes of the data to be written to the current logical sector with the
logical sector address of the sector currently being written.
Relative Address. – Not supported. This field must be zero.
Logical Block Address
The address of the first logical sector where the Write operation will occur.
Number of Blocks
This field contains the number of contiguous logical blocks that are to be
written. A value of 0 requests that all the remaining logical blocks on the
medium are to be written.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–225
SCSI Description
5–226
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.52
WRITE SKIP MASK Command (EAh)
The WRITE SKIP MASK command allows the initiator to condition the function of
the WRITE commands to allow only selected data to be transferred over the SCSI
interface. A WRITE SKIP MASK command preceeds a WRITE (10) command; the
WRITE (10) command must be linked to the WRITE SKIP MASK command or the
skip mask is lost and a CHECK CONDITION status is returned.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (EAh)
1
Reserved
(MSB)
2-5
Logical Block Address
(LSB)
6
Skip Mask Length
(MSB)
7-8
Transfer Length
(LSB)
9
VU
Reserved
Flag
Link
Figure 5–112 WRITE SKIP MASK Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–106 WRITE SKIP MASK Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
This field specifies the first logical block of the corresponding WRITE (10)
COMMAND. This allows a SEEK to begin immediately. The LBA of the
following WRITE (10) command must the same as the LBA of the WRITE
SKIP MASK command.
Skip Mask Length
This field indicates the length in bytes of the skip mask. The mask is up to
2048 bits, giving a data address capability of 1 MB in 512-byte block
length. The mask consists of a sequence of bits where a “1” bit is for the
blocks of data to be transferred, and a “0” for the blocks of data that are
to be skipped. The first “1” bit of the mask corresponds to the first LBA to
be transferred. Any unused bits at the end of the last byte in the mask
must be set to 0. The mask is transferred in the data-out buffer transfer of
the skip mask command.
Transfer Length
This field must be equal to the transfer length in the linked WRITE (10)
command. The transfer length field must be equal to the number of “1”
bits in the skip mask. If a WRITE (10) is used with 0 as the transfer length, a
transfer length of 256 data blocks is implied.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–227
SCSI Description
5–228
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.53
XDREAD (10) Command (52h)
The XDREAD (10) command requests that the target transfer to the initiator the
XOR data generated by an XDWRITE (10) command. The XOR data transferred is
identified by Logical Block Address and transfer length that are the same as those
specified in a prior XDWRITE (10) command. If a match is not found, the command
is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense data is set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST: INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (52h)
1
Reserved
2-5
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Transfer Length
9
Control
Figure 5–113 XDREAD (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–107 XDREAD (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
Specifies the address of the prior XDWRITE (10)
command that generated the XOR data in the buffer
that is being requested.
Transfer Length
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of
data to transfer. This length must match the length of
the original XDWRITE (10) command that generated
the XOR data requested.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–229
SCSI Description
5–230
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.54
XDWRITE (10) COMMAND (50h)
The XDWRITE (10) command requests that the target XOR the data transferred
with the data on the medium. The resulting XOR data is stored in the target’s
buffer. The disposition of the data transferred from the initiator is controlled by the
Disable Write bit.
The resulting XOR data remains in the target’s buffer until it is retrieved by an
XDREAD command with staring Logical Block Address and transfer length fields
that match the starting Logical Block Address and transfer length of the XDWRITE
command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (50h)
1
Reserved
2-5
DPO
FUA
Disable
Write
Reserved
Logical Block Address
6
Reserved
7-8
Transfer Length
9
Control
Figure 5–114 XDWRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–108 XDWRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPO
Disable Page Out. When the value = 0, the drive
caches the data read, using its normal Logical Read
Unit Policies.
When the value = 1, the drive assigns to logical blocks
accessed the lowest priority for being fetched into or
retained by the cache.
FUA
Force Unit Access. When the value is 0, the drive is
allowed to satisfy the read with cache-resident data.
A value of 1 indicates that the drive accesses the
media in performing the command.
Disable Write
A Disable Write bit of 0 indicates that the data
transferred from the initiator is to b e written to the
medium after the XOR operation is complete. A
Disable Write bit of 1 indicates that the data will not
be written to the medium. If the Disable Write bit is set
to 1, the FUA bit is ignored.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–231
SCSI Description
XDWRITE (10) COMMAND (50h) (continued)
Table 5–108 XDWRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions (continued)
5–232
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
Specifies the address of the first logical block where
the WRITE operation will occur.
Transfer Length
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks to
write. The drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with
the correct sense data if the specified transfer will
cause the WRITE operation to extend beyond the
Logical Block Address space.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
SCSI Description
5.55
XPWRITE (10) COMMAND (51h)
The XPWRITE (10) command requests that the target XOR the data transferred
with the data on the medium then writes the XOR data to the medium.
The Logical Block Address field specifies the Starting Logical Block address for the
target to read data from its medium. It also specifies the starting Logical Block
Address at which to write the XOR result to its medium.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (51h)
1
Reserved
2-5
6
FUA
Reserved
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7-8
9
DPO
Transfer Length
Control
Figure 5–115 XPWRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format
Table 5–109 XPWRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPO
Disable Page Out. When the value = 0, the drive
caches the data read, using its normal Logical Read
Unit Policies.
When the value = 1, the drive assigns to logical blocks
accessed the lowest priority for being fetched into or
retained by the cache.
FUA
Force Unit Access. When the value is 0, the drive is
allowed to satisfy the read with cache-resident data.
A value of 1 indicates that the drive accesses the
media in performing the command.
(continued)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
5–233
SCSI Description
XPWRITE (10) Command (51h) (continued)
Table 5–109 XPWRITE (10) Command — Field Descriptions (continued)
5–234
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
Specifies the address of the first logical block from
which to read data from its medium and the first
logical sector to which to write the XOR data back to
its medium.
Transfer Length
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks to
write. The drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with
the correct sense data if the specified transfer will
cause the WRITE operation to extend beyond the
Logical Block Address space.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Chapter 6
FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS
This chapter provides descriptions of many of the features incorporated in the
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drive family.
6.1
KEY FEATURES
Atlas 10K II Disk Drives provide unequaled quality and performance. They are
designed to improve the performance of high-end workstations, file servers, and
storage systems. Among their features are the following:
•
9.2, 18.4, 36.7, or 73.4 GB formatted capacity (512 bytes/block)
•
MR heads and banded recording for higher overall bit-densities
•
Hardware XOR to automatically detect and correct errors and defects in the data
stream for array applications (RAID). Third Party XOR support for Force.
•
Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) Revision 2
support
•
ORCA (Optimized Reordering Command Algorithm) and tagged command
queuing for greater throughput
•
SCAM-2 (SCSI Configured AutoMatically) Auto ID configuration
•
8 MB Track-oriented segmented cache buffer with prefetch
•
Automatic Power Management System with power-saving sub-states
•
10,000 rpm rotational speed yielding 3.0 ms average latency
•
4.7 ms average random seek time (READ) and a TBD ms average access-to-data
time for 1.0-inch form factor drives; 5.2 ms second average random seek time
(READ) and TBD ms average access-to-data time for the 1.6-inch form factor
drive.
•
Embedded servo system for exceptional head positioning accuracy and long life
•
“Zero latency” reads and writes reduce data access time
•
Full SCSI–3 compliance
1
The drives are in compliance with the SCSI-3 draft proposed ANSI standards as they exist at
the time of product release; SCSI-3 features may not be enabled on drives when shipped.
1
(compatible with SCSI-2 and SCSI–1)
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-1
Feature Descriptions
•
Advanced Ultra3 160/m-LVD, Ultra2-LVD, and Ultra-SE with 68-pin wide
connector or 80-pin SCA-2 connector
•
Superior data integrity:
›
352-bit Reed-Solomon quad-burst ECC provides fast on-the-fly correction for
small errors and robust software-based correction for larger errors
›
EDC internal protection from SCSI bus to media
Many of these features are described in this chapter.
The drive contains a large, segmented buffer in RAM that is used to maximize the
throughput for sequential read streams. This cache is organized as a number of
separate track line segments. Each track line segment can hold data from one
complete track on the media, temporarily assuming the identity of the track for all
input/output functions.
The buffer is also used to combine or coalesce I/O data on a track-by-track basis,
prior to accessing the disk media. Performance is greatly improved by gathering and
combining the data on a track basis rather than on a command basis. With this
unique system, multiple commands for a particular track are coalesced in the buffer
before accessing the media.
As a result, multiple I/O commands, that address a single track are logically
combined to avoid multiple disk accesses on multiple rotations. Since most reads
and writes are sequential, this greatly increases throughput for most applications.
6.2
PREFETCH
The drive supports prefetch. After the controller has copied an entire media track
into a cache track line segment, a unique algorithm determines whether:
•
The most recently used cache track line (track n) satisfies a read request;
•
The cache memory also includes another track line (track n-1) corresponding to
the media track preceding the one that was just copied, and;
•
There is no other work currently waiting for service by the read/write system.
If all three of these conditions are met, there is a high probability that the host will
call for data from the next media track (track n+1). So, the drive controller
automatically issues a read for that data and substitutes it for the information in
the n-1 track line segment in cache. This process, called prefetch, gives the drive a
very high cache hit rate for sequential reads.
6.3
WRITE-BACK CACHING
The drive supports write-back caching. In this case, writes are considered complete
when the data is loaded into the cache, before it is written to the media. This allows
the host to go on to other tasks, while the drive assumes responsibility for the data
and ensuring that it is written to media as soon as possible. If write-back caching is
employed, it is recommended that an uninterruptible power source (UPS) be
provided for optimal data security.
6-2
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Feature Descriptions
6.4
ZERO LATENCY READ/WRITE
An average of half a revolution of latency is saved by starting to read or write as
soon as a seek settles on the designated track. If reading, the initial data read is
stored in a buffer (cache) until the actual starting address data block is reached and
read. The starting address data is then transferred to the bus as the rest of the data
is transferring from media to the buffer. When the initial data address read is
reached again, that data in the buffer is transferred to the bus. This ensures that the
track data goes out in media order and eliminates the rotational latency associated
with waiting for the starting address to rotate to the head.
Writing works essentially the same way only in reverse. The data is first transferred
to the drive’s buffer. After seeking to the desired track, a write pointer is set to the
current location of the head on the track and writing is commenced from the buffer,
starting at the corresponding place in the data.
6.5
DISCONNECT-RECONNECT
System throughput can be improved by disconnecting the drive from the initiator
during physical positioning operations, thereby freeing up the SCSI bus for other I/O
processes. After the drive has determined that there will be a delay, it disconnects
itself from the SCSI bus by sending a DISCONNECT message and enters the BUS
FREE phase.
When the drive is ready to resume data transfer, it arbitrates for the SCSI bus and,
after winning arbitration, reconnects to the initiator and sends an IDENTIFY
message via the MESSAGE IN phase. This revives the I_T_L nexus (initiator-targetlogical unit connection) so the initiator can retrieve the correct set of data pointers
for the I/O process. The initiator restores the active pointers to their most recent
saved values, and the drive continues to finish the original I/O process.
Disconnect-Reconnect is controlled with the Mode Select Command (15h) for the
Disconnect/Reconnect (02h) mode page, as described in Chapter 6.
6.6
TRACK AND CYLINDER SKEWING
The disk drive improves data throughput by skewing track and cylinder addresses.
When the drive switches heads or tracks, or both, to access sequential data, the
rotation of the disk media allows one or more physical blocks to pass by the
read/write head before the head is ready to continue the transfer. Skewing adjusts
the block addresses so that the head switch and settle times and the media rotation
coincide to bring the head exactly to the next logical block. This minimizes
rotational latency (and increases throughput) when data is accessed sequentially.
6.7
AVERAGE ACCESS TIME
A 10,000 rpm rotation speed yields an average latency of 3.00 ms.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-3
Feature Descriptions
6.8
EMBEDDED SERVO SYSTEM
Embedded servo information is written in a spoke configuration on every track, on
every disk surface. The spokes (or headers) consist of quadrature analog patterns
and digital address data. The digital portions of the spoke data are read and used to
locate the desired track, spoke, and head number. The quadrature analog signal
portion is detected and used by a servo feedback control loop to precisely position the
head on the track center.
6.9
DATA INTEGRITY AND SECURITY
The disk drives use a combination of parity checking, error detection coding (EDC),
error correction coding (ECC), and checkpointing to protect stored data from media
errors, transfer or addressing errors, or errors introduced during block reallocation.
6.9.1 Media Error Protection
To ensure that data read is the same as data written, the drive computes and
appends an Error Correction Code (ECC) to each block of data stored. The drive uses
a 352-bit Reed Solomon code with a 4:1 interleave, which can correct up to 20 bytes
in each block.
The drive can also correct up to 2 bytes per interleave (up to 8 per block) in
hardware (“on-the-fly”), with no loss in throughput.
6.9.2 Transfer Error Protection
An end-to-end error detection code (EDC) protects data from any errors introduced
by internal buses, the disk controller chip, the data cache, or the SCSI interface.
An EDC is calculated and added to each data block as the data arrives from the
SCSI bus (after SCSI bus parity is checked). The EDC is stored with the data and
protected by the block ECC for added security. On reading or writing, the EDC is
checked as the data is transferred between buffer RAM and the media or the SCSI
bus.
6.9.3 Addressing Error Protection
Each data block on the media is identified and located by a servo spoke address. The
spoke address consists of a two-byte word. Each spoke has multiple copies of the
least significant bytes of the address. The disk hardware requires that a majority of
the copies agree and that the result agrees with the expected head, track, and spoke
number, before it will read or write the data.
To further protect against addressing errors, the logical address (LBA) of the data is
added to the EDC of each block. If data is written to the wrong block and
subsequently read, or read from the wrong block, the error will be flagged.
The hardware does not allow a blind read of a data block; the firmware must request
specific data blocks. Even if the head selection hardware malfunctions, it is not
possible for the drive to return data from the wrong head.
6-4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Feature Descriptions
6.9.4 Data Sector Reallocation Error Protection
In any SCSI disk drive, bad blocks may be reallocated. However, a power failure or
unrecoverable data could threaten data integrity during a block reallocation.
The reallocation and defect list storage algorithms prevent a reallocation from being
lost due to a power failure. Once a reallocation starts, the information about the
data block to be moved is stored on the media. As the reallocation progresses,
checkpoint information about the reallocation (such as the new destination and the
data in transit) is recorded. If the reallocation is interrupted, the process can
automatically continue from the last checkpoint without data loss.
If a block reallocation is performed on unrecoverable data (rare), a Bad Data Mark is
set in the new location. Thus, there is no chance of undetected bad data being
generated from a reallocation. Bad block reallocation is discussed in section 6.16.3.
6.9.5 Data Verification
Data can be verified in two ways. First, the integrity of data in selected areas of the
media can be checked using the VERIFY command. Secondly, the WRITE AND
VERIFY command writes host-supplied data and then verifies that it was written
correctly.
The Verify Error Recovery Page of the MODE SELECT COMMAND controls the
drive’s response to error conditions that arise during the VERIFY command and
during the verify operation of the WRITE AND VERIFY command.
6.10 TAGGED COMMAND QUEUING
The drive supports all three SCSI-defined queue tag messages. When queuing is
enabled (default condition), the drive can accept any of the following:
•
Simple - specifies that the command is to be placed in the drive’s command task
set (queue). If several commands are present, the drive may reorder them to
increase overall throughput.
•
Head of Queue - directs the drive to place the command at the beginning of the
queue, to be executed next. Consecutive commands with Head of Queue
specified are executed in last-in-first-out (LIFO) order. Queue depth is 64.
•
Ordered - specifies that commands in the drive’s task set are to be executed in
the order received (FIFO).
The DQue bit (disable queuing) of the Control Mode page can be used to disable
tagged command queuing.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-5
Feature Descriptions
6.11 COMMAND REORDERING
The drive uses Optimized Reordering Command Algorithm (ORCA) and tagged
command queuing to provide greater throughput by reordering any commands
queued on the drive to minimize rotational latency, seek time and head selection
time. The performance improvement is significant in heavily loaded applications
where queue depth exceeds 10-15 commands.
6.12 BANDED RECORDING
In banded recording, the disk is divided into multiple bands (also called partitions,
notches, or bit-zoned areas). Starting at the inner band, each band further out has
more blocks per track (a higher recording frequency). This use of multiple-frequency
recording increases the capacity of the drive.
6.13 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Quantum has incorporated a number of unique options into the drive. The
Quantum (Vendor) Special Function Control page is used to control these options.
The options include:
•
Initiate Synchronous Data Transfer Negotiation – a toggle-type parameter that
allows the initiator to move between asynchronous and synchronous modes of
data transfer.
•
Write Protect – Prevents writing to the disk drive.
•
Spin Delay – specifies if the drive should spin-up at power on or wait for a
START STOP UNIT command from the host.
•
Stagger Spin Delay – allows a series of drives to be spun up individually,
reducing the load on the system power supply.
6.14 POWER MANAGEMENT
The Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI hard disk drives have three basic
power states:
•
OFF – power is removed from the drive.
•
UNIT READY – the drive is powered on and is ready to accept and execute
commands. A single sub-state of UNIT READY exists, ACTIVE. This is the
highest power consumption state of the drive. A media access command is acted
upon immediately by the drive.
The drive remains in the UNIT READY state.
•
NOT READY – The drive is powered on but cannot be addressed. An example of
this state is during spin-up. In other cases the drive may require operator
intervention. This state will return a Status = Check condition.
The Power Condition Page, controlled with the MODE SELECT command, sets the
drive Power Management functions. This page is not changeable.
6-6
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Feature Descriptions
6.15 DIAGNOSTICS
The drive has extensive diagnostic capabilities, including those described below:
power-on self-test, periodic self-adjustments, and host diagnostics. Quantum uses
self-diagnostic tests and sense data tracking to manage drive errors, in addition to
logical block address (LBA) revectoring.
6.15.1 Power On Self Test (POST)
The disk drive performs a self-diagnostic test immediately at power up. Both the
Fault LED and a Busy LED briefly illuminate during spin-up as a lamp test.
If the drive passes the self-tests (and the spin-up jumper is installed), it spins up
and performs further diagnostics on the Head Disk Assembly (HDA). The drive
indicates “not ready” until the HDA tests are completed successfully.
The drive diagnostics test the following:
•
RAM and ROM chips
•
Buffer memory
•
Gate array chips
•
Read/write encoding circuits
•
Basic servo functions
After a SELECTION TIME following power-on, the disk drive is able to respond with
appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT READY, INQUIRY, and
REQUEST SENSE commands.
6.15.2 Periodic Self-Adjustments
During normal drive operation, certain periodic functions occur automatically so the
drive can verify and maintain the integrity of its operations and optimize
performance. The operations performed include those listed below.
•
Move/Switch idle heads
•
Adaptive seek profile calibration
•
ROM checksum
Such periodic functions can make the drive appear to be active when no commands
are outstanding, because the drive appears to be seeking. Periodic calibrations occur
only after the drive has been inactive for 30 seconds.
NOTE
If a media access command is received during a calibration, the drive aborts
the calibration process and acts on the command.
If desired, calibrations can be suspended to reduce drive overhead by setting the
Manual Calibration bit in the (Vendor) Special Function Control page. If this is
done, manual calibrations can still be initiated by performing a REZERO UNIT
command.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-7
Feature Descriptions
6.15.3 Host Diagnostics
The Host Processor can command the drive to perform diagnostic tests and report
status using RECEIVE and SEND DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS commands. Certain
parameters can be sent to the drive to alter or enhance the performance of the
diagnostic tests specified.
6.15.4 Log Sense
Quantum implements multiple LOG SENSE pages which logically group together
parameters related to disk and subsystem activities. Monitoring this data enables
users to observe drive performance and possibly predict failures.
6.16 ERROR RECOVERY
The mode pages control all error recovery. Any error recovery that is enabled is
attempted without host intervention.
6.16.1 Seek Error Recovery
Seek error recovery is automatic if the hardware is physically able to position to the
correct track.
6.16.2 Data Read Errors
Data read errors are recovered, if possible, by one or more of the following methods:
6-8
•
Correction of the data “on-the-fly” with ECC hardware.
•
Re-try the operation.
•
Reload read channel registers to calibrated values.
•
Off-track Recovery. Use different off-track offsets and re-try.
•
Use a fixed gain while retrying.
•
Margin servo thresholds to facilitate seek and detent.
•
Margin the error tolerance of sync mark detection.
•
Force sync mark detection while retrying.
•
Skip Sector Rereads. Retries, each without one of eight earlier servo blocks.
•
Correction of the bad data with the software ECC algorithm.
•
Switching the bias current of the MR head between retries.
•
TA baseline compensation, and other TA recovery methods.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Feature Descriptions
6.16.3 Reallocation of Bad Blocks
Most of the spare blocks are located on the inner cylinders of the drive. All defective
blocks are in-line spared at the factory or at format time. Some spare blocks are
allocated at the end of each band, and are reserved for grown, revectored blocks. All
grown defects are reallocated to one of the spare blocks, using a “nearest neighbor”
algorithm.
If bad block replacement is enabled (via the AWRE and ARRE bits in the Read-Write
Error Recovery Page), blocks that are difficult to read or write may be replaced after
multiple retries.
If the bad block data is recoverable, the drive first verifies that the original block
location is bad with multiple write tests. If the write tests fail, the original data is
reassigned to a new location.
If the block’s data is unrecoverable, the block may or may not be replaced according
to the state of the RUEE bit in the Quantum Vendor Unique Page. If the RUEE bit
is set, the bad data is relocated with a Bad Data Mark appended to it. If the PER bit
is set in the Read-Write Recovery Page, operations resulting in bad block
replacement activate Check
6.17 THE ULTRA 160/m LOW VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (LVD) SCSI
INTERFACE
SCSI-3 provides increased performance and versatility to SCSI disks. LVD uses
lower level voltage swings, differential signaling, and double transition (DT)
clocking to allow a maximum bus speed of 160MB/second in wide SCSI
configurations.
The Atlas 10K II disk drive supports the LVD/MSE (Multi-Mode LVD and SingleEnded) interface standard. When installed on a bus with only LVD devices the Atlas
10K disk drive operates in LVD mode at transfer rates up to 150 MB/second. It is
fully compatible with Ultra2 LVD devices operating at slower transfer rates. If an
Atlas 10K disk drive is installed on a bus with one or more single-ended (SE)
devices, it automatically switches modes to operate in SE mode at the slower, legacy
data rates.
Differential SCSI operation has the advantage of higher reliability of data transfer
through increased immunity to electrical noise. Differential signaling uses a twowire active system in which current from each wire flows in opposite directions and
reverses direction for a signal transition. The direction of current flow determines
whether the voltage levels on the two wires have a high/low or low/high
relationship to each other. The common mode, or reference, level for the two LVD
signals is +1.25 volts. High and low is defined relative to this level. LVD permits a
wide range of signal amplitudes. The Atlas 10K interface drivers are designed to
provide a high to low range on each signal of approximately 400 millivolts in a
nominal configuration, resulting in a differential signal of approximately 800
millivolts.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-9
Feature Descriptions
Single-ended SCSI, in contrast, uses one-wire active signaling with the signal return
wire connected to ground. The active signal range is switched between a high in the
range of +2.4 – 3.0 volts and a low in the range of 0 - +.5 volts. LVD/MSE SCSI
devices in single-ended mode do not have the signal return wires connected directly
to ground, as these same pins must be driven to LVD levels when the device is
operating in LVD mode. Instead, when in single-ended mode, the device turns on a
driver transistor for each return line that acts as a switch to connect the signal
return to ground.
6.17.1DIFFSENS
The DIFFSENS signal in the SCSI bus defines the current operating mode of the
SCSI bus. A level below +.5 volts defines a single-ended bus. A level between +.7
and +1.9 volts defines an LVD bus. A level above +2.4 volts defines a High Voltage
Differential (HVD) bus. Before LVD was introduced, HVD was simply called
Differential SCSI.
All single-ended-only devices connect the DIFFSENS signal to ground. On an LVD
bus, the terminators drive the DIFFSENS signal to +1.3 volts unless some device is
holding the signal at ground. HVD devices pull DIFFSENS up to +5 volts via a
resistor.
The Atlas 10K disk drive is designed with a circuit that monitors the level of
DIFFSENS at power-on. The drive then enables the appropriate circuits for LVD or
single-ended operation, or disables its interface completely if it detects an HVD level
on DIFFSENS.
The two normal operating environments for the Atlas 10K disk drive are an all-LVD
or (LVD/MSE) bus, in which case it operates in its LVD mode, or a bus that
contains at least one single-ended device, in which case the Atlas 10K disk drive
operates in single-ended mode.
HVD mode is not supported by the Atlas 10K disk drive. Signal levels on an HVD
bus can reach as high as +15 volts due to allowed common mode transients.
CAUTION
The LVD and HVD alternatives are mutually exclusive and damage may occur
to SCSI devices if an LVD device is plugged into an operating HVD bus.
6-10
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Feature Descriptions
6.17.2 DIFFSENS SWITCHING
After establishing its initial operating mode, the Atlas 10K II disk drive continues to
monitor the DIFFSENS signal. If a change in level is detected, such as might occur
if a device is added to or removed from the bus, the DIFFSENS circuit detects the
change and presents a mode change interrupt to the drive firmware. The operating
mode of the interface switches to the new mode 100 msec after the change is
detected, providing the new level has remained constant. This delay is required to
prevent spurious mode switches due to noise on the DIFFSENS line.
6.17.3 DT AND ST CLOCKING
With 160/m interface, Quantum has introduced a new method of clocking data on
the SCSI bus. This method, called Double Transition (DT) clocking, uses both the
rising and falling edges of the REQ and ACK signals to clock data into the receiving
device. This has the advantage of allowing the REQ and ACK signals to run at half
the frequency that would be required under the traditional Single Transition (ST)
SCSI clocking scheme for the same data rate. Lower frequency clocks result in a
more reliable bus. Figure 6-1 illustrates the difference between DT and ST clocking.
Single-
Single Transition (ST) Clocking
REQ/ACK
RE
Data
D
Maximum data frequency is ½ the clock frequency
Double-
Maximum data
Double Transition (DT) Clocking
REQ/ACK
RE
Data
D
Maximum data frequency is the same as the clock frequency
Maximum data frequency is
Figure 6-1 ST Clocking and DT Clocking
The Atlas 10K II disk drive can operate at speeds up to 80 MB/sec in either ST or
DT modes, depending on the capabilities of the host adapter. Transfer rates above 80
MB/sec are only supported in DT mode, as required by the SPI-3 SCSI standard.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-11
Feature Descriptions
6.17.4 CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECKING
When transferring data with DT clocking on the SCSI bus, a significantly improved
form of error checking, cyclic redundancy checking (CRC) is used instead of the
traditional parity checking. With CRC checking, the device sending data generates a
four-byte CRC character based on the contents of the bytes being transferred. The
receiving device also generates a CRC character as it receives the bytes. At the end
of a data burst, the sending device transfers its CRC character and the receiving
device compares the sender’s CRC with its own. If the two CRC characters match,
then the data burst transferred without error.
In ST mode, the Atlas 10K II disk drive uses the traditional parity checking method
to ensure error free data transfers.
6.17.5 DOMAIN VALIDATION
A new feature in 160/m interface is the capability of the intiator and target devices
to execute a test sequence of commands before customer operation begins to ensure
that the SCSI bus can support the desired transfer rate. If errors are found, the
initiator can negotiate different transfer parameters until a working configuration is
found.
•
Domain validation can detect configuration problems such as:
•
Wide devices with a narrow bus segment between them
•
DT devices connect through an ST expander
•
Broken connections
It may also detect poor quality cables, marginal quality signals, and improper
termination.
Domain validation is implemented using standard SCSI commands and new
versions of the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands. The sequence of
commands used for domain validation may vary from system to system. The selection
of commands used is entirely under control of host firmware and software.
6.18 HOT PLUGGING/REMOVAL AND INSERTION OF SCSI DEVICES
The Quantum Atlas 10K II SCA low voltage differential (LVD) disk drives are
designed for use in “Hot Swap” applications within a properly designed and
configured SCSI system. With care, system integrators can design storage arrays
and/or SCSI buses using Quantum Atlas 10K ii disk drives that are “Hot Swap Case
4” tolerant.
Case 4 is defined as follows:
6-12
•
Devices are powered and the bus may have active I/O processes ongoing, but the
device being removed or inserted must be idle (no ongoing I/O processes during
the insertion/removal).
•
Ground connections to the drive must be made and maintained for 1 millisecond
before, during, and 1 millisecond after the insertion/removal. The SCA-2
connector used on the Atlas 10K II disk drive meets this requirement.
•
Device circuitry connected to bus pins must remain “glitch” free during power
up or power down.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Feature Descriptions
NOTE
In a multimode environment, any insertion or removal that changes the bus
mode causes a transceiver mode change reset event.
System Considerations
It is not possible for the suppliers of various system components (e.g., targets,
initiators, backplanes, terminators) to guarantee that a system can operate under
“Hot Swap Case 4” conditions. Therefore, the system integrator bears the
responsibility for ensuring that the system can meet “Hot Swap Case 4” operational
criteria.
There are two metrics key to ensuring “Hot Swap Case 4” tolerance:
1.
When a drive is being hot inserted into an active bus, a smaller capacitance on
the SCSI bus pins create a smaller (that is, a lesser charge) transient spike on
the bus.
2.
When the drive is the closest drive to the connector at which another drive is
being hot inserted, it is desirable that the input receivers ignore short low
amplitude transients (usually via a low pass filter).
LVD SCSI devices may require more stringent system design to tolerate transients
that occur during Case 4 insertion or removal. System integrators should consider
the following when designing their backplanes or buses:
1.
Larger connector-to-connector spacing causes the transients associated with hot
swapping to be attenuated dramatically before reaching an operating drive.
2.
Larger SCSI signal-trace capacitance (that is, lower impedance) is preferable for
minimizing transient spikes, but can cause other bus problems unrelated to hot
swapping. Draft standard SCSI-3 SCSI SPI-2 (SCSI Parallel Interface), Revision
18, Section 6.6.2 illustrates the tradeoffs between trace capacitance and drive-todrive spacing.
3.
The universe of drives needs to be homogeneous. A 15 pF drive hot-inserted into
a rack of 15 pF drives presents no difficulty. A 30 pF drive inserted into a rack of
10 pF drives with very close connector spacing, however, is more likely to cause
problems.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
6-13
Feature Descriptions
6-14
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix A
Quick Reference
Appendix A is a synopsis of SCSI commands, associated pages, messages, sense keys
and status codes used in this manual.
A.1
SCSI-2 / SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology
Table A−1 contains the SCSI-3 equivalent terms for common terms used in SCSI-2
documents. Table A−2 contains the SCSI-3 commands and op codes.
Table A−1 SCSI-2 / SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology
SCSI-2
SCSI-3
abort
abort task set
abort tag
abort task
bus device reset
target reset
clear queue
clear task set
command complete
task complete
continue I/O process
continue task
head of queue tag
head of queue
ordered queue tag
ordered
incorrect initiator connection
overlapped commands
I/O process
task
phase
service
queue
task set
queue full
task set full
simple queue tag
simple
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
A–1
Appendix A. Quick Reference
Table A−2 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Commands and Messages
Command
CHANGE DEFINITION
FORMAT UNIT
INQUIRY
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
MODE SELECT (6)
MODE SELECT (10)
MODE SENSE (6)
MODE SENSE (10)
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
READ (6)
READ (10)
READ BUFFER
READ CAPACITY
READ DEFECT DATA
READ LONG
READ MASK SKIP
REASSIGN BLOCKS
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
RELEASE (6)
RELEASE (10)
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER
REPORT LUNS
REQUEST SENSE
RESERVE (6)
RESERVE (10)
REZERO UNIT
SEEK (6)
SEEK (10)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
START/STOP UNIT
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
WRITE (6)
WRITE (10)
WRITE AND VERIFY
WRITE BUFFER
WRITE LONG
WRITE MASK SKIP
WRITE SAME
XDREAD
XDWRITE
XPWRITE
Op Code (Hex)
40
04
12
4C
4D
15
55
1A
5A
5E
5F
08
28
3C
25
37
3E
E8
07
1C
17
57
A3
A0
03
16
56
01
0B
2B
1D
A4
1B
35
00
2F
0A
2A
2E
3B
3F
EA
41
52
50
51
(continued)
A–2
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix A. Quick Reference
Table A−2 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Commands and Messages (continued)
Messages
ABORT
ABORT TAG
BUS DEVICE RESET
CLEAR QUEUE
COMMAND COMPLETE
CONTINUE I/O PROCESS
DISCONNECT
HEAD OF QUEUE TAG
IDENTIFY
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE w/FLAG
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR
MESSAGE REJECT
NO OPERATION
ORDERED QUEUE TAG
RELEASE RECOVERY
SAVE DATA POINTER
SIMPLE QUEUE TAG
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQ.
Msg. Code - Hex
06
0D
0C
0E
00
12
04
21
80 – FF
25
05
0A
0B
09
07
08
22
10
02
20
01
13
03
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
A–3
Appendix A. Quick Reference
Table A−3 SCSI-3 Quick Reference - Pages
Pages
Application Client
ASCII Implemented Operating
Definition
ASCII Information
Bad Block Replacement Summary
Buffer Overruns and Underruns
Caching
Control Mode
DER Description
Device Identification
Disk Error Recovery Counters
Disconnect-Reconnect
Early Warning Status
ECC Counters and Summary
Firmware Revision
Format Device
Format Status
Implemented Operating Definition
Last n Error Events
Medium Types Supported
Negotiated Rate Information
Non-Medium Error Counter
Notch and Partition
Peripheral Device
Power Condition
Quantum Manufacturing Number
Quantum-Unique
Read Error Counter
Read-Write Error Recovery
Rigid Disk Geometry
SCSI Bus Events
Seek Performance Summary
Self Test Results
Servo Events Counter
Standard Inquiry Data
Supported Diagnostic Pages
Supported Log Pages
Supported Vital Product Pages
Translate Address
Unit Attention Control
Unit Serial Number
Vendor Part Number
Vendor-Unique Caching
Verify Error Counter
Verify Error Recovery
Write Error Counter
XOR Control
Page Code
0F
82
Cmd
4D
12
01, 02, 03
39
01
08 *
0A *
3A
83
3A
02
36
3D
C0
03
08
81
07
0B
4C
06
0C
09
0D
C1
39
03
01
04
3E
37
10
38
**
00
00
00
40
00
80
C1
38
05
07
02
10
12
4D
4D
15, 55
15, 55
4D
12
4D
15, 55
4D
4D
12
1A
4D
12
4D
1A
12
4D
15, 55
1A, 5A
15
12
15, 55
4D
15
15, 55
4D
4D
4D
4D
1C
4D
12
1C
15, 55
12
12
1A, 5A
4D
15, 55
4D
15, 55
* Not supported in SCSI-1/CSS mode
A–4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix A. Quick Reference
Table A−4 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Sense Keys
Sense Keys
NO SENSE
RECOVERED ERROR
NOT READY
MEDIUM ERROR
HARDWARE ERROR
ILLEGAL REQUEST
UNIT ATTENTION
DATA PROTECT
VENDOR SPECIFIC
ABORTED COMMAND
MISCOMPARE
Sense Code - Hex
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
B
E
Table A−5 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Status Codes
Status Codes
GOOD
CHECK CONDITION
BUSY
RESERVATION CONFLICT
TASK SET FULL
Status Code - Hex
00
02
08
18
28
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
A–5
Appendix A. Quick Reference
A–6
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B
SCSI REFERENCE INFORMATION
Appendix B provides information about SCSI bus timing, SCSI signal states, SCSI bus
conditions, and SCSI message format and supported SCSI messages. Information in this
appendix covers both SCSI-2 and SCSI-3 interfaces. Note that this information is general in
nature, and is not specific to the ATLAS 10K II disk drive. It is provided as a reference only.
B.1 SCSI-2 Bus Timing
Table B–1 provides timing values and definitions for SCSI-2 SCSI bus signals.
Table B–1 SCSI Bus Timing Values -- ANSI SCSI-2 Standard
Timing Description
Value
Description
Arbitration Delay
2.4 µs
Minimum time a SCSI device waits from asserting
BSY for arbitration until the DATA BUS can be
examined to see if arbitration has been won; there
is no maximum time.
Assertion Period
90 ns
Minimum time a drive asserts REQ while using
standard synchronous data transfers; also, the
minimum time that an initiator asserts ACK while
using standard (slow) synchronous data transfers.
Bus Clear Delay
800 ns
Maximum time for a SCSI device to stop driving
all bus signals after:
1.
BUS FREE is detected.
2.
SEL is received from another SCSI device
during ARBITRATION.
3.
Transition of RST to true.
For condition 1, the maximum time for a SCSI
device to clear the bus is 1200 ns (1.2 µs) from
BSY and SEL first becoming both false.
If a SCSI device requires more than a bus settle
delay to detect BUS FREE, it clears the bus within a
bus clear delay minus the excess time.
Bus Free Delay
800 ns
Maximum time a SCSI device waits from its
detection of BUS FREE until its assertion of BSY
when going to ARBITRATION.
Bus Set Delay
1.8 µs
Maximum time for a device to assert BSY and its
SCSI ID bit on the DATA BUS after it detects BUS
FREE to enter ARBITRATION.
Bus Settle Delay
400 ns
Minimum time to wait for the bus to settle after
changing certain control signals as defined in
protocol definitions.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–1
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–1 SCSI Bus Timing Values -- ANSI SCSI-2 Standard (continued)
Timing Description
Value
Description
Cable Skew Delay
10 ns
Maximum difference in propagation time allowed
between any two SCSI bus signals measured
between any two SCSI devices.
Data Release Delay
400 ns
Maximum time for an initiator to release the
DATA BUS signals following the transition of the
I/O signal from false to true.
Deskew Delay
45 ns
Minimum time required to wait for all signals
(especially data signals) to stabilize at their
correct, final value after changing.
Disconnection Delay
200 µs
Minimum time that a drive waits after releasing
BSY before participating in an ARBITRATION when
honoring a DISCONNECT message from the
initiator.
Hold Time
45 ns
Minimum time added between the assertion of
REQ or ACK and changing the data lines to
provide hold time in the initiator or drive while
using standard (slow) synchronous data transfers.
Negation Period
90 ns
Minimum time that a drive negates REQ while
using standard synchronous data transfers; also,
the minimum time than an initiator negates ACK
while using standard (slow) synchronous data
transfers.
Power-On to
Selection Time
10 s*
Recommended maximum time from power
application until a drive is able to respond with
appropriate status and sense data to the TEST
UNIT READY, INQUIRY, and REQUEST SENSE
commands.
Reset to Selection Time
250 ms*
Recommended maximum time after a hard RESET
condition until a drive is able to respond with
appropriate status and sense data to the TEST
UNIT READY, INQUIRY, and REQUEST SENSE
commands.
Reset Hold Time
25 µs
Minimum time for which RST is asserted; there is
no maximum time.
Selection Abort Time
200 µs
Maximum time that a drive (or initiator) takes
from its most recent detection of being selected
(or reselected) until asserting a BSY response.
Selection Time-Out Delay 250 ms*
Recommended minimum time a SCSI device
should wait for a BSY response during SELECTION
or RESELECTION before starting the time-out
procedure.
Transfer Period
Minimum time allowed between the leading
edges of successive REQ pulses and of successive
ACK pulses while using standard or fast
synchronous data transfers. The period range is
200 to 500 ns minimum, standard, or 100 to 500
ns minimum, fast-synchronous.
Note: negotiated and set during an SDTR
message.
* Recommended time
B–2
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
(continued)
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–1 SCSI Bus Timing Values -- ANSI SCSI-2 Standard (continued)
Fast Synchronous Option
Fast Assertion Period
30 ns
Minimum time a drive asserts REQ and the
minimum time an initiator asserts ACK while
using fast synchronous data transfers.
Fast Cable Skew Delay
5 ns
Maximum difference in propagation time allowed
between any two SCSI bus signals measured
between any two SCSI devices while using fast
synchronous data transfers.
Fast Deskew Delay
20 ns
Minimum time required to wait for all signals
(especially data signals) to stabilize at their
correct, final value after changing while using fast
synchronous data transfers.
Fast Hold Time
10 ns
Minimum time added between the assertion of
REQ or ACK and the changing of the data lines to
provide hold time in the initiator or drive,
respectively while using fast synchronous data
transfers.
Fast Negation Period
30 ns
Minimum time that a drive negates REQ and the
minimum time than an initiator negates ACK
while using synchronous data transfers.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–3
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.2 SCSI-3 Bus Timing
SCSI devices that use a single transition (ST), i.e, they use only one edge of the
REQ/ACK signal to clock data, can provide data transfer rates of up to 80 MB per
second. Ultra 160/m SCSI-3, on the other hand, uses both edges of REQ/ACK, or
double transition (DT) to double the speed of the bus.
Table B-2 provides the timing values for SCSI bus controls defined by the SCSI-3
standard. Note that the QAS (Quick Arbritrate/Select) items are not supported by
the drive. Tables B–3 and B–4 provide SCSI bus data and information phase timing
values for ST and DT devices, respectively.
Table B–2 SCSI-3 Bus Control Timing
Description
Values
Arbitration Delay
2.4 µs
Bus Clear Delay
800 ns
Bus Free Delay
800 ns
Bus Set Delay
1.6 µs
Bus Settle Delay
400 ns
Cable Skew (note 1)
4 ns
Data Release Delay
400 ns
DIFFSENS voltage filter time
100 ms
Physical Disconnection Delay
200 us
Power on to Selection (note 2)
10 s
QAS Arbitration Delay
1000 ns
QAS Assertion Delay
200 ns
QAS Release Delay
200 ns
QAS non-DATA phase REQ (ACK) period
50 ns
Reset Delay
200 ns
Reset Hold Time
25 µs
Reset to Selection (note 2)
250 ms
Selection Abort Time
200 µs
Selection Time-out Delay (note 2)
250 ms
System Deskew Delay
45 ns
Notes: 1 Cable Skew is measured at each device connection with
the transmitted skew subtracted from the received
skew.
2 This is a recommended time. It is not mandatory.
B–4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–3 Single Transition (ST) SCSI Bus Data and Information Phase Timing
Values (Note 4)
Description
Asynch
Fast-5
Fast-10
Fast-20
Fast-40
ATN Transmit Setup Time
90 ns
33 ns
33 ns
21.5 ns
19.25ns
ATN Receive Setup Time
45 ns
17 ns
17 ns
8.5 ns
6.75 ns
Cable Skew (note 1)
4 ns
4 ns
4 ns
3 ns
2.5 ns
Receive Assertion Period (note 2)
N/A
70 ns
22 ns
11 ns
6.5 ns
Receive Hold Time (note 2 and note 3)
N/A
25 ns
25 ns
11.5 ns
4.75 ns
Receive Negation Period (note 2)
N/A
70 ns
22 ns
11 ns
6.5 ns
Receive Setup Time (note 2 and note 3)
N/A
15 ns
15 ns
6.5 ns
4.75 ns
Receive REQ (ACK) Period Tolerance
N/A
1.1 ns
1.1 ns
1.1 ns
1.1 ns
Signal Timing Skew
8 ns
8 ns
8 ns
5 ns
4.5 ns
REQ (ACK) Period
N/A
200 ns
100 ns
50 ns
25 ns
Transmit Assertion Period (note 2)
N/A
80 ns
30 ns
15 ns
8 ns
Transmit Hold Time (note 2 and note 3)
N/A
53 ns
33 ns
16.5 ns
9.25 ns
Transmit Negation Period (note 2)
N/A
80 ns
30 ns
15 ns
8 ns
Transmit Setup Time (note 2 and note 3)
N/A
23 ns
23 ns
11.5 ns
9.25 ns
Transmit REQ (ACK) Period Tolerance
N/A
1 ns
1 ns
1 ns
1 ns
Notes:
1 Cable Skew is measured at each device connection with the transmitted skew subtracted from
the received skew.
2 See SPI-3 specifications for measurement points.
3 See SPI-3 specifications for examples of how to calculate setup and hold timing.
4 SCSI bus timing values specified by the maximum transfer rate for the given range shall apply
even if a slower transfer rate within the given range is negotiated.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–5
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–4 Double Transition (DT) SCSI Bus Data and Information Phase Timing
Values (Note 4)
Timing Description
Fast-20
Fast-40
Fast-80
ATN Transmit Setup Time
48.4 ns
29.2 ns
19.6 ns
14.8 ns
ATN Receive Setup Time
13.6 ns
7.8 ns
4.9 ns
3.45 ns
4 ns
3 ns
2.5 ns
2.5 ns
pCRC Receive Hold Time
10.2 ns
5.1 ns
2.55 ns
1.45 ns
pCRC Receive Setup Time
20.2 ns
15.1 ns
12.55 ns
11.45 ns
pCRC Transmit Hold Time
37 ns
18.5 ns
9.25 ns
4.8 ns
pCRC Transmit Setup Time
47 ns
28.5 ns
19.25 ns
14.8 ns
Receive Assertion Period (note 2)
80 ns
40 ns
20 ns
10 ns
11.6 ns
5.8 ns
2.9 ns
1.45 ns
80 ns
40 ns
20 ns
10 ns
Receive Setup Time (note 2 and note 3)
11.6 ns
5.8 ns
2.9 ns
1.45 ns
Receive REQ (ACK) Period Tolerance
0.7 ns
0.7 ns
0.7 ns
0.7 ns
Signal Timing Skew
26.8 ns
13.4 ns
6.7 ns
3.35 ns
REQ (ACK) Period
200 ns
100 ns
50 ns
25 ns
92 ns
46 ns
23 ns
11.5 ns
38.4 ns
19.2 ns
9.6 ns
4.8 ns
92 ns
46 ns
23 ns
11.5 ns
Transmit Setup Time (note 2 and note 3)
38.4 ns
19.2 ns
9.6 ns
4.8 ns
Transmit REQ (ACK) Period Tolerance
0.6 ns
0.6 ns
0.6 ns
0.6 ns
Cable Skew (note 1)
Receive Hold Time (note 2 and note 3)
Receive Negation Period (note 2)
Transmit Assertion Period (note 2)
Transmit Hold Time (note 2 and note 3)
Transmit Negation Period (note 2)
Notes: 1
B–6
Fast-10
Cable Skew is measured at each device connection with the transmitted skew subtracted from
the received skew.
2
See SPI-3 specifications for measurement points.
3
See SPI-3 specifications for examples of how to calculate setup and hold timing.
4
SCSI bus timing values specified by the maximum transfer rate for the given range shall apply
even if a slower transfer rate within the given range is negotiated.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
The Timing Parameters and Descriptions for SCSI-3 ST/DT are defined in alphabetical order
below:
Arbitration delay - The minimum time a SCSI device shall wait from asserting the BSY signal for
arbitration until the DATA BUS is examined to see if arbitration has been won. There is no
maximum time.
ATN Transmit Setup Time - The minimum time provided by the transmitter between the
assertion of the ATN signal and the negation of the ACK signal.
ATN Receive Setup Time - The minimum time required at the receiver between the assertion of
the ATN signal and the negation of the ACK signal to recognize the assertion of an Attention
Condition.
Bus Clear Delay - The maximum time for a SCSI device to release all SCSI bus signals after:
a) the BUS FREE phase is detected (the BSY and SEL signals are both false for a bus settle
delay);
b) the SEL signal is received from another SCSI device during the ARBITRATION phase;
c) the transition of the RST signal to true.
For item a) above, the maximum time for a SCSI device to release all SCSI bus signals is 1200 ns
from the BSY and SEL signals first becoming both false. If a SCSI device requires more than a
bus settle delay to detect BUS FREE phase, it shall release all SCSI bus signals within a bus clear
delay minus the excess time.
Bus Free Delay - The minimum time that a SCSI device shall wait from its detection of the BUS
FREE phase (BSY and SEL both false for a bus settle delay) until its assertion of the BSY signal in
preparation for entering the ARBITRATION phase.
Bus Set Delay - The maximum time for a SCSI device to assert the BSY signal and its SCSI ID after
it detects a BUS FREE phase for the purpose of entering the ARBITRATION phase.
Bus Settle Delay - The minimum time to wait for the bus to settle after changing certain
control signals as called out in the protocol definitions.
Cable Skew - The maximum difference in propagation time allowed between any two SCSI bus
signals measured between any two SCSI devices excluding any signal distortion skew delays.
pCRC Receive Hold Time - The minimum time required at the receiver between the transition of
the REQ signal and the transition of the P_CRCA signal while pCRC protection is enabled.
pCRC Receive Setup Time - The minimum time required at the receiver between the transition
of the P_CRCA signal and the transition of the REQ signal while pCRC protection is enabled.
pCRC Transmit Hold Time - The minimum time provided by the transmitter between the
transition of the REQ signal and the transition of the P_CRCA signal while pCRC protection is
enabled.
Receive Hold Time - For ST data transfers the minimum time required at the receiving SCSI
device between the assertion of the REQ signal or the ACK signals and the changing of the
DATA BUS while using synchronous data transfers.
For DT data transfers the minimum time required at the receiving SCSI device between the
transition (i.e. assertion or negation) of the REQ signal or the ACK signals and the changing of
the DATA BUS while using synchronous data transfers.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–7
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Receive Negation Period - The minimum time required at a SCSI device receiving a REQ signal
for the signal to be negated while using synchronous data transfers.
Also, the minimum time required at a SCSI device receiving an ACK signal for the signal to be
asserted while using synchronous data transfers.
For SE fast-5 and fast-10 operation, the time period is measured at the 2.0 V level. For SE fast-20
operation the period is measured at the 1.9 V level.
Receive Setup Time - For ST data transfers the minimum time required at the receiving SCSI
device between the changing of DATA BUS and the assertion of the REQ signal or the ACK
signal while using synchronous data transfers.
For DT data transfers the minimum time required at the receiving SCSI device between the
changing of DATA BUS and the transition of the REQ signal or the ACK signal while using
synchronous data transfers.
Receive REQ (ACK) Period Tolerance - The minimum tolerance that a SCSI device shall allow to
be subtracted from the REQ (ACK) period.
REQ (ACK) Period - The REQ (ACK) period during synchronous data transfers is measured from
an assertion edge of the REQ (ACK) signal to the next assertion edge of the signal.
In DT DATA phases the nominal transfer period for data is half that of the REQ (ACK) period
during synchronous data transfers since data is qualified on both the assertion and negation
edges of the REQ (ACK) signal.
In ST DATA phases the nominal transfer period for data is equal to the REQ (ACK) period during
synchronous data transfers since data is only qualified the assertion edge of the REQ (ACK)
signal.
Reset Delay - The minimum time that the RST signal shall be continuously true before the SCSI
device shall initiate a reset.
Reset Hold Time - The minimum time that the RST signal is asserted. There is no maximum time.
Reset To Selection - The recommended maximum time from after a reset condition until a SCSI
target is able to respond with appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT READY,
INQUIRY, and REQUEST SENSE commands (See SCSI Primary Commands-2 Standard).
Selection Abort Time - The maximum time that a SCSI device shall take from its most recent
detection of being selected or reselected until asserting the BSY signal in response. This timeout is required to ensure that a target or initiator does not assert the BSY signal after a
SELECTION or RESELECTION phase has been aborted.
B–8
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.3
Signal States
The following paragraphs describe the SCSI signal values and SCSI ID bits.
B.3.1 Signal Values
All signal values are actively driven true (low voltage). Because the signal drivers
are OR-tied, the bias circuitry on the bus terminator pulls false when it is released
by the drivers at every SCSI device. If any device asserts a signal, (e.g., OR-tied
signals), the signal is true. Table B-5 shows the ANSI-specified and defined signal
sources. Any device can assert RST at any time.
Table B–5 Signal Sources
SIGNALS
Bus Phase
C/D
I/O
MSG
REQ
ACK
ATN
DB(7–0)
DB(P)
DB(16-8)
DB(P1)
BSY
SEL
BUS FREE
None
None
None
None
None
None
ARBITRATION
SELECTION
RESELECTION
COMMAND
DATA IN
DATA OUT
STATUS
MESSAGE IN
MESSAGE OUT
All
I&T
I&T
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Winner
Init
Targ
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
None
Init
Init
Init
Init
Init
Init
Init
Init
S ID
Init
Targ
Init
Targ
Init
Targ
Targ
Init
S ID
Init
Targ
None
Targ
Init
None
None
None
All:
The signal is driven by all SCSI devices that are actively arbitrating.
S ID:
Each SCSI device that is actively arbitrating asserts its unique SCSI ID bit. The other
seven (or fifteen) data bits are released. The parity bit, DB (P) or DB (P1), can be
released or driven true, but is never driven false during this phase.
I&T:
The signal is driven by the initiator, target (drive), or both, as specified in the
SELECTION and RESELECTION phase.
Init:
If driven, this signal is driven only by the active initiator.
None:
The signal is released; that is, not driven by any SCSI device. The bias circuitry of the
bus terminators pulls the signal to the false state.
Winner:
The signal is driven by the winning SCSI device.
Targ:
If the signal is driven, it is driven only by the active drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–9
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.3.2 SCSI ID Bits & Priorities
The SCSI standard permits a maximum of eight SCSI devices on a narrow (8 address
bits) SCSI bus and up to 16 devices on a wide (16 address bits) bus. Each SCSI
device has a single, unique SCSI ID address bit assigned to it. This SCSI ID
identifies and also sets the priority of the device on the bus. The bit priority is used
for arbitration as well as the SCSI ID.
See Table B–6 for the SCSI ID data bus bit assignments and the respective bit
priorities. Note that bit DB(7) has the highest priority for either 8-bit or wide (16bit) transfer modes. On the drive, the SCSI ID is assigned by configuring jumpers or
remote switches to the option connector in normal 3-bit (or 4-bit) binary fashion.
Chapter 2 has full instructions on setting the SCSI ID jumpers.
Since the drives are SCAM-1 compliant, a SCAM initiator may assign a SCAM SCSI
ID that is different than the one set with jumpers or switches.
Table B–6 SCSI ID Bits & Arbitration Priorities
DATA BUS
1
B–10
SCSI ID & PRIORITY
(8-BIT TRANSFERS)
SCSI ID & PRIORITY
(16-BIT TRANSFERS)
BIT NUMBER1
ID (ADDRESS)
PRIORITY
ID (ADDRESS)
PRIORITY
DB(7)
7
1
7
1
DB(6)
6
2
6
2
DB(5)
5
3
5
3
DB(4)
4
4
4
4
DB(3)
3
5
3
5
DB(2)
2
6
2
6
DB(1)
1
7
1
7
DB(0)
0
8
0
8
DB(15)
–
−
15
9
DB(14)
–
−
14
10
DB(13)
–
−
13
11
DB(12)
–
−
12
12
DB(11)
–
−
11
13
DB(10)
–
−
10
14
DB(9)
–
−
9
15
DB(8)
–
−
8
16
NOTE: A single bit is used to identify a device and define its priority on the SCSI bus. Highest
priority (1) is at the top.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.4
SCSI Signals
Table B-7 defines the SCSI-3 bus signals.
Table B–7 SCSI–3 Bus Signal Definitions
Signal
Definition
ACK (acknowledge)
A signal driven by the initiator as an acknowledgment of
receipt of data from a target or as a signal to a target indicating
when the target should read the data (out) lines.
ATN (attention)
A signal driven by an initiator to indicate that it has a message
to send.
BSY (busy)
An OR-tied signal that indicates that the bus is in use.
C/D (control/data)
A signal driven by a target that indicates whether CONTROL or
DATA information is on the DATA BUS. True (low voltage)
indicates CONTROL.
DB(7–0,P) (data bus)
Eight data-bit signals, plus a parity-bit signal that form a DATA
BUS. DB(7) is the most significant bit and has the highest
priority (8 or 16-bit) during ARBITRATION. Bit number,
significance, and priority decrease downward to DB(0). A data
bit is defined as 1 when the signal value is true (low voltage)
and 0 when the signal value is false (high voltage). Data parity
DB(P) is odd. Parity is undefined during ARBITRATION.
DB(15–8,P1) (data bus)
Eight data-bit signals, plus one parity-bit signal, that forms an
extension to the DATA BUS. They are used for 16-bit (wide)
interfaces. DB(15) is the most significant bit and has the higher
priority (but below bit DB(0) during ARBITRATION. Bit number,
significance, and priority decrease downward to DB(8). Data
Parity DB (P1) is odd.
I/O (input/output)
A signal driven by a target that controls the direction of data
movement on the DATA BUS with respect to an initiator. True
indicates input to the initiator.
Also used to distinguish between SELECTION and RESELECTION
modes.
MSG (message)
A signal driven by a target during the MESSAGE phase.
REQ (request)
A signal driven by a target to indicate a request for an
information transfer to or from the initiator. Each byte of data
transferred is accompanied with a REQ/ACK “handshake”. See
also, ACK.
RST (reset)
An OR-tied signal that initiates a RESET condition.
SEL (select)
An OR-tied signal used by an initiator to select a target or by a
target to reselect an initiator.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–11
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.5
SCSI Bus Phases
The SCSI communication architecture includes eight distinct phases:
BUS FREE phase
ARBITRATION phase
SELECTION phase
RESELECTION phase
COMMAND phase
DATA (In/Out) phases
STATUS phase
MESSAGE (In/Out) phases
The last four phases are called the “information transfer phases.”
The SCSI bus can never be in more than one phase at any given time. In the
following descriptions, signals that are not mentioned are not asserted.
B.5.1 BUS FREE Phase
The BUS FREE phase indicates that there is no current I/O process and that the
SCSI bus is available for a connection. SCSI devices detect the BUS FREE phase
after the SEL and BSY signals are both false for at least one bus settle delay.
During normal operation, the BUS FREE phase is entered when the drive releases
the BSY signal. However, the BUS FREE phase can be entered following the release
of the SEL signal after a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase time-out.
The BUS FREE phase normally does not begin because of the drive’s release of the
BSY signal unless it has occurred after the detection of a reset condition or after a
drive has successfully transmitted or received one of the following messages:
Messages Transmitted from Drive:
•
•
DISCONNECT
COMMAND COMPLETE
Messages Received by Drive:
• ABORT TASK
• ABORT TASK SET
• TARGET RESET
• RELEASE RECOVERY
• CLEAR QUEUE
If an initiator detects the release of the BSY signal by the drive at any other time,
the drive is indicating an error condition to the initiator. The drive can perform this
transition to the BUS FREE phase independently of the state of the ATN signal. The
initiator manages this condition as an unsuccessful I/O process termination. The
drive terminates the I/O process by clearing all pending data and status information
for the affected nexus. The drive can optionally prepare sense data that can be
retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE Command.
Bus Free Sequence
1.
B–12
BSY and SEL signals are continuously false for one bus settle delay.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
2.
SCSI devices release all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay.
If a SCSI device requires more than one bus settle delay to detect the BUS FREE
phase, then it releases all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay minus the
excess time to detect the BUS FREE phase.
The total time to clear the SCSI bus cannot exceed one bus settle delay plus one bus
clear delay.
B.5.2 ARBITRATION Phase
The ARBITRATION phase allows one SCSI device to gain control of the SCSI bus
so that it can initiate or resume an I/O process.
A SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting both the BSY signal and its
own SCSI ID after a BUS FREE phase occurs. If a higher priority SCSI ID bit is
asserted on the bus, the lower-priority SCSI device loses the arbitration. Narrow
data bus modules/drives (8-bit) recognize SCSI Ids 7 through 0 in descending
priority in arbitration. Wide data bus modules/drives (16-bit) recognize SCSI IDs 15
through 0 in descending order (ID bit numbers 7 through 0, then 15 through 8).
Arbitration Sequence
1.
The SCSI device waits for the BUS FREE phase to occur.
2.
The SCSI device waits a minimum of one bus free delay after detection of the
BUS FREE phase before driving any signal.
3.
The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting the BSY signal and its
SCSI ID.
4.
The SCSI device waits at least an arbitration delay to determine arbitration
results:
NOTE
Step 4 requires that every device complete the arbitration phase to the
point of SEL being asserted (for a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase) to
avoid hanging the bus.
•
If a higher priority SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS, the SCSI device loses
the arbitration.
•
The losing SCSI device releases the BSY signal and its SCSI ID bit within one
bus clear delay after the SEL signal asserted by the arbitration winner becomes
true.
•
The losing SCSI device waits for the SEL signal to become true before releasing
the BSY signal and SCSI ID bit. The losing SCSI device returns to step 1
•
If no higher priority SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS, the SCSI device
wins the arbitration and asserts the SEL signal.
•
The winning SCSI device waits at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle
delay after asserting the SEL signal before changing any signals.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–13
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.5.3 SELECTION Phase
The SELECTION phase allows an initiator to select a drive to initiate a drive
function.
The SCSI device that won the arbitration has both the BSY and SEL signals
asserted and has delayed at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay before
ending the ARBITRATION phase. The SCSI device that won the arbitration
becomes an initiator by not asserting the I/O signal.
During SELECTION, the I/O signal is negated so that this phase can be
distinguished from the RESELECTION phase.
Selection Sequence
The initiator:
B–14
1.
Sets the DATA BUS to the OR of its SCSI ID bit and the drive’s SCSI ID bit.
2.
Asserts the ATN signal (signaling that a MESSAGE OUT phase is to follow the
SELECTION phase).
3.
Waits at least two deskew delays.
4.
Releases the BSY signal.
5.
Waits at least one bus settle delay.
6.
Looks for a response from the drive.
7.
No less than two deskew delays after the initiator detects that the BSY signal
has been asserted by the target/drive, it releases the SEL signal and can change
the DATA BUS.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
The drive:
8.
Determines that it is selected when the SEL signal and its SCSI ID bit are true
and the BSY and I/O signals are false for at least one bus settle delay.
9.
Can examine the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the selecting initiator.
10. Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent detection
of being selected.
This is required for correct operation of the selection time-out procedure.
The drive does not respond to a selection if bad parity is detected. Also, if more
than two SCSI ID bits are on the DATA BUS, the drive does not respond to
selection.
11. Waits until the SEL signal is false.
12. Asserts the REQ signal to enter an information transfer phase.
Selection Time-Out
Two optional time-out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus if the
initiator waits a minimum of a selection time-out delay and there has been no BSY
signal response from the drive.
1.
The initiator asserts the RST signal.
2.
The initiator follows these steps:
a.
continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the DATA BUS.
b.
If it has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a selection
abort time plus two deskew delays, the initiator releases the SEL and ATN
signals, allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS FREE phase.
When responding to selection, SCSI devices ensure that the selection was still valid
within a selection abort time of their assertion of the BSY signal. Failure to comply
with the requirement could result in an improper selection.
B.5.4 RESELECTION Phase
RESELECTION is an optional phase that allows a drive to reconnect to an initiator
to continue an operation that was previously started by the initiator but was
suspended by the drive.
The initiator determines that it is reselected when the SEL and I/O signals and its
SCSI ID bit are true, and the BSY signal is false for at least one bus settle delay.
Reselection Sequence
The drive:
1.
Upon completing the ARBITRATION phase, asserts both the BSY and SEL
signals.
2.
Delays at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay.
3.
Asserts the I/O signal.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–15
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
4.
Sets the DATA BUS to the logical OR of its SCSI ID bit and the initiator’s
SCSI ID bit.
5.
Waits at least two deskew delays.
6.
Releases the BSY signal.
7.
Waits at least one bus settle delay before looking for a response from the
initiator.
The initiator:
8.
Determines that it is selected when the following occur for at least one bus
settle delay: SEL, I/O, and the initiator’s SCSI ID bit are true and BSY is false.
9.
Examines the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the reselecting drive.
10. Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent detection
of being reselected.
The initiator does not respond to a RESELECTION phase if bad parity is
detected or if more than two SCSI ID bits are on the DATA BUS.
The drive:
11. Detects the BSY signal is true.
12. Asserts the BSY signal.
13. Waits at least two deskew delays.
14. Releases the SEL signal.
The drive can then change the I/O signal and the DATA BUS.
The initiator:
15. Detects the SEL signal is false.
16. Releases the BSY signal.
The drive:
17. continues asserting the BSY signal until it relinquishes the SCSI bus.
Reselection Time-Out
The Atlas 10K IIdrive performs the following recovery procedure in order to clear the
SCSI bus in response to a reselection time-out. The drive waits a minimum of a
selection time-out delay before initiating this procedure.
B–16
1.
The drive continues asserting the SEL and I/O signals and releases the data bus
signals.
2.
The drive waits a for a total of a selection abort time plus two deskew delays.
3.
The drive tests BSY. If it is asserted, the drive completes the reselection
protocol.
4.
If BSY is not asserted, the drive releases the SCSI bus.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.5.5 Information Transfer Phases
The COMMAND, DATA, STATUS, and MESSAGE phases are known as the
Information Transfer Phases because they are used to transfer data or control
information.
The C/D, I/O, and MSG signals are used to distinguish between the different
information transfer phases. The drive asserts these three signals and so controls all
information transfer phase changes. The drive can also cause a BUS FREE phase by
releasing the MSG, C/D, I/O, and BSY signals. The initiator can request a
MESSAGE OUT phase by asserting the ATN signal.
The information transfer phases use one or more REQ/ACK handshakes to control
the information transfer. Each REQ/ACK handshake allows the transfer of one byte
of information. During the information transfer phases, the BSY signal remains true
and the SEL signal remains false. Additionally, the drive continuously envelopes the
REQ/ACK handshake(s) with the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals in such a manner
that these control signals are valid for one bus settle delay before the assertion of
the REQ signal of the first handshake and remain valid after the negation of the
ACK signal at the end of the handshake of the last transfer of the phase.
After the negation of the ACK signal of the last transfer of the phase, the drive can
prepare for a new phase by asserting or negating the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals.
These signals can be changed together or individually. They can be changed in any
order and can be changed more than once (although each line should change only
once). A new phase does not begin until the REQ signal is asserted for the first byte
of the new phase.
A phase ends when the C/D, I/O, or MSG signal changes after the negation of the
ACK signal. The time between the end of a phase and the assertion of the REQ
signal beginning a new phase is undefined. An initiator is allowed to anticipate a
new phase based on the previous phase, the expected new phase, and early
information provided by changes in the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals. However, the
anticipated phase is not valid until the REQ signal is asserted at the beginning of
the next phase.
Direction of Transfer
The direction of an information transfer is indicated by the I/O signal, as outlined in
Table B-8. A True I/O Signal (1) indicates a transfer from the drive to the initiator.
A False I/O Signal (0) indicates a transfer from the initiator to the drive.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–17
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–8 Information Transfer Phases
Signal
MSG C/D I/O
0
0
0
Phase Name
Direction of Transfer/
Definition
DATA OUT
Initiator to Drive.
Allows the drive to request that data be sent from the
initiator to the drive.
0
0
1
DATA IN
Drive to initiator.
Allows the drive to send data to the initiator.
0
1
0
COMMAND
Initiator to Drive.
Allows the drive to request a command from the
initiator.
0
1
1
STATUS
Drive to initiator.
Allows the drive to request that status information be
sent from the drive to the initiator.
1
1
0
MESSAGE OUT
Initiator to Drive.
Allows the drive to request that message(s) be sent
from the initiator to the drive; the drive invokes this
phase in response to the attention condition created
by the initiator.
The drive handshakes byte(s) until the ATN signal is
negated, except when rejecting a message.
See Message Out — Additional Conditions.
1
1
1
MESSAGE IN
Drive to initiator.
Allows the drive to send message(s) to the initiator.
B.5.5.1 Asynchronous Data Transfer
Drive to Initiator Transfer Procedure
B–18
1.
The drive drives the DB (7–0, P) signals to their desired values.
2.
The drive delays at least one Deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.
3.
The drive asserts the REQ signal.
4.
The initiator reads the DB (7–0, P) signals.
5.
The initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting the ACK signal.
6.
When ACK is true at the drive, drive can change or release the DB (7–0, P)
signals.
7.
Drive negates the REQ signal.
8.
Initiator negates the ACK signal.
9.
Drive can continue the transfer by driving the DB (7–0, P) signals and asserting
the REQ signal (steps 1– 3).
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Initiator-to-Drive Transfer Procedure
1.
The drive asserts the REQ signal.
2.
The initiator drives the DB (7–0, P) signals to their desired values.
3.
The initiator delays at least one Deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.
4.
The initiator asserts the ACK signal.
5.
When ACK is true at the drive, drive reads the DB (7–0, P) signals.
6.
The drive negates the REQ signal.
7.
The initiator can change or release the DB (7–0, P) signals.
8.
The initiator negates the ACK signal.
9.
The drive can continue the transfer by asserting the REQ signal (step 1).
B.5.5.2 Synchronous Data Transfer
Synchronous Data Transfer is optional and is used only in DATA phases and only if
a synchronous data transfer agreement is established. The REQ/ACK offset specifies
the maximum number of REQ pulses that can be sent by the drive in advance of the
number of ACK pulses received from the initiator, establishing a pacing mechanism.
If the number of REQ pulses exceeds the number of ACK pulses set by the
REQ/ACK offset, the drive does not assert the REQ signal until after the leading
edge of the next ACK pulse is received. For successful completion of the data phase,
the number of ACK and REQ pulses must be equal.
The initiator sends one ACK signal pulse for each REQ pulse received. The ACK
signal can be asserted as soon as the leading edge of the corresponding REQ pulse
has been received.
Drive-to-Initiator Transfer Procedure
1.
The drive sets the DB (7–0, P) signals to the desired values.
2.
The drive delays at least one Deskew delay plus a Cable Skew delay before
asserting REQ.
3.
The DB (7–0, P) signals are held valid for a minimum of one Deskew delay plus
one Cable Skew delay plus one Hold Period after REQ is asserted.
4.
The drive asserts the REQ signal for a minimum of one Assertion period after
which the drive can negate the REQ signal.
5.
After a Skew plus a Deskew plus a Hold Period delay, the drive can change or
release the DB (7–0, P) signals.
6.
The initiator reads the DB(7–0, P) signals within one Hold Period of the
transition of the REQ signal to true.
7.
The initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting an ACK pulse.
8.
The drive waits at least the greater of the following periods before asserting REQ
again: a.) A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to true.
b.) A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to false.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–19
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
9.
The initiator waits at least the greater of the following periods before reasserting
ACK, (assuming that REQ/ACK offset is set to zero): a.) A transfer period from
the last transition of the ACK signal to true; b.) A negation period from the last
transition of the ACK signal to false.
10. Otherwise the initiator can wait for an undefined period beyond the last received
REQ pulse (or after the maximum, negotiated, offset has been reached) before
asserting ACK. Note that when the maximum offset is reached, the target
(drive) does not send any more REQ pulses until it receives at least one ACK
pulse (since the REQ pulses must never be ahead of the ACK pulses by more
than the offset).
11. Since the number of REQ and ACK pulses must be equal at the end of the
phase, the target does not change the phase until all required ACK pulses have
been received.
Initiator-to-Drive Transfer Procedure
1.
Initiator transfers one byte for each REQ pulse received.
2.
Drive asserts from one to fifteen REQ signals.
3.
After receiving the leading edge of a REQ signal, initiator drives the DB (7–0,
P) signals to the desired values (if no offset is to be applied to the transfer). If a
REQ/ACK offset is used, the initiator waits up to the maximum, negotiated
offset before driving the data lines.
The DB (7–0, P) signals are held valid for at least one deskew delay plus one
Cable Skew Delay plus one Hold Period after the assertion of the ACK signal.
4.
The initiator delays at least one Deskew Delay plus a Cable Skew Delay before
asserting an ACK pulse.
5.
After a Skew plus a Deskew plus a Hold Period delay, the initiator can change
or release the DB (7–0, P) signals.
6.
The initiator asserts the ACK signal for a minimum of one assertion period after
which the initiator can negate the ACK signal.
7.
The Drive reads the DB (7–0, P) signals within one Hold period of ACK signal
going true.
8.
The drive waits at least the greater of the following periods before again
asserting the REQ signal:
9.
B–20
a.
A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to true.
b.
A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to false.
The initiator waits at least the greater of the following periods before again
asserting the ACK signal unless an REQ/ACK offset greater than zero is used:
a.
A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to true.
b.
A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to false.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.5.5.3 Wide Data Transfer
Wide Data Transfer is optional and can be used in the DATA phase only if a wide
transfer agreement is established. Wide data transfer is established by negotiations
between the initiator and drive using the Wide Data Transfer Request message. The
IWN bit in the Quantum (Vendor) Special Function Control page specifies which
device (drive or initiator) is to initiate the negotiations.
During 16-bit wide data transfers, the first logical data byte for each data phase is
transferred across the DB (0–7, P) signals and the second logical data byte is
transferred across the DB (15–8, P1) signals. Subsequent pairs of data bytes are
likewise transferred in parallel.
B.5.5.4 Signal Restrictions Between Phases
When the SCSI bus is between two information transfer phases, the following
restrictions apply to the SCSI bus signals:
•
The BSY, SEL, REQ, and ACK, signals do not change.
•
The C/D, I/O, MSG, and DATA BUS signals can change.
•
When changing the DATA BUS direction from out (initiator-driving) to in
(drive-driving), the drive delays driving the DATA BUS by at least a data release
delay plus one bus settle delay after asserting the I/O signal and the initiator
releases the DATA BUS no later than a data release delay after the transition of
the I/O signal to true.
•
When switching the DATA BUS from in to out, the drive releases the DATA
BUS no later than a deskew delay after negating the I/O signal.
•
The ATN and RST signals can change as defined under the descriptions for the
attention condition (see B.5.1) and reset condition (see B.5.2).
B.5.5.5 Message Out — Additional Conditions
If the drive detects one or more parity error(s) received, it can indicate its desire to
retry the message(s) by asserting the REQ signal after detecting the ATN signal has
gone false and prior to changing to any other phase. The initiator, upon detecting
this condition, re-sends all the previous message byte(s) in the same order as
previously sent during this phase. When re-sending more than one message byte, the
initiator asserts the ATN signal at least two deskew delays prior to asserting the
ACK signal on the first byte and maintains the ATN signal until the last byte is
sent.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–21
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
If the drive does not retry the MESSAGE OUT phase or it exhausts its retry limit, it
can:
•
Return CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to ABORTED
COMMAND and the additional sense code to MESSAGE ERROR.
•
Indicate an exception condition by performing an unexpected disconnect.
The drive can act on messages as received as long as no parity error is detected
and can ignore all remaining messages sent under one ATN condition after a
parity error is detected. When a sequence of messages is re-sent by an initiator
because of a drive detected parity error, the drive does not act on any message
that it acted on the first time the messages are received.
If the drive receives all the message byte(s) successfully, it indicates that it does not
want to retry by changing to any information transfer phase other than the
MESSAGE OUT phase and transfers at least one byte. The drive can also indicate
that it has successfully received the message byte(s) by changing to the BUS FREE
phase.
B–22
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.6
SCSI Bus Conditions
The SCSI bus has two asynchronous conditions: Attention and Reset.
B.6.1 Attention Condition
The attention condition informs a drive that an initiator has a message ready. The
drive gets the message by performing a MESSAGE OUT phase. The attention
condition requires the following timing:
•
The initiator creates the attention condition by asserting ATN at any time
except during the ARBITRATION or BUS FREE phases.
•
The initiator negates the ATN signal at least two deskew delays before asserting
the ACK signal while transferring the last byte of the message.
If the drive detects that the initiator failed to meet this requirement, then the
drive goes to BUS FREE.
•
Before transition to a new bus phase, the initiator asserts the ATN signal, then
waits at least two deskew delays before negating the ACK signal for the last byte
transferred in the current bus phase.
•
Asserting the ATN signal later cannot be honored until a later bus phase and
then cannot result in the expected action.
A drive responds with a MESSAGE OUT phase as described in Table B-9.
Table B–9 Drive MESSAGE OUT Phase Response
ATN Signal True in Phase...
The Drive Enters MESSAGE OUT…
COMMAND
After transferring part or all of the command descriptor
block bytes.
DATA
At the drive’s earliest convenience (often on a logical block
boundary). The initiator continues REQ/ACK handshakes
until it detects the phase change.
STATUS
After the status byte has been acknowledged by the
initiator.
MESSAGE IN
Before it sends another message. This permits a MESSAGE
PARITY ERROR message from the initiator to be associated
with the appropriate message.
SELECTION
Immediately after that SELECTION phase and before the
initiator releases BSY
RESELECTION
After the drive has sent its IDENTIFY message for that
RESELECTION phase. The initiator should only assert the
ATN signal during a RESELECTION phase to transmit a
TARGET RESET or DISCONNECT message.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–23
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
The initiator keeps the ATN signal asserted if more than one byte is to be
transferred. The initiator can negate the ATN signal at any time, except it does not
negate the ATN signal while the ACK signal is asserted during a MESSAGE OUT
phase. Normally, the initiator negates the ATN signal while the REQ signal is true
and the ACK signal is false during the last REQ/ACK handshake of the MESSAGE
OUT phase.
B.6.2 Reset Condition
The drive employs the hard reset alternative for bus RESET processing. Write cache
data is preserved across a SCSI reset and will be flushed to the media.
The hard reset means that upon detection of the reset condition, the disk drive
follows these steps:
B–24
1.
Clears all tasks, including task sets (queues).
2.
Releases all SCSI device reservations.
3.
Returns any SCSI device operating modes to their appropriate initial conditions,
similar to those conditions that would be found after a normal power-on reset.
MODE SELECT conditions are restored to their last saved values, if saved
values have been established. MODE SELECT conditions for which no values
have been saved are returned to their default values.
4.
Sets unit attention condition.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.7
SCSI MESSAGE FORMAT
A message can be one or more bytes in length. One or more messages can be sent
during a single MESSAGE phase, but a message cannot be split over MESSAGE
phases. The initiator is required to end the MESSAGE OUT phase (by negating
ATN) when it sends certain messages.
A message cannot be split. The drive will not split messages longer than one byte
even if ATN is deasserted.
When a connection to the drive is established (i.e., the drive is selected with ATN
asserted), the first message byte passed by the initiator must be either an
IDENTIFY, ABORT TASK SET, or TARGET RESET message. If not, the drive
discards the message, saves no status information, and goes to the BUS FREE
phase.
If an initiator supplies an unsupported or incorrect messages (for example, TASK
COMPLETE, or a reserved or undefined message code), the drive returns a
MESSAGE REJECT message and continues where it left off (possibly returning to
MESSAGE OUT if ATN is raised).
The first byte of the message, as defined in Table B-10, gives the format of the
message.
Table B–10 SCSI Message Format
Message Code
Message
00h
One-byte message (TASK COMPLETE)
01h
Extended message
02h − 1Fh
One-byte message
30h − 7Fh
Reserved
80h − FFh
One-byte message (IDENTIFY)
The drive supports the messages listed in Table B-11. The message code and the
direction of the message flow is also included in the table.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–25
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–11 Supported SCSI Messages
Message
Message Code
ABORT TASK 2 (ABORT TAG)
Direction1
0Dh
Out
06h
Out
CLEAR TASK SET (CLEAR QUEUE)
0Eh
Out
2
12h
Out
04h
In Out
80h – FFh
In Out
23h
In
INITIATE RECOVERY
0Fh
In
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR
05h
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
0Ah
In
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (with flag)
0Bh
In
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR
09h
Out
MESSAGE REJECT
07h
In Out
NO OPERATION
08h
Out
HEAD OF QUEUE TAG
21h
Out
ORDERED QUEUE TAG
22h
Out
20h
In Out
RELEASE RECOVERY
10h
Out
SAVE DATA POINTER
02h
In
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER
REQUEST 4
01h
In Out
TARGET RESET 2 (BUS DEVICE RESET)
0Ch
Out
TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE
13h
Out
ABORT TASK SET
2
(ABORT)
2
CONTINUE TASK
(CONTINUE I/O PROCESS)
DISCONNECT
IDENTIFY
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE
3
Out
Queue Tag Messages (two bytes) 3
SIMPLE
2
(SIMPLE QUEUE TAG)
2
TASK COMPLETE (COMMAND COMPLETE)
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST
Notes:
2
4
00h
In
03h
In Out
04h
In Out
1
In = target to initiator; Out = initiator to target (drive).
2
SCSI-3 terminology (SCSI-2 term in parentheses).
3
Multibyte message.
4
Extended messages (see Figure B-1).
Two-byte messages consist of two consecutive bytes. The value of the first byte, as
defined in Table B-10, determines which message is to be transmitted. The second
byte is a parameter byte that is used as defined in the message description.
A value of 01h in the first byte indicates the beginning of a multiple-byte extended
message. The extended message format is shown in Figure B-1 and the data fields
are described in Table B-12.
B–26
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Extended Message (01h)
1
Extended Message length
2
Extended Message code
3
to
n-1
Extended Message Arguments
Figure B–1 Extended Message — Data Format
Table B–12 Extended Message — Field Description
Field
Description
Extended Message Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Extended
Message Code plus the Extended Message Arguments that
follow. Therefore, the total length of the message is equal to
the Extended Message Length plus 2.
A value of 0 for the Extended Message Length indicates that
256 bytes follow.
Extended Message Code
The drive supports three Extended Messages. They are:
01h
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
03h
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
04h
PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–27
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8
SUPPORTED SCSI MESSAGES
Following are descriptions of each of the messages supported by the drive. SCSI-3
message names are used. If there is a corresponding SCSI-2 name that is different, it
is shown in parentheses in ITALICS.
B.8.1 ABORT TASK Message (0Dh) (ABORT TAG)
The drive’s response to an ABORT TASK message depends on the task being
performed when the message arrives. If anything less than an I_T_L_Q nexus is
established, the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase without affecting any tasks or
recording any sense data.
If an I_T_L_Q nexus exists, the drive aborts the current process and goes to the
BUS FREE phase. If the drive does not have a queued or active task for the specified
tag, it goes to the BUS FREE phase. Any pending data, sense data, or status for the
task are cleared. However, neither an Auto Contingent Allegiance condition for the
initiator nor any other tasks are affected and all cached writes are retained. Mode
parameters and reservations established by earlier commands are not affected.
B.8.2 ABORT TASK SET Message (06h) (ABORT)
The ABORT TASK SET message is sent by the initiator to clear any task for the
I_T_x nexus. The drive’s response depends upon the task being performed when the
message arrives.
If only an I_T nexus has been established (that is, a valid IDENTIFY message has
not been received), the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase without affecting any task
or recording any sense data. An exception is if the drive has received a command
during this I_T nexus; the task is aborted as described below.
If an I_T_L nexus exists, the drive aborts all tasks, and goes to the BUS FREE
phase. Any pending data, sense data, or status for the tasks are cleared. However,
an Auto Contingent Allegiance condition for the initiator is not affected and any
cached writes are retained. Mode parameters and reservations established by earlier
commands are not affected.
B.8.3 CLEAR ACA Message (16h)
Since NACA bit = 1 is not supported, SCSI-2 rules for clearing ACA are in effect
and this message is ignored by the drive.
B.8.4
CLEAR TASK SET Message (0Eh)
The CLEAR TASK SET message clears all tasks from all initiators and goes to the
BUS FREE phase. Pending data and status for all processes are discarded. A Unit
Attention condition is generated for all other initiators that had their queue
commands cleared (additional sense code is set to COMMANDS CLEARED BY
ANOTHER INITIATOR).
Previously established conditions, including mode parameters, reservations, and
Auto Contingent Allegiance conditions are not affected. An I_T_L nexus must exist
for the drive to accept this message. After accepting this message, the drive goes to
the BUS FREE phase.
B–28
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.5
CONTINUE TASK Message (12h) (CONTINUE I/O PROCESS)
The CONTINUE TASK message tells the drive to resume the I/O that the initiator
has reconnected. This message is sent in the same MESSAGE OUT phase as the
IDENTIFY message.
B.8.6
DISCONNECT Message (04h)
The DISCONNECT message is sent from the drive to inform the initiator that the
present connection is going to be broken, i.e., the drive plans to disconnect by
releasing the BSY signal. A later reconnection will be required to complete the
current task. The message does not cause the initiator to save the current data
pointer. After sending the message, the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase by
releasing BSY.
The DISCONNECT message can also be sent by the initiator to tell the drive to
suspend the current phase and disconnect from the bus. The drive’s response and
handling of a DISCONNECT message is based on when, in the task, the initiator
sends the DISCONNECT message. Table B-13 summarizes the drive’s response.
Table B–13 Drive’s Response to DISCONNECT Message
BUS Phase
Drive’s Response
SELECTION
The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS FREE.
COMMAND
The ATTENTION request is ignored while the Command Descriptor Block
is fetched; that is, the drive does not switch to MESSAGE OUT until after
all Command Descriptor Block bytes have been received. The drive
returns the DISCONNECT message, goes to BUS FREE, and reconnects to
resume the task based on the disconnect/reconnect parameters.
DATA
The ATTENTION request is ignored until it is convenient to handle the
condition. For example, on reads and writes, the transfer of the current
host block is completed before handling the ATTENTION. The drive
honors the DISCONNECT message (sends SAVE DATA POINTER and
DISCONNECT messages) regardless of the amount of data remaining to
be sent for the current command.
STATUS IN
The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message, switches back to MESSAGE
IN, and sends the TASK COMPLETE message.
B.8.7 IDENTIFY Message (80h - FFh)
The IDENTIFY message is sent by either the initiator or the drive to establish an
I_T_L nexus with the drive, under the conditions listed below. Figure B-2 shows the
format of the IDENTIFY message and Table B-14 describes the data field contents.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–29
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
Identify DiscPriv
2
1
0
LUN
Figure B–2 IDENTIFY Message — Data Format
Table B–14 IDENTIFY Message — Field Description
Field
Description
Identify
The Identify bit must be set to 1. This identifies this message as an
IDENTIFY message.
DiscPriv
Disconnect Privilege. This bit must be set to 1 for all tagged tasks (that
is, a QUEUE TAG and QUEUE TAG message follow the IDENTIFY
message). If not set to 1, the drive returns BUSY status.
LUN
Only one Logical Unit Number shall be identified per task. The drive
supports a single Logical Unit Number (LUN 0). A non-zero value in this
field causes the drive to terminate the command with a CHECK
CONDITION status, a Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST, and an Additional
Sense of LOGICAL UNIT NOT SUPPORTED.
B.8.8 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message (23h)
The drive sends the IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message to indicate that the number
of valid bytes sent during the last REQ/ACK handshake is less than the negotiated
transfer width. The Ignore Field contains the number of invalid data bytes
transferred.
B.8.9 INITIATE RECOVERY Message (0Fh)
The drive informs the initiator that it is entering an Auto Contingent Allegiance
condition (ACA) by sending an INITIATE RECOVERY message immediately
following either a CHECK CONDITION or a COMMAND TERMINATED status.
The ACA remains in effect until it is terminated.
A MESSAGE REJECT response to an INITIATE RECOVERY message indicates that
an ACA shall not be established. The enabled or disabled status of an ACA is not
changed by the rejection of an INITIATE RECOVERY message.
B.8.10 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message (05h)
The INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message is sent from an initiator to inform the
drive that an error has occurred that does not preclude the drive from retrying the
operation. The source of the error can be related to previous activities on the SCSI
us or can be internal to the initiator and unrelated to any previous SCSI bus
activity. As shown in Table B-15, the drive’s response to and its handling of the
message are based on when, in the task, the initiator introduces the message.
B–30
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–15 Drive’s Response to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message
BUS Phase
Drive’s Response
SELECTION
The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and goes to the
BUS FREE phase.
COMMAND
The drive discards any Command Descriptor Block bytes fetched from the
initiator, sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the Additional
Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED. It sends the
CHECK CONDITION status and the TASK COMPLETE message and then goes to
the BUS FREE phase.
DATA
The drive sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND and sets the Additional
Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED. It sends the
CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE message and then
goes to the BUS FREE phase.
STATUS
The drive switches to STATUS phase and attempts to re-send the status byte
to the initiator. If another INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message is received for
the same nexus while the bus is in the status phase, the drive sets the sense
key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR
DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED, and then goes to the BUS FREE phase.
MESSAGE IN
The drive switches to the MESSAGE IN phase and attempts to re-send the
message to the initiator. If another INITIATOR ERROR DETECTED message is
received for the same nexus while the bus is in the MESSAGE IN phase, the
drive behavior depends on the message.
If the drive was attempting to send the TASK COMPLETE message, it goes to
the BUS FREE phase. If the drive was attempting to send any other message, it
sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the TASK COMPLETE message, and
then goes to the BUS FREE phase. in either case, the drive sets the Sense Key
to ABORTED COMMAND and sets the Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR
DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–31
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.11 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message (0Ah)
The drive sends the LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message to the initiator to
signal that the execution of a linked command has been completed and the status
has been sent. The initiator should then set the pointers to the initial state for the
next linked command.
B.8.12 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) Message (0Bh)
The drive sends the LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) message to
the initiator to signal that the execution of a linked command (with the flag bit set)
has been completed and the status has been sent. The initiator should then set the
pointers to the initial state for the next linked command.
B.8.13 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message (09h)
This message tells the drive that the last message byte it passed to the host
contained a parity error. If the bus phase was not Message In when the host
asserted ATN, the drive releases the SCSI bus.
B.8.14 MESSAGE REJECT Message (07h)
The MESSAGE REJECT message is sent from either the drive or the initiator to
indicate that the last message or message byte received was inappropriate or has not
been implemented.
To indicate its intention of sending this message, the initiator asserts the ATN
signal before it releases the ACK signal for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message
byte that is to be rejected. If the drive receives this message under any other
circumstances, it rejects the message
When a drive sends the MESSAGE REJECT message, it changes to the MESSAGE
IN phase and sends it before requesting additional messages bytes from the initiator.
This provides an interlock so that the initiator can determine which message byte
was rejected.
After a drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message, and if the ATN signal is still
asserted, the drive returns to the MESSAGE OUT phase. The subsequent MESSAGE
OUT phase begins with the first byte of a message.
B–32
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.15 NO OPERATION Message (08h)
The NO OPERATION message allows an initiator to tell the drive to continue with
the operation it was performing before the drive communicated a need for a
MESSAGE OUT phase.
For example, if the drive does not respond to an ATN condition until a later phase,
and at that time the original message is no longer valid, the initiator can send the
NO OPERATION message when the drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase.
B.8.16 Queue Tag Messages (20h, 21h or 22h)
Queue Tag messages are a part of SCSI command queuing. They establish the
I_T_L_Q nexus with the drive. If an IDENTIFY message does not immediately
precede the Queue Tag message, the drive discards the message and goes to the BUS
FREE phase.
If a valid IDENTIFY message precedes the Queue Tag message but does not grant
the disconnect privilege, the drive fetches the Command Descriptor Block and
immediately returns BUSY status.
Queue Tag messages are two-byte SCSI messages. The message format is shown in
Figure B-3.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Message Code (20h, 21h, or 22h)
1
Queue Tag
Figure B–3 Queue Tag Message — Data Format
Command queuing is enabled or disabled by the DQue bit in the MODE SELECT
Control Mode page. If that bit has queuing disabled, the drive returns a MESSAGE
REJECT message in response to a QUEUE TAG message. Since an I_T_L_Q nexus
was not established, the I_T_L nexus remains and any commands received are
treated as untagged.
The drive supports all three SCSI-defined queue tags:
•
HEAD OF QUEUE TAG
•
ORDERED QUEUE TAG
•
SIMPLE (SIMPLE QUEUE TAG)
The type of queue tag specified affects the execution order of the commands. The
tags specify the placement of a task in a task queue. The execution orders apply to
commands from all initiators.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–33
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.16.1 HEAD OF QUEUE TAG Message (21h)
The HEAD OF QUEUE TAG message specifies that the task is to be placed first in
the drive’s task queue. An in-progress task is not pre-empted by the command that
accompanies this message. A later task, also received with a HEAD OF QUEUE
TAG message, would be placed at the head of the drive’s task queue for execution in
a last-in, first-out order.
B.8.16.2 ORDERED QUEUE TAG Message (22h)
The ORDERED QUEUE TAG message specifies that the task be placed in the drive’s
task queue for execution in the order received. All tasks placed in the task queue
before this process is received get executed before this process. Except for tasks
received with a HEAD OF QUEUE TAG message, all later tasks are executed after
this task.
B.8.16.3 SIMPLE Message (20h) (SIMPLE QUEUE TAG)
The SIMPLE message specifies that the task be placed in the drive’s task queue. If
command reordering is enabled, commands queued with a SIMPLE QUEUE TAG
may be executed in an order that optimizes overall drive throughput, though the
execution order will observe the HEAD OF QUEUE TAG and ORDERED QUEUE
TAG message order rules.
B.8.17 RELEASE RECOVERY Message (10h)
The RELEASE RECOVERY message terminates an Auto Contingent Allegiance
condition established by a previous INITIATE RECOVERY message. See Chapter 5
for a description of the drive’s processing done upon Auto Contingent Allegiance
termination. An IDENTIFY Message must immediately precede this message.
The drive rejects the message if there is no Auto Contingent Allegiance condition
active when the message is received or if the host fails to precede it with an
IDENTIFY message.
B.8.18 SAVE DATA POINTER Message (02h)
The SAVE DATA POINTER message is sent from the drive to direct the initiator to
copy the current data pointer to the saved data pointer for the current task. The
message is sent prior to the drive performing a bus disconnect.
B–34
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.19 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (01h)
The SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST (SDTR) message exchange
establishes the permissible transfer period and the REQ/ACK offsets for the DATA
IN/DATA OUT phases. The transfer period is the minimum time allowed between
leading edges of successive REQ and ACK pulses. The REQ/ACK offset is the
maximum number of REQ pulses allowed to be outstanding before the leading edge
of its corresponding ACK pulse is received by the drive.
The agreement becomes invalid and reverts to asynchronous data transfer after any
condition that can leave the data transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such
as:
•
after a hard reset,
•
after a TARGET RESET message,
•
after a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message, and
•
after a power cycle.
The format of the message fields are shown in Figure B-4 and described in Table b16.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Extended Message (01h)
(See Figure B–1)
1
Extended Message Length (03h)
2
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST code (01h)
3
Transfer Period
4
REQ/ACK Offset
Figure B–4 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER-Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–35
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–16 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message —
Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Transfer Period
Transfer periods are specified in 4-ns units (a transfer period value of 100
yields an actual transfer period of 400 ns (4 x 100)). The minimum
Transfer Period is 50 ns for ULTRA SCSI-3. The drive supports transfer
periods in the range from 50 to 400 ns in increments of 25 ns (that is 50,
75, 100...400). (The equivalent transfer period value (entries) for these
are 12, 18, 25...100, respectively.) The drive rounds up the initiatorsupplied transfer period that does not fall on one of these intervals
REQ/ACK Offset
The drive supports a minimum offset value of 0. An offset value of zero
means that all data transfers are done asynchronously. The drive’s
maximum and default offset value is 31. If the initiator supplies an offset
value of less than 31 in its SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
message, the drive rounds down to the initiator’s value and echoes it in
its corresponding SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message;
otherwise, the drive returns a value of 31 as its synchronous data transfer
offset.
The drive performs asynchronous data transfers by default (after a hard
reset, the receipt of a SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
message exchange must occur before synchronous data transfers can
take place). The drive or the initiator can initiate the SYNCHRONOUS
DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange based on the Initiate Sync
Negotiation (ISN) parameter For details, see section of this manual that
discusses the MODE SELECT commands “Quantum-Unique Page” (39h).
B.8.20 TARGET RESET Message (0Ch) (BUS DEVICE RESET)
The TARGET RESET message is sent from an initiator to direct the drive to clear all
tasks on the drive. Refer back to B.6.2, Reset Condition, for the steps taken during
this process.
The drive creates a Unit Attention condition for all initiators after accepting and
processing a TARGET RESET message. The additional sense code is set to TARGET
RESET OCCURRED.
B.8.21 TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE Message (13h)
The TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE message tells the drive that subsequent
reconnections for data transfer on the task must be performed by the initiator. The
target can connect for other purposes but cannot enter a DATA phase unless a
disconnection attempt is rejected.
When the drive is ready to transfer data for a disconnected task for which a TARGET
TRANSFER DISABLE message has been sent, the target reconnects to the initiator
for the task, sends a DISCONNECT message, and, if the initiator does not respond
with a MESSAGE REJECT message, goes to the BUS FREE phase.
B.8.22 TASK COMPLETE Message (00h) (COMMAND COMPLETE)
The TASK COMPLETE message is sent by the drive to an initiator to indicate that a
task has been completed and that valid status has been sent to the initiator. When
B–36
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
the drive detects the negation of ACK for the TASK COMPLETE message (with
ATN false), the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing the BSY signal. The
drive also negates the MSG, C/D and I/O signals at this time.
B.8.23 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (03h)
The WDTR message exchange establishes an agreement between two SCSI devices
on the width of the data path used for DATA phase transfers between the two
devices. This agreement applies to DATA IN and DATA OUT phases only. All other
information transfer phases use an 8-bit data path.
If a SCSI device implements the wide data transfer option and the synchronous data
transfer option, then the device negotiates the wide data transfer agreement before
negotiating the synchronous data transfer agreement. If a synchronous data transfer
agreement is in effect, the SCSI device that accepts the WDTR message resets the
synchronous agreement to the asynchronous mode.
The agreement becomes invalid and reverts to an 8-bit data transfer after any
condition that can leave the data transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such
as:
•
After a hard reset,
•
After a TARGET RESET message, and
•
After a power cycle.
The format of the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message is shown in Figure
B-5. The data is described in Table B–17.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Extended Message (01h)
(See Figure B–1)
1
Extended Message Length (02h)
2
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST code (03h)
3
Transfer Width
Figure B–5 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–37
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
Table B–17 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Transfer Width
The transfer width that is established applies to all logical units on both
SCSI devices. The originating SCSI device sets its transfer width value to
the maximum data path width that it elects to use. If the responding
SCSI device can also accommodate this transfer width, it returns the
same value in its WDTR message. If it requires a smaller transfer width,
it substitutes the smaller value in its message. Valid Transfer Width
values are:
00h
01h
8-bit data transfer path (standard data path width)
16-bit date transfer path (Wide SCSI option)
The drive performs 8-bit data transfers by default. After a hard reset, the
receipt of a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message exchange must
take place before wide data transfers can take place. The drive or the
initiator can initiate the WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message
exchange based on the Initiate Wide Negotiation Mode Bit (see the
section of this manual that discusses the MODE SELECT command’s
“Quantum-Unique Page,” [39h]).
B–38
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.24 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message (04h)
The PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST messages are used to communicate a
synchronous data transfer agreement, a wide data transfer agreement, and set the
protocol options between two SCSI devices (Figure B-6).
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DT_Req
IU_Req
Byte
0
Extended Message (01h)
1
Extended Message Length (06h)
2
Parallel Protocol Request (04h)
3
Transfer Period Factor
4
Reserved
5
REQ / ACK Offset
6
Transfer Width Exponent (m)
7
Reserved
NOTE:
QAS_Req
Bits 0 – 3 of byte 7 (IU_Req, DT_Req, and QAS_Req) are collectively known as the
Protocol Option bits, and are defined as such in Table B-18.
Figure B–6 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message — Data Format
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–39
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.24 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message (04h) (continued)
Table B–18 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Transfer Period Factor
Options are:
Code
Description
00h – 08h
Reserved for faster timings that may be allowed in future
SCSI interface standards.
09h
Transfer period = 12.5ns (Fast-80 data is latched every
12.5ns); valid only if the PROTOCOL OPTIONS field has a
value selected that supports double-transition data
transfers.
0Ah
Transfer period = 25ns (Fast-40 data is latched every
25ns)
0Bh
Transfer period = 30.3ns (Fast-40 data is latched every
30.3ns)
0Ch
Transfer period = 50ns (Fast-20 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 96ns and greater
than or equal to 50ns)
0Dh – 18h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-20 data is
latched using a transfer period of less than or equal to
96ns and greater than or equal to 50ns)
19h – 31h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-10 data is
latched using a transfer period of less than or equal to
196ns and greater than or equal to 100ns)
32h – FFh
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-5 data is
latched using a transfer period of less than or equal to
1020ns and greater than or equal to 200ns)
For best performance for an Atlas 10K IIdisk drive, the value of this field
is 09h
REQ / ACK Offset
Request / Acknowledge Offset. For single transition (ST) synchronous
data transfers, the value of REQ/ACK Offset is the maximum number of
REQ assertions allowed to be outstanding before a related ACK
assertion is received at the target. The size of the data transfer may be 1
or 2 bytes, depending on the values in the Transfer Width Exponent
Field.
For dual transition (DT) synchronous data transfers, the value of
REQ/ACK Offset is the maximum number of REQ assertions allowed to
be outstanding before a related ACK assertion is received at the target.
The size of the data transfer will be 2 bytes.
For best performance for an Atlas 10K IIdisk drive, the value of this field
is 1Fh.
(continued)
B–40
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B.8.24 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message (04h) (continued)
Table B–18 PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message — Field Descriptions
(continued)
Field
Description
Transfer Width Exponent
The value within this field defines the width of the transfer used during
data-in buffer transfers and data-out buffer transfers. The transfer width
that is established applies to all logical units on both SCSI devices. Valid
transfer widths are 8 bits (m = 00h) and 16 bits (m = 01h), if the
Protocol Options field value is 0h; for any other value in the Protocol
Options field, the only valid transfer width is 16 bits.
For best performance for an Atlas 10K IIdisk drive, the value of this field
is 01h.
Protocol Option Bits
(IU_REQ, DT_REQ, and
QAS_REQ)
This bits are used by the originating SCSI device to indicate which
protocol options are to be enabled. The SCSI device responding uses
these bits to indicate which of the requested options have been
enabled.
An Information Units Enable Request (IU_REQ) = 0 indicates that
information units are to be disabled when received from the originator
and that information units received from the responding SCSI device
are not supported. An IU_REQ bit = 1 indicates that information units
are to be enabled when received from the originator and that
information units received from the responding device are supported.
A Dual Transition Request (DT_REQ) = 0 indicates DT DATA phases are
to be disabled when received from the originator and that information
units received from the responding SCSI device are not supported. An
DT_REQ bit = 1 indicates that DT DATA phases are to be enabled when
received from the originator and that DT DATA phases received from
the responding device are supported.
A QAS Enable Request (QAS_REQ) = 0 indicates that QAS is to be
disabled when received from the originator and QAS received from the
responding SCSI device is not supported. An QAS_REQ bit = 1 indicates
that QAS is to be enabled when received from the originator and that
QAS received from the responding device are supported.
The Atlas 10K II disk drive supports two operating modes selected via
the Protocol Option Bits:
QAS_REQ DT_REQ
IU_REQ Description
0
0
0
Use ST data-in buffer transfers and
ST data-out buffer transfers to
transfer data.
0
1
0
Use DT data-in buffer transfers and
DT data-out buffer transfers to
transfer data.
For best performance for an Atlas 10K II disk drive the value of Byte 7
should be 02h.
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
B–41
Appendix B. SCSI Bus Signal Timing
B–42
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Appendix C
NEGOTIATED RATE INFORMATION PAGE REFERENCE
This appendix provides information about the INQUIRY command’s Negotiated Rate
Information Page that is not provided in Section 5.11.2.7. Specifically, it provides the codes and
meanings for the Transfer Period Factor field (byte 4) and a table that explains the allowable
settings for the QAS, DT, and IU fields (bits 2, 1, and 0, respectively, of byte 7).
C.1
TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR FIELD
Table C-1 provides the codes and meanings allowed for the Transfer Period Factor field if the
value of PARL (Parallel Protocol, bit 2 of byte 6 of the Negotiated Rate Information Page) is 1.
Table C-2 provides the allowable codes when the value of PARL = 0.
Table C–1 Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 1
Code
00h – 08h
Description
Reserved.
09h
Transfer period = 12.5 ns (Fast-80 is latched every 12.5 ns). This code is valid only if
the protocol options bits (QAS, DT, and IU) of the page have values selected that
support double transition (DT) data transfers.
0Ah
Transfer period = 25 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 25 ns).
0Bh
Transfer period = 30 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 30 ns).
OCh
Transfer period = 50 ns (Fast-20 data is latched using a transfer period of less than or
equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal to 50 ns).
0Dh – 18h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-20 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal to 50 ns).
19h – 31h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-10 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 196 ns and greater than or equal to 100 ns).
32h - FFh
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-5 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 1020 ns and greater than or equal to 200 ns).
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
C–1
Appendix C. Negotiated Rate Information Page Reference
Table C–2 Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 0
Code
Description
00h – 09h
Reserved.
0Ah
Transfer period = 25 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 25 ns).
0Bh
Transfer period = 30 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 30 ns).
OCh
Transfer period = 50 ns (Fast-20 data is latched using a transfer period of less than or
equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal to 50 ns).
0Dh – 18h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-20 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal to 50 ns).
19h – 31h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-10 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 196 ns and greater than or equal to 100 ns).
32h - FFh
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-5 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 1020 ns and greater than or equal to 200 ns).
C.2
SETTINGS FOR THE QAS, DT, AND IU FIELDS
Table C-3 provides valid bit combinations for the QAS, DT, and IU fields of the INQUIRY
command’s Negotiated Rate Information Page (Section 5.11.2.7 of this manual). Only the
combinations shown in the table are valid; all other combinations are reserved.
Table C–3 Settings for the QAS, DT, and IU Fields of the Negotiated Rate Information Page
(INQUIRY Command)
QAS
DT
IU
Description
0
0
0
Selects Single Transition phases. Use ST DATA IN and ST DATA OUT phases to
transfer data
0
1
0
Use DT DATA IN and DT DATA OUT phases with data group transfers.
0
1
1
Use DT DATA IN and DT DATA OUT phases with information unit transfers.
1
1
1
Use DT DATA IN and DT DATA OUT phases with information unit transfers and
use QAS for arbitration.
C–2
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
INDEX
Cylinder Skew Factor, 5-107, 5-108
—A—
ABORT TASK Message, B-28
ABORT TASK SET Message, B-28
Acoustic Emissions, 4-10
Activity LED, 3-14
Additional Sense Codes, 5-179
Additional Sense Length, 5-173, 5-174
AIP, starting, 5-98
ANSI Version, 5-35, 5-36
ARBITRATION Phase, B-13
ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page,
5-37
Asynchronous Data Transfer, B-18
Attention Condition, B-23
—D—
Data Strobe Offset Count, 5-65
Data Verification, 6-5
Device Identification Page, 5-37, 5-41
Device Type Modifier, 5-35
DISCONNECT message, B-30
Disconnect Time Limit, 5-68, 5-69
Disconnect-Reconnect Mode Page, 5-60, 5-68
Disk Controller Hardware Revision Number,
5-35
Drive Connections, 3-27
Drive Installation, 3-1
Drive Serial Number, 5-35, 5-41
Drive Step Rate, 5-107, 5-108
—B—
Bit Pointer, 5-187
Block Format Defect Descriptor, 5-26
Block Length in Bytes, 5-141, 5-142
Buffer Empty Ratio, 5-68, 5-69
Buffer Full Ratio, 5-68, 5-69
Buffer ID, 5-139, 5-140, 5-221
Buffer Offset, 5-139, 5-140, 5-221
Build Date and Time, 5-43
Bus Inactivity Limit, 5-68, 5-69, 5-70
Bus Phases, B-12
—C—
Cables, 3-28
Cache Table Size, 5-110
Caching Page, 5-74
CHANGE DEFINITION Command, 5-23
Changeable Pages, 5-60, 5-61, 5-63
CLEAR ACA Message, B-29
CLEAR QUEUE, 5-9
CLEAR TASK SET Message, B-29
Clearing Sense Data, 5-172
COMMAND COMPLETE Message, 5-13
Configuration Jumpers and Connections, 3-6
Configuring SCSI ID (Ultra 160/m SCSI
Versions with 68-Pin Connector), 3-8
Configuring SCSI ID for SCA-2 Connector
Versions, 3-12
Connect Time Limit, 5-68, 5-69
CONNECTOR PINOUTS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS,
3-17
CONTINUE TASK Message, B-29
Control Mode Page, 5-76
Correction Span, 5-65, 5-67, 5-74
Cylinder Number of Defect, 5-30, 5-146
—E—
ECMA Version, 5-35, 5-47
Electronics Pass Number, 5-35
Enable Narrow Mode (Force 8), 3-11
Ending Boundary, 5-79, 5-81
Error Reporting, 5-9
Extent List Length, 5-191, 5-192
—F—
Field Pointer Bytes, 5-188, 5-189
Firmware Revision Page, 5-37, 5-42
Force 8, 3-11
Force Single-Ended Operation, 3-15
Format Device, 5-104
Format Device Page, 5-105
FORMAT UNIT Command, 5-25
—G—
GList, 5-141, 5-143
Grown Defect List, 5-25, 5-26, 5-27, 5-28, 5-66, 5-143
—H—
HARDWARE ERROR, 5-175, 5-177
Head Number of Defect, 5-30, 5-144
HEAD OF QUEUE TAG Message, B-35
Hot Plugging, 6-11
—I—
IDENTIFY Message, B-30
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message, B-31
Immed, 5-28
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
I−1
Index
Implemented Operating Definition Page, 5-36, 5-38
Information Transfer Phases, B-17
Initialization Pattern Descriptor, 5-27, 5-28, 5-30
INITIATE RECOVERY Message, B-31
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message, B-31
INQUIRY Command, 5-33
Interleave, 5-26, 5-105, 5-106
ISO Version, 5-35, 5-47
—J—
Jumper Configurations and Connections – Ultra 160/m
SCSI drives with 68-Pin SCSI Connector),
3-6
Jumper Configurations and Connections for SCA-2
Connector Versions, 3-12
—L—
Landing Zone Cylinder, 5-107, 5-108
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) Message,
B-32
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message, B-32
LOG SELECT Command, 5-51
LOG SENSE Command, 5-53
LVD DIFFSENS Driver, 6-10
LVD DIFFSENS Receiver, 6-10
LVD/SE Multimode and HVD, 6-10
NOT READY, 5-86, 5-175, 5-180, 5-181
Notch and Partition Page, 5-60, 5-79
Number of Cylinders, 5-107, 5-108
Number of Heads, 5-107, 5-108
—O—
ORDERED QUEUE TAG Message, B-35
—P—
Pages Notched, 5-81
PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST Message, B-40
Parameter Code Reset, 5-51
Parameter Pointer, 5-55
Parameter Pointer Control, 5-55
Periodic Self-Adjustments, 6-7
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command, 5-113
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command, 5-123
PList, 5-143, 5-145
Power Condition Page, 5-60, 5-84
Power Management, 6-6
Power Requirements, 4-7
Power-Up Self-Test, 6-7
Prefetch, 6-2
Primary Defect List, 5-25, 5-27, 5-143, 5-145, 5-147
Progress Indication, 5-171, 5-188, 5-189, 5-190
Progress Indication Bytes, 5-171, 5-189, 5-190
—Q—
—M—
Maximum Burst Size, 5-68, 5-70
Maximum Number of Notches, 5-79, 5-80
Media Error Protection, 6-4
Medium Rotation Rate, 5-107, 5-109
Medium Type, 5-62, 5-99, 5-104, 5-111
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message, B-33
MESSAGE REJECT Message, B-33
MLVD, 6-9
Mode Data Length, 5-62, 5-92, 5-104, 5-111
Mode Page Types, 5-61
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor, 5-58
Mode Parameter Header, 5-61, 5-62, 5-101
Mode Parameter List, 5-61
MODE SELECT (6) Command, 5-59
MODE SELECT (10) Command, 5-99
MODE SENSE (6) Command, 5-103
MODE SENSE (10) Command, 5-109
Mounting, 3-21, 3-22, 3-24
—N—
Negotiated Rate Information Page, 5-45
New Operating Definition, 5-23
NO OPERATION Message, B-34
NO SENSE, 5-92, 5-171
Non-operating Environment, 4-11
Normal commands, 5-3
I−2
Quantum Manufacturing Information Page, 5-43
Quantum-Unique Page, 5-60, 5-91
Queue Algorithm Modifier, 5-76, 5-77
Queue Tag Messages, B-34
—R—
Reallocation of Bad Blocks, 6-8
READ (6) Command, 5-135
READ (10) Command, 5-137
READ BUFFER Command, 5-139
READ CAPACITY Command, 5-141
READ DEFECT DATA Command, 5-143
READ LONG Command, 5-151
Read Retry Count, 5-65, 5-67
Read-Write Error Recovery Page, 5-65
Ready AEN Holdoff Period, 5-76
READ SKIP MASK Command, 5-153
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command, 5-155
RELEASE (6) Command, 5-163
RELEASE (10) Command, 5-165
RELEASE RECOVERY Message, B-35
Remote Busy and Fault Displays, 3-11
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command, 5-167
REPORT LUNS Command, 5-169
REQUEST SENSE Command, 5-171
RESELECTION Phase, B-15
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
Index
Reservation Identification, 5-163, 5-165, 5-166, 5-191,
5-192, 5-193
RESERVE (6) Command, 5-191
RESERVE (10) Command, 5-193
Reset Condition, B-24
Response Data Format, 5-35, 5-36
Retry Count, 5-188, 5-190
Returned Logical Block Address, 5-141, 5-142
REZERO UNIT Command, 5-197
Rigid Disk Geometry Page, 5-107
Rotational Offset, 5-107, 5-109
—S—
SAVE DATA POINTER Message, B-35
SCSI Bus Conditions, B-23
SCSI Hardware Revision Number, 5-35
SCSI Message Format, B-25
SEEK (6) Command, 5-199
SEEK (10) Command, 5-201
SELECTION Phase, B-14
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command, 5-203
Sense Data Availability, 5-171
Sense Keys, 5-175
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command, 5-205
Signal Restrictions Between Phases, B-21
SIMPLE Message, B-35
SPECIFICATIONS, 4-1
Spin Up (Ultra 160/m SCSI drives with 68-Pin
Connector), 3-10
Spin Up for SCA-2 Connector Versions, 3-13
Standard Inquiry Data Page, 5-35
Starting Boundary, 5-79, 5-81
START/STOP UNIT Command, 5-207
Status Reporting, 5-172
Supplied Format, 5-161, 5-162, 2-204
Supported Additional Sense Codes, 5-179
Supported Diagnostic Page List, 5-204
Supported Page List, 5-37
Supported Sense Keys, 5-175
Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page, 5-37
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command, 5-209
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message, B36
—U—
Unit Attention Condition Page, 5-64
—V—
Vendor Specific, 5-136, 5-142, 5-226
Vendor Specific Bits, 5-8
Vendor-Unique Caching Page, 5-110
Verification Length, 5-209
VERIFY Command, 5-213
Verify Correction Span, 5-71, 5-72
Verify Recovery Time Limit, 5-71, 5-72
Verify Retry Count, 5-71, 5-72
Vital Product Data Pages, 5-39
—W—
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message, B-38
WRITE (6) Command, 5-215
WRITE (10) Command, 5-217
WRITE AND VERIFY Command, 5-219
WRITE BUFFER Command, 5-221
WRITE LONG Command, 5-223
Write Protection (Ultra 160/m SCSI drives with 68-Pin
Connector), 3-10
Write Retry Count, 5-65, 5-67
WRITE SAME Command, 5-225
WRITE SKIP MASK Command, 5-227
—X—
XDREAD (10) Command, 5-229
XDWRITE (10) Command, 5-231
XOR Control Mode Page, 5-60, 5-82
XPWRITE (10) Command, 5-233
—T—
TARGET RESET Message, B-37
TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE Message, B-37
TASK COMPLETE, B-38
TERMPWR (Ultra 160/m SCSI drives with 68-Pin
Connector), 3-8
TEST UNIT READY Command, 5-211
Track Skew Factor, 5-105, 5-106
Translate Format, 5-161, 5-162, 5-204
Translated Address (Cylinder Number), 5-161
Translated Address (Head Number), 5-161
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
I−3
Index
I−4
Quantum Atlas 10K II Ultra 160/m SCSI Hard Disk Drives
.
500 McCarthy Blvd.
Milpitas, CA 95035
(408) 894-4000
www.quantum.com
June 8, 2000
81-122517-04